Free For All - How Linux and the Free Software Movement Undercut the High Tech Titans
Peter Wayner
Copyright (C) Peter Wayner, 2000.;
SiSU ‹<text:a xlink:type='simple' xlink:href='http://www.jus.uio.no/sisu'>http://www.jus.uio.no/sisu</text:a>› (this copy)
2002-12-22
2002-12-22
2002-12-22
2002-12-22
2002-12-22
2002-12-22
9780066620503
free_for_all.peter_wayner.sst
SiSU text 2.0
SHA256(free_for_all.peter_wayner.sst)= 301c5e037d213d3f3163136a1c0ef71e30477e8d589ee05ef9d3fa64bc938ff6
SHA256(skin_wayner.rb)= de7ec1c76bff3ec6e8389da62d48abafa873e27979d4381b1f4a2da16e064f38
Generated by: SiSU 2.8.2 of 2011w10/5 (2011-03-11)
ruby 1.8.7 (2011-02-18 patchlevel 334) [i486-linux]
Fri Mar 11 09:43:13 -0500 2011
Free For All - How Linux and the Free Software Movement Undercut the
High Tech Titans,
1
2
This is just a book about the free software movement. It wouldn't be
possible without the hard work and the dedication of the thousands if
not millions of people who like to spend their free time hacking code.
I salute you. Thank you.
3
Many people spoke to me during the process of assembling this book, and
it would be impossible to cite them all. The list should begin with the
millions of people who write and contribute to the various free
software lists. The letters, notes, and postings to these lists are a
wonderful history of the evolution of free software and an invaluable
resource.
4
The list should also include the dozens of journalists at places like
Slashdot.org, LinuxWorld, Linux magazine, Linux Weekly News, Kernel
Traffic, Salon, and the New York Times. I should specifically mention
the work of Joe Barr, Jeff Bates, Janelle Brown, Zack Brown, Jonathan
Corbet, Elizabeth Coolbaugh, Amy Harmon, Andrew Leonard, Rob Malda,
John Markoff, Mark Nielsen, Nicholas Petreley, Harald Radke, and Dave
Whitinger. They wrote wonderful pieces that will make a great first
draft of the history of the open source movement. Only a few of the
pieces are cited directly in the footnotes, largely for practical
reasons. The entire body of websites like Slashdot, Linux Journal,
Linux World, Kernel Notes, or Linux Weekly News should be required
reading for anyone interested in the free software movement.
5
There are hundreds of folks at Linux trade shows who took the time to
show me their products, T-shirts, or, in one case, cooler filled with
beer. Almost everyone I met at the conferences was happy to speak about
their experiences with open source software. They were all a great
source of information, and I don't even know most of their names.
6
Some people went beyond the call of duty. John Gilmore, Ethan Rasiel,
and Caroline McKeldin each read drafts when the book was quite
unfinished. Their comments were crucial.
7
Many friends, acquaintances, and subjects of the book were kind enough
to read versions that were a bit more polished, but far from complete:
L. David Baron, Jeff Bates, Brian Behlendorf, Alan Cox, Robert Dreyer,
Theo de Raadt, Telsa Gwynne, Jordan Hubbard, James Lewis Moss, Kirk
McKusick, Sam Ockman, Tim O'Reilly, Sameer Parekh, Bruce Perens, Eric
Raymond, and Richard Stallman.
8
There are some people who deserve a different kind of thanks. Daniel
Greenberg and James Levine did a great job shaping the conception of
the book. When I began, it was just a few ideas on paper. My editors,
David Conti, Laureen Rowland, Devi Pillai, and Adrian Zackheim, were
largely responsible for this transition. Kimberly Monroe suffered
through my mistakes as she took the book through its production stages.
They took a bunch of rambling comments about a social phenomenon and
helped turn it into a book.
9
Finally, I want to thank everyone in my family for everything they've
given through all of my life. And, of course, Caroline, who edited
large portions with a slavish devotion to grammar and style.
10
Visit <
11
12
FREE FOR ALL. Copyright 2000 by Peter Wayner.
13
Some Rights Reserved:
14
This is [a complete version of] the free electronic version of the book
originally published by HarperCollins. The book is still protected by
copyright and bound by a license granting you the limited rights to
make complete copies for non-commercial purposes. You're welcome to
read it in electronic form subject to these conditions:
15
1) You may not make derivative works. You must reproduce the work in
its entirety.
16
2) You may not sell versions.
17
3) You refer everyone receiving a copy to the website where they may
get the latest corrected version. <
18
A full license developed by the Creative Commons
(www.creativecommons.org) will be forthcoming. Please write <
19
See <
20
21
Free For All may be purchased at Amazon.com
22
23
The world where cash was king, greed was good, and money was power fell
off its axis and stopped rotating, if only for a second, in January
1999. Microsoft, the great software giant and unstoppable engine of
cash, was defending itself in a courtroom in Washington, D.C. The
Department of Justice claimed that Microsoft was a monopoly and was
using this power to cut off competitors. Microsoft denied it all and
claimed that the world was hurling threat after competitive threat its
way. They weren't a monopoly, they were just a very competitive company
that managed to withstand the slings and arrows of other equally
ruthless competitors out to steal its market share.
24
The trial quickly turned into everyone's worst nightmare as the
lawyers, the economists, and the programmers filled the courtroom with
a thick mixture of technobabble and legal speak. On the stands, the
computer nerds spewed out three-letter acronyms (TLAs) as they talked
about creating operating systems. Afterward, the legal nerds started
slicing them up into one-letter acronyms and testing to see just which
of the three letters was really the one that committed the crime. Then
the economists came forward and offered their theories on just when a
monopoly is a monopoly. Were three letters working in collusion enough?
What about two? Everyone in the courtroom began to dread spending the
day cooped up in a small room as Microsoft tried to deny what was
obvious to practically everyone.
25
In the fall and early winter of 1998 and 1999, the Department of
Justice had presented its witnesses, who explained how Microsoft had
slanted contracts, tweaked software, and twisted arms to ensure that it
and it alone got the lion's share of the computer business. Many
watching the trial soon developed the opinion that Microsoft had
adopted a mixture of tactics from the schoolyard bully, the local mob
boss, and the mother from hell. The Department of Justice trotted out a
number of witnesses who produced ample evidence that suggested the
computer customers of the world will buy Microsoft products unless
Microsoft decides otherwise. Competitors must be punished.
26
By January, the journalists covering the trial were quietly complaining
about this endless waste of time. The Department of Justice's case was
so compelling that they saw the whole trial as just a delay in what
would eventually come to be a ruling that would somehow split or
shackle Microsoft.
27
But Microsoft wasn't going to be bullied or pushed into splitting up.
The trial allowed them to present their side of the story, and they had
one ready. Sure, everyone seemed to use Microsoft products, but that
was because they were great. It wasn't because there weren't any
competitors, but because the competitors just weren't good enough.
28
In the middle of January, Richard Schmalensee, the dean of the Sloan
School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, took
the stand to defend Microsoft. Schmalensee had worked for the Federal
Trade Commission and the Department of Justice as an economist who
examined the marketplace and the effects of anti-competitive behavior.
He studied how monopolies behave, and to him Microsoft had no monopoly
power. Now, he was being paid handsomely by Microsoft as an expert
witness to repeat this view in court.
29
Schmalensee's argument was simple: competitors are popping up all over
the place. Microsoft, he said in his direct testimony, "is in a
constant struggle for competitive survival. That struggle--the race to
win and the victor's perpetual fear of being displaced--is the source
of competitive vitality in the microcomputer software industry."
30
Schmalensee even had a few competitors ready. "The iMac clearly
competes directly and fiercely with Intel-compatible computers running
Windows," he said without mentioning that Microsoft had bailed out
Apple several months before with hundreds of millions of dollars in an
investment. When Steve Jobs, the iCEO of Apple, announced the deal to a
crowd of Mac lovers, the crowd booed. Jobs quieted them and tried to
argue that the days of stiff competition with Microsoft were over. The
scene did such a good job of capturing the total domination of
Microsoft that the television movie The Pirates of Silicon Valley used
it to illustrate how Bill Gates had won all of the marbles.
31
After the announcement of the investment, Apple began shipping
Microsoft's Internet Explorer web browser as the preferred browser on
its machines. Microsoft's competitor Netscape became just a bit harder
to find on the iMac. After that deal, Steve Jobs even began making
statements that the old sworn enemies, Apple and Microsoft, were now
more partners than competitors. Schmalensee didn't focus on this facet
of Apple's new attitude toward competition.
32
Next, Schmalensee trotted out BeOS, an operating system made by Be, a
small company with about 100 employees run by ex-Apple executive
Jean-Louis Gassée. This company had attracted millions of dollars
in funding, he said, and some people really liked it. That made it a
competitor.
33
Schmalensee didn't mention that Be had trouble giving away the BeOS
operating system. Gassée approached a number of PC manufacturers
to see if they would include BeOS on their machines and give users the
chance to switch between two operating systems. Gassée found, to
no one's real surprise, that Microsoft's contracts with manufacturers
made it difficult, if not practically impossible, to get BeOS in
customers' hands. Microsoft controlled much of what the user got to see
and insisted on almost total control over the viewer's experience.
Schmalensee didn't mention these details in his testimony. BeOS may
have been as locked up as a prisoner in a windowless cell in a
stone-walled asylum on an island in the middle of the ocean, but BeOS
was still a competitor for the love of the fair maiden.
34
The last competitor, though, was the most surprising to everyone.
Schmalensee saw Linux, a program given away for free, as a big
potential competitor. When he said Linux, he really meant an entire
collection of programs known as "open source" software. These were
written by a loose-knit group of programmers who shared all of the
source code to the software over the Internet.
35
Open source software floated around the Internet controlled by a
variety of licenses with names like the GNU General Public License
(GPL). To say that the software was "controlled" by the license is a
bit of a stretch. If anything, the licenses were deliberately worded to
prohibit control. The GNU GPL, for instance, let users modify the
program and give away their own versions. The license did more to
enforce sharing of all the source code than it did to control or
constrain. It was more an anti-license than anything else, and its
author, Richard Stallman, often called it a "copyleft."
36
Schmalensee didn't mention that most people thought of Linux as a
strange tool created and used by hackers in dark rooms lit by computer
monitors. He didn't mention that many people had trouble getting Linux
to work with their computers. He forgot to mention that Linux manuals
came with subheads like "Disk Druid-like 'fstab editor' available." He
didn't delve into the fact that for many of the developers, Linux was
just a hobby they dabbled with when there was nothing interesting on
television. And he certainly didn't mention that most people thought
the whole Linux project was the work of a mad genius and his weirdo
disciples who still hadn't caught on to the fact that the Soviet Union
had already failed big-time. The Linux folks actually thought sharing
would make the world a better place. Fat-cat programmers who spent
their stock-option riches on Porsches and balsamic vinegar laughed at
moments like this.
37
Schmalensee didn't mention these facts. He just offered Linux as an
alternative to Windows and said that computer manufacturers might
switch to it at any time. Poof. Therefore, Microsoft had competitors.
At the trial, the discourse quickly broke down into an argument over
what is really a worthy competitor and what isn't. Were there enough
applications available for Linux or the Mac? What qualifies as
"enough"? Were these really worthy?
38
Under cross-examination, Schmalensee explained that he wasn't holding
up the Mac, BeOS, or Linux as competitors who were going to take over
50 percent of the marketplace. He merely argued that their existence
proved that the barriers produced by the so-called Microsoft monopoly
weren't that strong. If rational people were investing in creating
companies like BeOS, then Microsoft's power wasn't absolute.
39
Afterward, most people quickly made up their minds. Everyone had heard
about the Macintosh and knew that back then conventional wisdom
dictated that it would soon fail. But most people didn't know anything
about BeOS or Linux. How could a company be a competitor if no one had
heard of it? Apple and Microsoft had TV commercials. BeOS, at least,
had a charismatic chairman. There was no Linux pitchman, no Linux
jingle, and no Linux 30-second spot in major media. At the time, only
the best-funded projects in the Linux community had enough money to buy
spots on late-night community-access cable television. How could
someone without money compete with a company that hired the Rolling
Stones to pump excitement into a product launch?
40
When people heard that Microsoft was offering a free product as a
worthy competitor, they began to laugh even louder at the company's
chutzpah. Wasn't money the whole reason the country was having a trial?
Weren't computer programmers in such demand that many companies
couldn't hire as many as they needed, no matter how high the salary?
How could Microsoft believe that anyone would buy the supposition that
a bunch of pseudo-communist nerds living in their weird techno-utopia
where all the software was free would ever come up with software that
could compete with the richest company on earth? At first glance, it
looked as if Microsoft's case was sinking so low that it had to resort
to laughable strategies. It was as if General Motors were to tell the
world "We shouldn't have to worry about fixing cars that pollute
because a collective of hippies in Ithaca, New York, is refurbishing
old bicycles and giving them away for free." It was as if Exxon waved
away the problems of sinking oil tankers by explaining that folksingers
had written a really neat ballad for teaching birds and otters to lick
themselves clean after an oil spill. If no one charged money for Linux,
then it was probably because it wasn't worth buying.
41
But as everyone began looking a bit deeper, they began to see that
Linux was being taken seriously in some parts of the world. Many web
servers, it turned out, were already running on Linux or another free
cousin known as FreeBSD. A free webserving tool known as Apache had
controlled more than 50 percent of the web servers for some time, and
it was gradually beating out Microsoft products that cost thousands of
dollars. Many of the web servers ran Apache on top of a Linux or a
FreeBSD machine and got the job done. The software worked well, and the
nonexistent price made it easy to choose.
42
Linux was also winning over some of the world's most serious
physicists, weapons designers, biologists, and hard-core scientists.
Some of the nation's top labs had wired together clusters of cheap PCs
and turned them into supercomputers that were highly competitive with
the best machines on the market. One upstart company started offering
"supercomputers" for $3,000. These machines used Linux to keep the data
flowing while the racks of computers plugged and chugged their way for
hours on complicated simulations.
43
There were other indications. Linux users bragged that their system
rarely crashed. Some claimed to have machines that had been running for
a year or more without a problem. Microsoft (and Apple) users, on the
other hand, had grown used to frequent crashes. The "Blue Screen of
Death" that appears on Windows users' monitors when something goes
irretrievably wrong is the butt of many jokes.
44
Linux users also bragged about the quality of their desktop interface.
Most of the uninitiated thought of Linux as a hacker's system built for
nerds. Yet recently two very good operating shells called GNOME and KDE
had taken hold. Both offered the user an environment that looked just
like Windows but was better. Linux hackers started bragging that they
were able to equip their girlfriends, mothers, and friends with Linux
boxes without grief. Some people with little computer experience were
adopting Linux with little trouble.
45
Building websites and supercomputers is not an easy task, and it is
often done in back rooms out of the sight of most people. When people
began realizing that the free software hippies had slowly managed to
take over a large chunk of the web server and supercomputing world,
they realized that perhaps Microsoft's claim was viable. Web servers
and supercomputers are machines built and run by serious folks with
bosses who want something in return for handing out paychecks. They
aren't just toys sitting around the garage.
46
If these free software guys had conquered such serious arenas, maybe
they could handle the office and the desktop. If the free software
world had created something usable by the programmers' mothers, then
maybe they were viable competitors. Maybe Microsoft was right.
47
48
While Microsoft focused its eyes and ears upon Washington, one of its
biggest competitors was sleeping late. When Richard Schmalensee was
prepping to take the stand in Washington, D.C., to defend Microsoft's
outrageous fortune against the slings and arrows of a government
inquisition, Alan Cox was still sleeping in. He didn't get up until
2:00 PM. at his home in Swansea on the south coast of Wales. This isn't
too odd for him. His wife, Telsa, grouses frequently that it's
impossible to get him moving each morning without a dose of Jolt Cola,
the kind that's overloaded with caffeine.
49
The night before, Cox and his wife went to see The Mask of Zorro, the
latest movie that describes how Don Diego de la Vega assumed the secret
identity of Zorro to free the Mexican people from the tyranny of Don
Rafael Montero. In this version, Don Diego, played by Anthony Hopkins,
chooses an orphan, Alejandro Murrieta, played by Antonio Banderas, and
teaches him to be the next Zorro so the fight can continue. Its theme
resonates with writers of open source software: a small band of
talented, passionate warriors warding off the evil oppressor.
50
Cox keeps an open diary and posts the entries on the web. "It's a nice
looking film, with some great stunts and character play," he wrote, but
51
You could, however, have fitted the plot, including all the twists, on
the back of a matchbox. That made it feel a bit ponderous so it only
got a 6 out of 10 even though I'm feeling extremely smug because I
spotted one of the errors in the film while watching it not by
consulting imdb later.
52
By the imdb, he meant the Internet Movie Database, which is one of the
most complete listings of film credits, summaries, and glitches
available on the Net. Users on the Internet write in with their own
reviews and plot synopses, which the database dutifully catalogs and
makes available to everyone. It's a reference book with thousands of
authors.
53
In this case, the big glitch in the film is the fact that one of the
train gauges uses the metric system. Mexico converted to this system in
1860, but the film is set in 1841. Whoops. Busted.
54
Telsa wrote in her diary, which she also posts to the Net under the
title "The More Accurate Diary. Really."
55
Dragged him to cinema to see Zorro. I should have remembered he'd done
some fencing and found something different. He also claimed he'd
spotted a really obscure error. I checked afterward on IMDB, and was
amazed. How did he see this?
56
Cox is a big bear of a man who wears a long, brown wizard's beard. He
has an agile, analytic mind that constantly picks apart a system and
probes it for weaknesses. If he's playing a game, he plays until he
finds a trick or a loophole that will give him the winning edge. If
he's working around the house, he often ends up meddling with things
until he fixes and improves them. Of course, he also often breaks them.
His wife loves to complain about the bangs and crashes that come from
his home office, where he often works until 6:30 in the morning.
57
To his wife, this crashing, banging, and late-night hacking is the
source of the halfhearted grousing inherent in every marriage. She
obviously loves both his idiosyncrasies and the opportunity to discuss
just how strange they can be. In January, Telsa was trying to find a
way to automate her coffeepot by hooking it up to her computer.
58
She wrote in her diary,
59
Alan is reluctant to get involved with any attempt to make a
coffee-maker switch on via the computer now because he seems to think I
will eventually switch it on with no water in and start a fire. I'm not
the one who welded tinned spaghetti to the non-stick saucepan. Or set
the wok on fire. More than once. Once with fifteen guests in the house.
But there we are.
60
To the rest of the world, this urge to putter and fiddle with machines
is more than a source of marital comedy. Cox is one of the great
threats to the continued dominance of Microsoft, despite the fact that
he found a way to weld spaghetti to a nonstick pan. He is one of the
core developers who help maintain the Linux kernel. In other words,
he's one of the group of programmers who helps guide the development of
the Linux operating system, the one Richard Schmalensee feels is such a
threat to Microsoft. Cox is one of the few people whom Linus Torvalds,
the creator of Linux, trusts to make important decisions about future
directions. Cox is an expert on the networking guts of the system and
is responsible for making sure that most of the new ideas that people
suggest for Linux are considered carefully and integrated correctly.
Torvalds defers to Cox on many matters about how Linux-based computers
talk with other computers over a network. Cox works long and hard to
find efficient ways for Linux to juggle multiple connections without
slowing down or deadlocking.
61
The group that works with Cox and Torvalds operates with no official
structure. Millions of people use Linux to keep their computers
running, and all of them have copies of the source code. In the 1980s,
most companies began keeping the source code to their software as
private as possible because they worried that a competitor might come
along and steal the ideas the source spelled out. The source code,
which is written in languages like C, Java, FORTRAN, BASIC, or Pascal,
is meant to be read by programmers. Most companies didn't want other
programmers understanding too much about the guts of their software.
Information is power, and the companies instinctively played their
cards close to their chests.
62
When Linus Torvalds first started writing Linux in 1991, however, he
decided to give away the operating system for free. He included all the
source code because he wanted others to read it, comment upon it, and
perhaps improve it. His decision was as much a radical break from
standard programming procedure as a practical decision. He was a poor
student at the time, and this operating system was merely a hobby. If
he had tried to sell it, he wouldn't have gotten anything for it. He
certainly had no money to build a company that could polish the
software and market it. So he just sent out copies over the Internet.
63
Sharing software had already been endorsed by Richard Stallman, a
legendary programmer from MIT who believed that keeping source code
private was a sin and a crime against humanity. A programmer who shares
the source code lets others learn, and those others can contribute
their ideas back into the mix. Closed source code leaves users
frustrated because they can't learn about the software or fix any bugs.
Stallman broke away from MIT in 1984 when he founded the Free Software
Foundation. This became the organization that sponsored Stallman's
grand project to free source code, a project he called GNU. In the
1980s, Stallman created very advanced tools like the GNU Emacs text
editor, which people could use to write programs and articles. Others
donated their work and the GNU project soon included a wide range of
tools, utilities, and games. All of them were distributed for free.
64
Torvalds looked at Stallman and decided to follow his lead with open
source code. Torvalds's free software began to attract people who liked
to play around with technology. Some just glanced at it. Others messed
around for a few hours. Free is a powerful incentive. It doesn't let
money, credit cards, purchase orders, and the boss's approval get in
the way of curiosity. A few, like Alan Cox, had such a good time taking
apart an operating system that they stayed on and began contributing
back to the project.
65
In time, more and more people like Alan Cox discovered Torvalds's
little project on the Net. Some slept late. Others kept normal hours
and worked in offices. Some just found bugs. Others fixed the bugs.
Still others added new features that they wanted. Slowly, the operating
system grew from a toy that satisfied the curiosity of computer
scientists into a usable tool that powers supercomputers, web servers,
and millions of other machines around the world.
66
Today, about a thousand people regularly work with people like Alan Cox
on the development of the Linux kernel, the official name for the part
of the operating system that Torvalds started writing back in 1991.
That may not be an accurate estimate because many people check in for a
few weeks when a project requires their participation. Some follow
everything, but most people are just interested in little corners. Many
other programmers have contributed various pieces of software such as
word processors or spreadsheets. All of these are bundled together into
packages that are often called plain Linux or GNU/Linux and shipped by
companies like Red Hat or more ad hoc groups like Debian.1
While Torvalds only wrote the core kernel, people use his name, Linux,
to stand for a whole body of software written by thousands of others.
It's not exactly fair, but most let it slide. If there hadn't been the
Linux kernel, the users wouldn't have the ability to run software on a
completely free system. The free software would need to interact with
something from Microsoft, Apple, or IBM. Of course, if it weren't for
all of the other free software from Berkeley, the GNU project, and
thousands of other garages around the world, there would be little for
the Linux kernel to do.
1. Linux Weekly News keeps a complete list of distributors. These
range from the small, one- or two-man operations to the biggest, most
corporate ones like Red Hat: Alzza Linux, Apokalypse, Armed Linux, Bad
Penguin Linux, Bastille Linux, Best Linux (Finnish/Swedish), Bifrost,
Black Cat Linux (Ukrainian/Russian), Caldera OpenLinux, CCLinux,
Chinese Linux Extension, Complete Linux, Conectiva Linux (Brazilian),
Debian GNU/Linux, Definite Linux, DemoLinux, DLD, DLite, DLX,
DragonLinux, easyLinux, Enoch, Eridani Star System, Eonova Linux,
e-smith server and gateway, Eurielec Linux (Spanish), eXecutive Linux,
floppyfw, Floppix, Green Frog Linux, hal91, Hard Hat Linux, Immunix,
Independence, Jurix, Kha0s Linux, KRUD, KSI-Linux, Laetos, LEM, Linux
Cyrillic Edition, LinuxGT, Linux-Kheops (French), Linux MLD (Japanese),
LinuxOne OS, LinuxPPC, LinuxPPP (Mexican), Linux Pro Plus, Linux Router
Project, LOAF, LSD, Mandrake, Mastodon, MicroLinux, MkLinux, muLinux,
nanoLinux II, NoMad Linux, OpenClassroom, Peanut Linux, Plamo Linux,
PLD, Project Ballantain, PROSA, QuadLinux, Red Hat, Rock Linux,
RunOnCD, ShareTheNet, Skygate, Slackware, Small Linux, Stampede,
Stataboware, Storm Linux, SuSE, Tomsrtbt, Trinux, TurboLinux, uClinux,
Vine Linux, WinLinux 2000, Xdenu, XTeamLinux, and Yellow Dog Linux.
67
Officially, Linus Torvalds is the final arbiter for the kernel and the
one who makes the final decisions about new features. In practice, the
group runs like a loosely knit "ad-hocracy." Some people might care
about a particular feature like the ability to interface with
Macintoshes, and they write special code that makes this task easier.
Others who run really big databases may want larger file systems that
can store more information without limits.
68
All of these people work at their own pace. Some work in their homes,
like Alan Cox. Some work in university labs. Others work for businesses
that use Linux and encourage their programmers to plug away so it
serves their needs.
69
The team is united by mailing lists. The Linux Kernel mailing list
hooks up Cox in Britain, Torvalds in Silicon Valley, and the others
around the globe. They post notes to the list and discuss ideas.
Sometimes verbal fights break out, and sometimes everyone agrees.
Sometimes people light a candle by actually writing new code to make
the kernel better, and other times they just curse the darkness.
70
Cox is now one of several people responsible for coordinating the
addition of new code. He tests it for compatibility and guides Linux
authors to make sure they're working together optimally. In essence, he
tests every piece of incoming software to make sure all of the gauges
work with the right system of measurement so there will be no glitches.
He tries to remove the incompatibilities that marred Zorro.
71
Often, others will duplicate Cox's work. Some new features are very
popular and have many cooks minding the stew. The technology for
speeding up computers with multiple CPUs lets each computer harness the
extra power, so many list members test it frequently. They want the
fastest machines they can get, and smoothing the flow of data between
the CPUs is the best way to let the machines cooperate.
72
Other features are not so popular, and they're tackled by the people
who need the features. Some people want to hook their Linux boxes up to
Macintoshes. Doing that smoothly can require some work in the kernel.
Others may want to add special code to enable a special device like a
high-speed camera or a strange type of disk drive. These groups often
work on their own but coordinate their solutions with the main crowd.
Ideally, they'll be able to come up with some patches that solve their
problem without breaking some other part of the system.
73
It's a very social and political process that unrolls in slow motion
through e-mail messages. One person makes a suggestion. Others may
agree. Someone may squabble with the idea because it seems inelegant,
sloppy, or, worst of all, dangerous. After some time, a rough consensus
evolves. Easy problems can be solved in days or even minutes, but
complicated decisions can wait as the debate rages for years.
74
Each day, Cox and his virtual colleagues pore through the lists trying
to figure out how to make Linux better, faster, and more usable.
Sometimes they skip out to watch a movie. Sometimes they go for hikes.
But one thing they don't do is spend months huddled in conference rooms
trying to come up with legal arguments. Until recently, the Linux folks
didn't have money for lawyers, and that means they didn't get
sidetracked by figuring out how to get big and powerful people like
Richard Schmalensee to tell a court that there's no monopoly in the
computer operating system business.
75
76
Schmalensee and Cox couldn't be more different from each other. One is
a career technocrat who moves easily between the government and MIT.
The other is what used to be known as an absentminded professor--the
kind who works when he's really interested in a problem. It just so
happens that Cox is pretty intrigued with building a better operating
system than the various editions of Windows that form the basis of
Microsoft's domination of the computer industry.
77
The battle between Linux and Microsoft is lining up to be the classic
fight between the people like Schmalensee and the people like Cox. On
one side are the armies of lawyers, lobbyists, salesmen, and expensive
executives who are armed with patents, lawsuits, and legislation. They
are skilled at moving the levers of power until the gears line up just
right and billions of dollars pour into their pockets. They know how to
schmooze, toady, beg, or even threaten until they wear the mantle of
authority and command the piety and devotion of the world. People buy
Microsoft because it's "the standard." No one decreed this, but somehow
it has come to be.
78
On the other side are a bunch of guys who just like playing with
computers and will do anything to take them apart. They're not like the
guy in the song by John Mellencamp who sings "I fight authority and
authority always wins." Some might have an attitude, but most just want
to look at the insides of their computers and rearrange them to hook up
to coffee machines or networks. They want to fidget with the guts of
their machines. If they weld some spaghetti to the insides, so be it.
79
Normally, these battles between the suits and the geeks don't threaten
the established order. There are university students around the world
building solar-powered cars, but they don't actually pose a threat to
the oil or auto industries. "21," a restaurant in New York, makes a
great hamburger, but they're not going to put McDonald's out of
business. The experimentalists and the perfectionists don't usually
knock heads with the corporations who depend upon world domination for
their profits. Except when it comes to software.
80
Software is different from cars or hamburgers. Once someone writes the
source code, copying the source costs next to nothing. That makes it
much easier for tinkerers like Cox to have a global effect. If Cox,
Stallman, Torvalds, and his chums just happen to luck upon something
that's better than Microsoft, then the rest of the world can share
their invention for next to nothing. That's what makes Cox, Torvalds,
and their buddies a credible threat no matter how often they sleep
late.
81
It's easy to get high off of the idea alone. A few guys sleeping late
and working in bedrooms aren't supposed to catch up to a cash engine
like Microsoft. They aren't supposed to create a webserving engine that
controls more than half of the web. They aren't supposed to create a
graphical user interface for drawing windows and icons on the screen
that's much better than Windows. They aren't supposed to create
supercomputers with sticker prices of $3,000. Money isn't supposed to
lose.
82
Of course, the folks who are working on free software projects have
advantages that money can't buy. These programmers don't need lawyers
to create licenses, negotiate contracts, or argue over terms. Their
software is free, and lawyers lose interest pretty quickly when there's
no money around. The free software guys don't need to scrutinize
advertising copy. Anyone can download the software and just try it. The
programmers also don't need to sit in the corner when their computer
crashes and complain about the idiot who wrote the software. Anyone can
read the source code and fix the glitches.
83
The folks in the free source software world are, in other words,
grooving on freedom. They're high on the original American dream of
life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. The founders of the United
States of America didn't set out to create a wealthy country where
citizens spent their days worrying whether they would be able to afford
new sport utility vehicles when the stock options were vested. The
founders just wanted to secure the blessings of liberty for posterity.
Somehow, the wealth followed.
84
This beautiful story is easy to embrace: a group of people started out
swapping cool software on the Net and ended up discovering that their
free sharing created better software than what a corporation could
produce with a mountain of cash.
85
The programmers found that unrestricted cooperation made it easy for
everyone to contribute. No price tags kept others away. No stereotypes
or biases excluded anyone. The software and the source code were on the
Net for anyone to read.
86
Wide-open cooperation also turned out to be wide-open competition
because the best software won the greatest attention. The corporate
weasels with the ear of the president could not stop a free source
software project from shipping. No reorganization or downsizing could
stop people from working on free software if they wanted to hack. The
freedom to create was more powerful than money.
87
That's an idyllic picture, and the early success of Linux, FreeBSD, and
other free packages makes it tempting to think that the success will
build. Today, open source servers power more than 50 percent of the web
servers on the Internet, and that is no small accomplishment. Getting
thousands, if not millions, of programmers to work together is quite
amazing given how quirky programmers can be. The ease of copying makes
it possible to think that Alan Cox could get up late and still move the
world.
88
But the 1960s were also an allegedly idyllic time when peace, love, and
sharing were going to create a beautiful planet where everyone gave to
everyone else in an eternal golden braid of mutual respect and caring.
Everyone assumed that the same spirit that so quickly and easily
permeated the college campuses and lovefests in the parks was bound to
sweep the world. The communes were really happening, man. But somehow,
the groovy beat never caught on beyond those small nests of easy caring
and giving. Somehow, the folks started dropping back in, getting real
jobs, taking on real mortgages, and buying back into the world where
money was king.
89
Over the years, the same sad ending has befallen many communes, utopian
visions, and hypnotic vibes. Freedom is great. It allows brilliant
inventors to work independently of the wheels of power. But capital is
another powerful beast that drives innovation. The great communes often
failed because they never converted their hard work into money, making
it difficult for them to save and invest. Giving things away may be,
like, really groovy, but it doesn't build a nest egg.
90
Right now, the free software movement stands at a crucial moment in its
history. In the past, a culture of giving and wide-open sharing let
thousands of programmers build a great operating system that was, in
many ways, better than anything coming from the best companies. Many
folks began working on Linux, FreeBSD, and thousands of other projects
as hobbies, but now they're waking up to find IBM, HewlettPackard,
Apple, and all the other big boys pounding on their door. If the kids
could create something as nice as Linux, everyone began to wonder
whether these kids really had enough good stuff to go the distance and
last nine innings against the greatest power hitters around.
91
Perhaps the free software movement will just grow faster and better as
more people hop on board. More users mean more eyes looking for bugs.
More users mean more programmers writing new source code for new
features. More is better.
92
On the other hand, sharing may be neat, but can it beat the power of
capital? Microsoft's employees may be just serfs motivated by the dream
that someday their meager stock options will be worth enough to retire
upon, but they have a huge pile of cash driving them forward. This
capital can be shifted very quickly. If Bill Gates wants 1,000
programmers to create something, he can wave his hand. If he wants to
buy 1,000 computers, it takes him a second. That's the power of
capital.
93
Linus Torvalds may be on the cover of magazines, but he can't do
anything with the wave of a hand. He must charm and cajole the
thousands of folks on the Linux mailing list to make a change. Many of
the free software projects may generate great code, but they have to
beg for computers. The programmers might even surprise him and come up
with an even better solution. They've done it in the past. But no money
means that no one has to do what anyone says.
94
In the past, the free software movement was like the movies in which
Mickey Rooney and Judy Garland put on a great show in the barn. That
part won't change. Cool kids with a dream will still be spinning up
great programs that will be wonderful gifts for the world.
95
But shows that are charming and fresh in a barn can become thin and
weak on a big stage on Broadway. The glitches and raw functionality of
Linux and free software don't seem too bad if you know that they're
built by kids in their spare time. Building real tools for real
companies, moms, police stations, and serious users everywhere is
another matter. Everyone may be hoping that sharing, caring, and
curiosity are enough, but no one knows for certain. Maybe capital will
end up winning. Maybe it won't. It's freedom versus assurance; it's
wide-open sharing versus stock options; it's cooperation versus
intimidation; it's the geeks versus the suits, all in one knockdown,
hack-till-you-drop, winner-take-everything fight.
96
97
While Alan Cox was sleeping late and Microsoft was putting Richard
Schmalensee on the stand, the rest of the open source software world
was tackling their own problems. Some were just getting up, others were
in the middle of their day, and still others were just going to sleep.
This is not just because the open source hackers like to work at odd
times around the clock. Some do. But they also live around the globe in
all of the different time zones. The sun never sets on the open source
empire.
98
On January 14, 1999, for instance, Peter Jeremy, an Australian,
announced that he had just discovered a potential Y2K problem in the
control software in the central database that helped maintain the
FreeBSD source code. He announced this by posting a note to a mailing
list that forwarded the message to many other FreeBSD users. The
problem was that the software simply appended the two characters "19"
to the front of the year. When the new millennium came about a year
later, the software would start writing the new date as "19100." Oops.
The problem was largely cosmetic because it only occurred in some of
the support software used by the system.
99
FreeBSD is a close cousin to the Linux kernel and one that predates it
in some ways. It descends from a long tradition of research and
development of operating systems at the University of California at
Berkeley. The name BSD stands for "Berkeley Software Distribution," the
name given to one of the first releases of operating system source code
that Berkeley made for the world. That small package grew, morphed, and
absorbed many other contributions over the years.
100
Referring to Linux and FreeBSD as cousins is an apt term because they
share much of the same source code in the same way that cousins share
some of the same genes. Both borrow source code and ideas from each
other. If you buy a disk with FreeBSD, which you can do from companies
like Walnut Creek, you may get many of the same software packages that
you get from a disk from Red Hat Linux. Both include, for instance,
some of the GNU compilers that turn source code into something that can
be understood by computers.
101
FreeBSD, in fact, has some of its own fans and devotees. The FreeBSD
site lists thousands of companies large and small that use the
software. Yahoo, the big Internet directory, game center, and news
operation, uses FreeBSD in some of its servers. So does Blue Mountain
Arts, the electronic greeting card company that is consistently one of
the most popular sites on the web. There are undoubtedly thousands more
who aren't listed on the FreeBSD site. The software produced by the
FreeBSD project is, after all, free, so people can give it away, share
it with their friends, or even pretend they are "stealing" it by making
a copy of a disk at work. No one really knows how many copies of
FreeBSD are out there because there's no reason to count. Microsoft may
need to count heads so they can bill everyone for using Windows, but
FreeBSD doesn't have that problem.
102
That morning, Peter Jeremy's message went out to everyone who
subscribed to the FreeBSD mailing list. Some users who cared about the
Y2K bug could take Jeremy's patch and use it to fix their software
directly. They didn't need to wait for some central bureaucracy to pass
judgment on the information. They didn't need to wait for the Y2K guy
at FreeBSD to get around to vetting the change. Everyone could just
insert the fix because they had all of the source code available to
them.
103
Of course, most people never use all their freedoms. In this case, most
people didn't have to bother dealing with Jeremy's patch because they
waited for the official version. The FreeBSD infrastructure absorbed
the changes into its source code vaults, and the changes appeared in
the next fully updated version. This new complete version is where most
people first started using the fix. Jeremy is a programmer who created
a solution that was easy for other programmers to use. Most people,
however, aren't programmers, and they want their software to be easy to
use. Most programmers aren't even interested in poking around inside
their machines. Everyone wants the solution to either fix itself or
come as close to that as possible.
104
Jeremy's message was just one of the hundreds percolating through the
FreeBSD community that day. Some fell on deaf ears, some drew snotty
comments, and a few gathered some real attention. The mailing lists
were fairly complex ecologies where ideas blossomed and grew before
they faded away and died.
105
Of course, it's not fair to categorize the FreeBSD world as a totally
decentralized anarchy. There is one central team led by one man, Jordan
Hubbard, who organizes the leadership of a core group of devoted
programmers. The group runs the website, maintains an up-to-date
version of FreeBSD, and sponsors dozens of lists devoted to different
corners or features. One list focuses on hooking up the fast
high-performance SCSI hard disks that are popular with people who
demand high-performance systems. Another concentrates on building in
enough security to keep out attackers who might try to sneak in through
the Internet.
106
That January 14, a man in Great Britain, Roger Hardiman, was helping a
man in Switzerland, Reto Trachsel, hook up a Hauppauge video card to
his system. They were communicating on the Multimedia mailing list
devoted to finding ways to add audio and video functions to FreeBSD
systems. Trachsel posted a note to the list asking for information on
how to find the driver software that would make sure that the data
coming out of the Hauppauge television receiver would be generally
available to the rest of the computer. Hardiman pointed out a solution,
but cautioned, "If your Hauppauge card has the MSP34xx Stereo Decoder
audio chip, you may get no sound when watching TV. I should get this
fixed in the next week or two."
107
Solutions like these float around the FreeBSD community. Most people
don't really care if they can watch television with their computer, but
a few do. The easy access to source code and drivers means that the few
can go off and do their own thing without asking some major company for
permission. The big companies like Microsoft and Apple, for instance,
have internal projects that are producing impressive software for
creating and displaying multimedia extravaganzas on computers. But they
have a strict view of the world: the company is the producer of
high-quality tools that make their way to the consumer who uses them
and pays for them in one way or another.
108
The list ecology is more organic and anti-hierarchical. Everyone has
access to the source code. Everyone can make changes. Everyone can do
what they want. There is no need for the FreeBSD management to meet and
decide "Multimedia is good." There is no need for a project team to
prioritize and list action items and best-of-breed deliverables.
Someone in Switzerland decides he wants to hook up a television
receiver to his computer and, what do you know, someone in Great
Britain has already solved the problem. Well, he's solved it if you
don't have an MSP34xx stereo decoder chip in your card. But that should
be fixed sooner or later, too.
109
110
There are thousands of other mailing lists linking thousands of other
projects. It's hard to actually put a number to them because the
projects grow, merge, and fade as people's interests wax and wane. The
best flourish, and the others just drift away.
111
Life on the mailing lists is often a bit more brutal and short than
life on earth. The work on the project needs to split up. The
volunteers need to organize themselves so that great software can be
written.
112
On that January 14, a new member of the WINE list was learning just how
volunteering works. The guy posted a note to the list that described
his Diamond RIO portable music device that lets you listen to MP3 files
whenever you want. "I think the WINE development team should drop
everything and work on getting this program to work as it doesn't seem
like Diamond wants to release a Linux utility for the Rio," he wrote.
113
WINE stands for "WINE Is Not an Emulator," which is a joke that only
programmers and free software lovers can get. It's first a play on the
recursive acronym for the GNU project ("GNU is not UNIX"). It's also a
bit of a political statement for programmers. An emulator is a piece of
software that makes one computer act like another. A company named
Connectix, for instance, sells an emulator that lets a Macintosh behave
like a Windows PC so anyone can use their Windows software on the Mac.
Emulators, however, are pretty slow because they're constantly
translating information on the fly. Anyone who has tried to hold a
conversation with someone who speaks a different language knows how
frustrating it can be to require a translator.
114
The WINE project is an ambitious attempt to knock out one of the most
important structural elements of the Microsoft monopoly. Software
written for Windows only functions when people buy a version of Windows
from Microsoft. When you purchase a Connectix emulator for the Mac, you
get a version of Windows bundled with it.
115
The WINE project is a group of people who are trying to clone Windows.
Well, not clone all of it. They just want to clone what is known as the
Win32 API, a panoply of features that make it easier to write software
for a Microsoft machine. A programmer who wants to create a new button
for a Windows computer doesn't need to write all of the instructions
for drawing a frame with three-dimensional shading. A Microsoft
employee has already bundled those instructions into the Win32 API.
There are millions of functions in these kits that help programmers.
Some play audio files, others draw complex images or movies. These
features make it easy for programmers to write software for Windows
because some of the most repetitive work is already finished.
116
The WINE clone of the Win32 is a fascinating example of how open source
starts slowly and picks up steam. Bob Amstadt started the project in
1993, but soon turned it over to Alexandre Julliard, who has been the
main force behind it. The project, although still far from finished,
has produced some dramatic accomplishments, making it possible to run
major programs like Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel on a Linux box
without using Windows. In essence, the WINE software is doing a good
enough job acting like Windows that it's fooling Excel and Word. If you
can trick the cousins, that's not too bad.
117
The WINE home page (www.winehq.com) estimates that more than 90,000
people use WINE regularly to run programs for Microsoft Windows without
buying Windows. About 140 or more people regularly contribute to the
project by writing code or fixing bugs. Many are hobbyists who want the
thrill of getting their software to run without Windows, but some are
corporate programmers. The corporate programmers want to sell their
software to the broadest possible marketplace, but they don't want to
take the time to rewrite everything. If they can get their software
working well with WINE, then people who use Linux or BSD can use the
software that was written for Microsoft Windows.
118
The new user who wanted to get his RIO player working with his Linux
computer soon got a rude awakening. Andreas Mohr, a German programmer,
wrote back,
119
Instead of suggesting the WINE team to "drop everything" in order to
get a relatively minor thing like PMP300 to work, would you please
install WINE, test it, read documentation/bug reports and post a useful
bug report here? There are zillions of very useful and impressing
Windoze apps out there . . . (After all that's only my personal
opinion, maybe that was a bit too harsh ;-)
120
Most new free software users soon discover that freedom isn't always
easy. If you want to get free software, you're going to have to put in
some work. Sometimes you get lucky. The man in Switzerland who posted
his note on the same day found out that someone in Britain was solving
his problems for him. There was no one, however, working on the RIO
software and making sure it worked with WINE.
121
Mohr's suggestion was to file a bug report that ranks the usability of
the software so the programmers working on WINE can tweak it. This is
just the first step in the free software experience. Someone has to
notice the problem and fix it. In this case, someone needs to hook up
their Diamond RIO MP3 player to a Linux box and try to move MP3 files
with the software written for Windows. Ideally, the software will work
perfectly, and now all Linux users will be able to use RIO players. In
reality, there might be problems or glitches. Some of the graphics on
the screen might be wrong. The software might not download anything at
all. The first step is for someone to test the product and write up a
detailed report about what works and what doesn't.
122
At the time of this writing, no one has stepped up to the plate. There
are no reports about the Diamond player in the WINE database. Maybe the
new user didn't have time. Maybe he wasn't technically sophisticated
enough to get WINE running in the first place. It's still not a simple
system to use. In any case, his bright idea fell by the wayside.
123
The mailing lists buzz with idle chatter about neat, way-out ideas that
never come to fruition. Some people see this as a limitation of the
free software world. A corporation, however, is able to dispatch a team
of programmers to create solutions. These companies have money to spend
on polishing a product and making sure it works. Connectix, for
instance, makes an emulator that lets Mac users play games written for
the Sony PlayStation. The company employs a substantial number of
people who simply play all the Sony games from beginning to end until
all of the bugs are gone. It's a rough job, but someone has to do it.
124
WINE can't pay anyone, and that means that great ideas sometimes get
ignored. The free software community, however, doesn't necessarily see
this as a limitation. If the RIO player were truly important, someone
else would come along and pick up the project. Someone else would do
the work and file a bug report so everyone could use the software. If
there's no one else, then maybe the RIO software isn't that important
to the Linux community. Work gets done when someone really cares enough
to do it.
125
These mailing lists are the fibers that link the open source community
into the network of minds. Before e-mail, they were just a bunch of
rebels haunting the moors and rattling around their basements inventing
monstrous machines. Now they're smoothly tuned mechanisms coordinated
by messages, notes, and missives. They're not madmen who roar at dinner
parties about the bad technology from Borg-like corporations. They've
got friends now. One person may be a flake, but a group might be on to
something.
126
127
Consider this picture: Microsoft is a megalith built by one man with a
towering ego. It may not be fair to lump all of the serfs in the
corporate cubicle farms in Redmond into one big army of automatons, but
it sure conjures a striking image that isn't altogether inaccurate.
Microsoft employees are fiercely loyal and often more dedicated to the
cause than the average worker bee. Bill Gates built the company from
scratch with the help of several college friends, and this group
maintains tight control over all parts of the empire. The flavor of the
organization is set by one man with the mind and the ego to micromanage
it all.
128
Now consider the image of the members of the free software revolution.
Practically every newspaper article and colorful feature describing the
group talks about a ragtag army of scruffy, bearded programmers who are
just a bit too pale from spending their days in front of a computer
screen. The writers love to conjure up a picture of a group that looks
like it came stumbling out of some dystopian fantasy movie like Mad Max
or A Boy and His Dog. They're the outsiders. They're a tightly knit
band of rebel outcasts who are planning to free the people from their
Microsoft slavery and return to the people the power usurped by Mr.
Gates. What do they want? Freedom! When do they want it? Now!
129
There's only one problem with this tidy, Hollywood-ready image: it's
far from true. While Microsoft is one big corporation with reins of
control that keep everyone in line, there is no strong or even weak
organization that binds the world of open source software. The
movement, if it could be called that, is comprised of individuals, each
one free to do whatever he wants with the software. That's the point:
no more shackles. No more corporate hegemony. Just pure source code
that runs fast, clean, and light, straight through the night.
130
This doesn't mean that the image is all wrong. Some of the luminaries
like Richard Stallman and Alan Cox have been known to sport long, Rip
van Winkle-grade beards. Some folks are strikingly pale. A few could
bathe a bit more frequently. Caffeine is a bit too popular with them.
Some people look as if they were targets for derision by the idiots on
the high school football team.
131
But there are many counterexamples. Linus Torvalds drives a Pontiac and
lives in a respectable home with a wife and two children. He works
during the day at a big company and spends his evenings shopping and
doing errands. His life would be perfectly categorized as late 1950s
sitcom if his wife, Tove, weren't a former Finnish karate champion and
trucks weren't driving up to his house to deliver top-of-the-line
computers like a 200-pound monstrosity with four Xeon processors. He
told VAR Business, "A large truck brought it to our house and the
driver was really confused. He said, 'You don't have a loading dock?'"
On second thought, those are the kind of shenanigans that drive most
sitcoms.
132
There's no easy way to classify the many free source code contributors.
Many have children, but many don't. Some don't mention them, some slip
in references to them, and others parade them around with pride. Some
are married, some are not. Some are openly gay. Some exist in sort of a
presexual utopia of early teenage boyhood. Some of them are still in
their early teens. Some aren't.
133
Some contributors are fairly described as "ragtag," but many aren't.
Many are corporate droids who work in cubicle farms during the day and
create free software projects at night. Some work at banks. Some work
on databases for human resource departments. Some build websites.
Everyone has a day job, and many keep themselves clean and ready to be
promoted to the next level. Bruce Perens, one of the leaders of the
Debian group, used to work at the Silicon Valley glitz factory Pixar
and helped write some of the software that created the hit Toy Story.
134
Still, he told me, "At the time Toy Story was coming out, there was a
space shuttle flying with the Debian GNU/Linux distribution on it
controlling a biological experiment. People would say 'Are you proud of
working at Pixar?' and then I would say my hobby software was running
on the space shuttle now. That was a turnaround point when I realized
that Linux might become my career."
135
In fact, it's not exactly fair to categorize many of the free software
programmers as a loosely knit band of rebel programmers out to destroy
Microsoft. It's a great image that feeds the media's need to highlight
conflict, but it's not exactly true. The free software movement began
long before Microsoft was a household word. Richard Stallman wrote his
manifesto setting out some of the precepts in 1984. He was careful to
push the notion that programmers always used to share the source code
to software until the 1980s, when corporations began to develop the
shrink-wrapped software business. In the olden days of the 1950s,
1960s, and 1970s, programmers always shared. While Stallman has been
known to flip his middle finger out at the name Bill Gates for the
reporting pleasure of a writer from Salon magazine, he's not after
Microsoft per se. He just wants to return computing to the good old
days when the source was free and sharing was possible.
136
The same holds for most of the other programmers. Some contribute
source code because it helps them with their day job. Some stay up all
night writing code because they're obsessed. Some consider it an act of
charity, a kind of noblesse oblige. Some want to fix bugs that bother
them. Some want fame, glory, and the respect of all other computer
programmers. There are thousands of reasons why new open source
software gets written, and very few of them have anything to do with
Microsoft.
137
In fact, it's a bad idea to see the free software revolution as having
much to do with Microsoft. Even if Linux, FreeBSD, and other free
software packages win, Microsoft will probably continue to fly along
quite happily in much the same way that IBM continues to thrive even
after losing the belt of the Heavyweight Computing Champion of the
World to Microsoft. Anyone who spends his or her time focused on the
image of a ragtag band of ruffians and orphans battling the Microsoft
leviathan is bound to miss the real story.
138
The fight is really just a by-product of the coming of age of the
information business. The computer trade is rapidly maturing and
turning into a service industry. In the past, the manufacture of
computers and software took place on assembly lines and in cubicle
farms. People bought shrink-wrapped items from racks. These were items
that were manufactured. Now both computers and software are turning
into dirtcheap commodities whose only source of profit is customization
and handholding. The real money now is in service.
139
Along the way, the free software visionaries stumbled onto a curious
fact. They could give away software, and people would give back
improvements to it. Software cost practically nothing to duplicate, so
it wasn't that hard to just give it away after it was written. At
first, this was sort of a pseudo-communist thing to do, but today it
seems like a brilliant business decision. If the software is turning
into a commodity with a price falling toward zero, why not go all the
way and gain whatever you can by freely sharing the code? The profits
could come by selling services like programming and education. The
revolution isn't about defeating Microsoft; it's just a change in the
whole way the world buys and uses computers.
140
The revolution is also the latest episode in the battle between the
programmers and the suits. In a sense, it's a battle for the hearts and
minds of the people who are smart enough to create software for the
world. The programmers want to write challenging tools that impress
their friends. The suits want to rein in programmers and channel their
energy toward putting more money in the pockets of the corporation. The
suits hope to keep programmers devoted by giving them fat paychecks,
but it's not clear that programmers really want the cash. The freedom
to do whatever you want with source code is intrinsically rewarding.
The suits want to keep software under lock and key so they can sell it
and maximize revenues. The free software revolution is really about a
bunch of programmers saying, "Screw the cash. I really want the source
code."
141
The revolution is also about defining wealth in cyberspace. Microsoft
promises to build neat tools that will help us get wherever we want to
go today--if we keep writing larger and larger checks. The open source
movement promises software with practically no limitations. Which is a
better deal? The Microsoft millionaires probably believe in proprietary
software and suggest that the company wouldn't have succeeded as it did
if it didn't provide something society wanted. They created good
things, and the people rewarded them.
142
But the open source movement has also created great software that many
think is better than anything Microsoft has built. Is society better
off with a computer infrastructure controlled by a big corporate
machine driven by cash? Or does sharing the source code create better
software? Are we at a point where money is not the best vehicle for
lubricating the engines of societal advancement? Many in the free
software world are pondering these questions.
143
Anyone who tunes in to the battle between Microsoft and the world
expecting to see a good old-fashioned fight for marketplace domination
is going to miss the real excitement. Sure, Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD,
NetBSD, Mach, and the thousands of other free software projects are
going to come out swinging. Microsoft is going to counterpunch with
thousands of patents defended by armies of lawyers. Some of the
programmers might even be a bit weird, and a few will be entitled to
wear the adjective "ragtag." But the real revolution has nothing to do
with whether Bill Gates keeps his title as King of the Hill. It has
nothing to do with whether the programmers stay up late and work in the
nude. It has nothing to do with poor grooming, extravagant beards,
Coke-bottle glasses, black trench coats, or any of the other
stereotypes that fuel the media's image.
144
It's about the gradual commodification of software and hardware. It's
about the need for freedom and the quest to create cool software. It's
about a world just discovering how much can be accomplished when
information can be duplicated for next to nothing.
145
The real struggle is finding out how long society can keep hanging ten
toes off the edge of the board as we get carried by the wave of
freedom. Is there enough energy in the wave and enough grace in society
to ride it all the way to the shore? Or will something wicked,
something evil, or something sloppy come along and mess it up?
146
147
148
I was part of the free software movement for many years, but I didn't
know it. When I was a graduate student, I released the source code to a
project. In 1991, that was the sort of thing to do in universities.
Publishing the source code to a project was part of publishing a paper
about it. And the academy put publishing pretty high on its list.
149
My first big release came in May 1991 when I circulated a program that
let people hide secret messages as innocuous text. My program turned
any message into some cute play-by-play from a baseball game, like "No
contact in Mudsville! It's a fastball with wings. No wood on that one.
He's uncorking what looks like a spitball. Whooooosh! Strike! He's out
of there." The secret message was encoded in the choices of phrases.
"He's out of there" meant something different from "He pops it up to
Orville Baskethands." The program enabled information to mutate into
other forms, just like the shapeshifting monsters from The X-Files. I
sent out an announcement to the influential newsgroup comp.risks and
soon hundreds of people were asking for free copies of the software.
150
I created this program because Senator Joe Biden introduced a bill into
the Senate that would require the manufacturers of all computer
networks to provide a way for the police to get copies of any message.
The Federal Bureau of Investigation, among others, was afraid that they
would have trouble obtaining evidence if people were able to encode
data. My software illustrated how hard it would be to stop the flow of
information.
151
The best, and perhaps most surprising, part of the whole bloom of email
came when a fellow I had never met, D. Jason Penney, converted the
program from the fading Pascal into the more popular C. He did this on
his own and sent the new, converted software back to me. When I asked
him whether I could distribute his version, he said that it was my
program. He was just helping out.
152
I never thought much more about that project until I started to write
this book. While two or three people a month would write asking for
copies of the software, it never turned into more than a bit of
research into the foundations of secret codes and a bit of a
mathematical parlor trick. It was more an academic exercise than a
prototype of something that could rival Microsoft and make me rich.
153
In the past, I thought the project never developed into more than a
cute toy because there was no market for it. The product wasn't readily
useful for businesses, and no one starts a company without the hope
that millions of folks desperately need a product. Projects needed
programmers and programmers cost money. I just assumed that other free
software projects would fall into the same chasm of lack of funding.
154
Now, after investigating the free software world, I am convinced that
my project was a small success. Penney's contribution was not just a
strange aberration but a relatively common event on the Internet.
People are quite willing to take a piece of software that interests
them, modify it to suit their needs, and then contribute it back to the
world. Sure, most people only have a few hours a week to work on such
projects, but they add up. Penney's work made my software easier to use
for many C programmers, thus spreading it further.
155
In fact, I may have been subconsciously belittling the project. It took
only three or four days of my time and a bit more of Penney's, but it
was a complete version of a powerful encryption system that worked
well. Yes, there was no money flowing, but that may have made it more
of a success. Penney probably wouldn't have given me his C version if
he knew I was going to sell it. He probably would have demanded a
share. Lawyers would have gotten involved. The whole project would have
been gummed up with contracts, release dates, distribution licenses,
and other hassles that just weren't worth it for a neat way to hide
messages. Sure, money is good, but money also brings hassles.
156
157
In the 1980s and 1990s, programmers in universities still shared
heavily with the world. The notion of sharing source code with the
world owes a great deal to the academic tradition of publishing results
so others can read them, think about them, critique them, and
ultimately extend them. Many of the government granting agencies like
the National Science Foundation and the Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency fostered this sharing by explicitly requiring that
people with grants release the source code to the world with no
restrictions. Much of the Internet was created by people who gave out
these kinds of contracts and insisted upon shared standards that
weren't proprietary. This tradition has fallen on harder times as
universities became more obsessed with the profits associated with
patents and contract research, but the idea is so powerful that it's
hard to displace.
158
The free software movement in particular owes a great deal to the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Richard Stallman, the man who is
credited with starting the movement, began working in MIT's computer
labs in the 1970s. He gets credit for sparking the revolution because
he wrote the GNU Manifesto in 1984. The document spelled out why it's
essential to share the source code to a program with others. Stallman
took the matter to heart because he also practiced what he wrote about
and contributed several great programs, including a text editor with
thousands of features.
159
Of course, Stallman doesn't take credit for coming up with the idea of
sharing source code. He remembers his early years at MIT quite fondly
and speaks of how people would share their source code and software
without restrictions. The computers were new, complicated, and
temperamental. Cooperation was the only way that anyone could
accomplish anything. That's why IBM shared the source code to the
operating systems on their mainframes though the early part of the
1960s.
160
This tradition started to fade by the early 1980s as the microcomputer
revolution began. Companies realized that most people just wanted
software that worked. They didn't need the source code and all the
instructions that only programmers could read. So companies quickly
learned that they could keep the source code to themselves and keep
their customers relatively happy while locking out competitors. They
were kings who built a wall to keep out the intruders.
161
The GNU Manifesto emerged as the most radical reaction to the trend
toward locking up the source code. While many people looked at the GNU
Manifesto with confusion, others became partial converts. They began
donating code that they had written. Some tossed random utility
programs into the soup, some offered games, and some sent in
sophisticated packages that ran printers, networks, or even networks of
printers. A few even became complete disciples and started writing code
full-time for the GNU project. This growth was largely ignored by the
world, which became entranced with the growth of Microsoft. More and
more programmers, however, were spending more time mingling with the
GNU project, and it was taking hold.
162
In the early 1980s, an operating system known as UNIX had grown to be
very popular in universities and laboratories. AT&T designed and
built it at Bell Labs throughout the 1970s. In the beginning, the
company shared the source code with researchers and computer scientists
in universities, in part because the company was a monopoly that was
only allowed to sell telephone service. UNIX was just an experiment
that the company started to help run the next generation of telephone
switches, which were already turning into specialized computers.
163
In the beginning, the project was just an academic exercise, but all of
the research and sharing helped create a nice operating system with a
wide audience. UNIX turned out to be pretty good. When the phone
company started splitting up in 1984, the folks at AT&T wondered
how they could turn a profit from what was a substantial investment in
time and money. They started by asking people who used UNIX at the
universities to sign non-disclosure agreements.
164
Stallman looked at this as mind control and the death of a great
tradition. Many others at the universities were more pragmatic.
AT&T had given plenty of money and resources to the university.
Wasn't it fair for the university to give something back?
165
Stallman looked at this a bit differently. Yes, AT&T was being nice
when they gave grants to the university, but weren't masters always
kind when they gave bowls of gruel to their slaves? The binary version
AT&T started distributing to the world was just gruel for Stallman.
The high priests and lucky few got to read the source code. They got to
eat the steak and lobster spread. Stallman saw this central,
controlling, corporate force as the enemy, and he began naming his work
GNU, which was a recursive acronym that stood for "GNU's Not UNIX." The
GNU project aimed to produce a complete working operating system that
was going to do everything that UNIX did for none of the moral,
emotional, or ethical cost. Users would be able to read the source code
to Stallman's OS and modify it without signing a tough non-disclosure
agreement drafted by teams of lawyers. They would be able to play with
their software in complete freedom. Stallman notes that he never aimed
to produce an operating system that didn't cost anything. The world may
be entranced with the notion of a price tag of zero, but for Stallman,
that was just a side effect of the unrestricted sharing.
166
Creating a stand-alone system that would do everything with free
software was his dream, but it was a long way from fruition, and
Stallman was smart enough to start off with a manageable project. He
began by producing a text editor known as GNU Emacs. The program was a
big hit because it was highly customizable. Some people just used the
program to edit papers, but others programmed it to accomplish fancier
tasks such as reading their e-mail and generating automatic responses.
One programmer was told by management that he had to include plenty of
comments in his source code, so he programmed GNU Emacs to insert them
automatically. One professor created a version of GNU Emacs that would
automatically insert random praise into requests to his
secretary.2 Practically everything in Emacs could be changed
or customized. If you didn't like hitting the delete key to fix a
mistyped character, then you could arrange for the 6 key to do the same
thing. This might make it hard to type numbers, but the user was free
to mess up his life as much as he wanted.
2. "Where are those reports I asked you to copy? You're doing a great
job. Thanks for all the help," on one day. "Are you ever going to copy
those reports? You're doing a great job. Thanks for all the help," on
the next.
167
It took Microsoft years to catch up with Stallman's solution, and even
then they implemented it in a dangerous way. They let people create
little custom programs for modifying documents, but they forgot to
prevent malicious code from crying havoc. Today, Microsoft Word allows
little programs named macro viruses to roam around the planet. Open up
a Word document, and a virus might be lurking.
168
In the 1980s, the free software world devoted itself to projects like
this. GNU Emacs became a big hit in the academic world where system
administrators could install it for free and not worry about counting
students or negotiating licenses. Also, smart minds were better able to
appreciate the cool flexibility Stallman had engineered into the
system. Clever folks wasted time by adding filters to the text editor
that would scan their text and translate it into, like, Valley Girl
talk or more urban jive.
169
The GNU project grew by accepting contributions from many folks across
the country. Some were fairly sophisticated, eye-catching programs like
GNU Chess, a program that was quite competitive and as good as all but
the best packages. Most were simple tools for handling many of the
day-to-day chores for running a computer system. System administrators,
students, and programmers from around the country would often take on
small jobs because they felt compelled to fix something. When they were
done, a few would kick the source code over to the GNU project.
170
Stallman's biggest programming project for GNU during the 1980s was
writing the GNU C compiler (GCC). This program was an important tool
that converted the C source code written by humans into the machine
code understood by computers. The GCC package was an important
cornerstone for the GNU project in several ways. First, it was one of
the best compilers around. Second, it could easily move from machine to
machine. Stallman personally ported it to several different big
platforms like Intel's x86 line of processors. Third, the package was
free, which in the case of GNU software meant that anyone was free to
use and modify the software.
171
The GCC provided an important harmonizing effect to the GNU project.
Someone could write his program on a machine built by Digital, compile
it with GCC, and be fairly certain that it would run on all other
machines with GCC. That allowed the GNU software to migrate freely
throughout the world, from machine to machine, from Sun to Apollo to
DEC to Intel.
172
The GCC's license also attracted many developers and curious engineers.
Anyone could use the source code for their projects, and many did. Over
time, the compiler moved from machine to machine as users converted it.
Sometimes a chip company engineer would rework the compiler to make it
work on a new chip. Sometimes a user would do it for a project.
Sometimes a student would do it when insomnia struck. Somehow, it moved
from machine to machine, and it carried all of the other GNU software
with it.
173
The next great leap forward came in the early 1990s as people began to
realize that a completely free operating system was a serious
possibility. Stallman had always dreamed of replacing UNIX with
something that was just as good and accompanied by the source code, but
it was a large task. It was the reason he started the GNU project.
Slowly but surely, the GNU project was assembling the parts to make it
work. There were hundreds of small utilities and bigger tools donated
to the GNU project, and those little bits were starting to add up.
174
The free software movement also owes a great deal to Berkeley, or more
precisely to a small group in the Department of Computer Science at the
University of California at Berkeley. The group of hardcore hackers,
which included professors, research associates, graduate students, and
a few undergraduates, had developed a version of UNIX known as BSD
(Berkeley Software Distribution). AT&T shared their version of UNIX
with Berkeley, and the programmers at Berkeley fixed, extended, and
enhanced the software. These extensions formed the core of BSD. Their
work was part experimental and part practical, but the results were
widely embraced. Sun Microsystems, one of Silicon Valley's UNIX
workstation companies, used a version on its machines through the early
1990s when they created a new version known as Solaris by folding in
some of AT&T's System V. Many feel that BSD and its approach remain
the foundation of the OS.
175
The big problem was that the team built their version on top of source
code from AT&T. The folks at Berkeley and their hundreds, if not
thousands, of friends, colleagues, and students who contributed to the
project gave their source code away, but AT&T did not. This gave
AT&T control over anyone who wanted to use BSD, and the company was
far from ready to join the free software movement. Millions of dollars
were spent on the research developing UNIX. The company wanted to make
some money back.
176
The team at Berkeley fought back, and Keith Bostic, one of the core
team, began organizing people together to write the source code that
could replace these bits. By the beginning of the 1990s, he had cajoled
enough of his friends to accomplish it. In June 1991, the group
produced "Networking Release 2," a version that included almost all of
a complete working version of UNIX. All you needed to do was add six
files to have a complete operating system.
177
AT&T was not happy. It had created a separate division known as the
UNIX Systems Laboratory and wanted to make a profit. Free source code
from Berkeley was tough competition. So the UNIX Systems Laboratory
sued.
178
This lawsuit marked the end of universities' preeminent role in the
development of free software. Suddenly, the lawsuit focused everyone's
attention and made them realize that taking money from corporations
came into conflict with sharing software source code. Richard Stallman
left MIT in 1984 when he understood that a university's need for money
would eventually trump his belief in total sharing of source code.
Stallman was just a staff member who kept the computers running. He
wasn't a tenured professor who could officially do anything. So he
started the Free Software Foundation and never looked back. MIT helped
him at the beginning by loaning him space, but it was clear that the
relationship was near the end. Universities needed money to function.
Professors at many institutions had quotas specifying how much grant
money they needed to raise. Stallman wasn't bringing in cash by giving
away his software.
179
Meanwhile, on the other coast, the lawsuit tied up Berkeley and the BSD
project for several years, and the project lost valuable energy and
time by devoting them to the legal fight. In the meantime, several
other completely free software projects started springing up around the
globe. These began in basements and depended on machines that the
programmer owned. One of these projects was started by Linus Torvalds
and would eventually grow to become Linux, the unstoppable engine of
hype and glory. He didn't have the money of the Berkeley computer
science department, and he didn't have the latest machines that
corporations gave them. But he had freedom and the pile of source code
that came from unaffiliated, free projects like GNU that refused to
compromise and cut intellectual corners. Although Torvalds might not
have realized it at the time, freedom turned out to be most valuable of
all.
180
181
The story of the end of the university's preeminence in the free
software world is a tale of greed and corporate power. While many saw
an unhappy ending coming for many years, few could do much to stop the
inevitable collision between the University of California at Berkeley
and its former patron, AT&T.
182
The lawsuit between AT&T and the University of California at
Berkeley had its roots in what marriage counselors love to call a
"poorly conceived relationship." By the end of the 1980s, the computer
science department at Berkeley had a problem. They had been
collaborating with AT&T on the UNIX system from the beginning. They
had written some nice code, including some of the crucial software that
formed the foundation of the Internet. Students, professors,
scientists, and even Wall Street traders loved the power and
flexibility of UNIX. Everyone wanted UNIX.
183
The problem was that not everyone could get UNIX. AT&T, which had
sponsored much of the research at Berkeley, kept an iron hand on its
invention. If you wanted to run UNIX, then you needed to license some
essential software from AT&T that sat at the core of the system.
They were the supreme ruler of the UNIX domain, and they expected a
healthy tithe for the pleasure of living within it.
184
One of the people who wanted UNIX was the Finnish student Linus
Torvalds, who couldn't afford this tithe. He was far from the first
one, and the conflict began long before he started to write Linux in
1991.
185
Toward the end of the 1980s, most people in the computer world were
well aware of Stallman's crusade against the corporate dominance of
AT&T and UNIX. Most programmers knew that GNU stood for "GNU's Not
UNIX." Stallman was not the only person annoyed by AT&T's attitude
toward secrecy and non-disclosure agreements. In fact, his attitude was
contagious. Some of the folks at Berkeley looked at the growth of tools
emerging from the GNU project and felt a bit used. They had written
many pieces of code that found their way into AT&T's version of
UNIX. They had contributed many great ideas. Yet AT&T was behaving
as if AT&T alone owned it. They gave and gave, while AT&T took.
186
Stallman got to distribute his source code. Stallman got to share with
others. Stallman got to build his reputation. Programmers raved about
Stallman's Emacs. People played GNU Chess at their offices. Others were
donating their tools to the GNU project. Everyone was getting some
attention by sharing except the folks at Berkeley who collaborated with
AT&T. This started to rub people the wrong way.
187
Something had to be done, and the folks at Berkeley started feeling the
pressure. Some at Berkeley wondered why the professors had entered into
such a Faustian bargain with a big corporation. Was the payoff great
enough to surrender their academic souls? Just where did AT&T get
off telling us what we could publish?
188
Others outside of Berkeley looked in and saw a treasure trove of
software that was written by academics. Many of them were friends. Some
of them had studied at Berkeley. Some had even written some of the UNIX
code before they graduated. Some were companies competing with
AT&T. All of them figured that they could solve their UNIX problems
if they could just get their hands on the source code. There had to be
some way to get it released.
189
Slowly, the two groups began making contact and actively speculating on
how to free Berkeley's version of UNIX from AT&T's grip.
190
191
The first move to separate Berkeley's version of UNIX from AT&T's
control wasn't really a revolution. No one was starting a civil war by
firing shots at Fort Sumter or starting a revolution by dropping tea in
the harbor. In fact, it started long before the lawsuit and Linux. In
1989, some people wanted to start hooking their PCs and other devices
up to the Internet, and they didn't want to use UNIX.
192
Berkeley had written some of the software known as TCP/IP that defined
how computers on the Internet would communicate and share packets. They
wrote the software for UNIX because that was one of the favorite OSs
around the labs. Other companies got a copy of the code by buying a
source license for UNIX from AT&T. The TCP/IP code was just part of
the mix. Some say that the cost of the license reached $250,000 or more
and required that the customer pay a per-unit fee for every product
that was shipped. Those prices didn't deter the big companies like IBM
or DEC. They thought of UNIX as an OS for the hefty workstations and
minicomputers sold to businesses and scientists. Those guys had the
budget to pay for big hardware, so it was possible to slip the cost of
the UNIX OS in with the package.
193
But the PC world was different. It was filled with guys in garages who
wanted to build simple boards that would let a PC communicate on the
Internet. These guys were efficient and knew how to scrounge up cheap
parts from all over the world. Some of them had gone to Berkeley and
learned to program on the VAXes and Sun workstations running Berkeley's
version of UNIX. A few of them had even helped write or debug the code.
They didn't see why they had to buy such a big license for something
that non-AT&T folks had written with the generous help of large
government grants. Some even worked for corporations that gave money to
support Berkeley's projects. Why couldn't they get at the code they
helped pay to develop?
194
Kirk McKusick, one of the members of the Computer Systems Research
Group at the time, remembers, "People came to us and said, 'Look, you
wrote TCP/IP. Surely you shouldn't require an AT&T license for
that?' These seemed like reasonable requests. We decided to start with
something that was clearly not part of the UNIX we got from AT&T.
It seemed very clear that we could pull out the TCP/IP stack and
distribute that without running afoul of AT&T's license."
195
So the Berkeley Computer Systems Research Group (CSRG) created what
they called Network Release 1 and put it on the market for $1,000 in
June 1989. That wasn't really the price because the release came with
one of the first versions of what would come to be known as the
BSD-style license. Once you paid the $1,000, you could do whatever you
wanted with the code, including just putting it up on the Net and
giving it away.
196
"We thought that two or three groups would pay the money and then put
the code on the Internet, but in fact, hundreds of sites actually paid
the one thousand dollars for it," says McKusick and adds, "mostly so
they could get a piece of paper from the university saying, 'You can do
what you want with this.'"
197
This move worked out well for Berkeley and also for UNIX. The Berkeley
TCP/IP stack became the best-known version of the code, and it acted
like a reference version for the rest of the Net. If it had a glitch,
everyone else had to work around the glitch because it was so
prevalent. Even today, companies like Sun like to brag that their
TCP/IP forms the backbone of the Net, and this is one of the reasons to
buy a Sun instead of an NT workstation. Of course, the code in Sun's OS
has a rich, Berkeley-based heritage, and it may still contain some of
the original BSD code for controlling the net.
198
199
In time, more and more companies started forming in the Bay Area and
more and more realized that Berkeley's version of UNIX was the
reference for the Internet. They started asking for this bit or that
bit.
200
Keith Bostic heard these requests and decided that the Berkeley CSRG
needed to free up as much of the source code as possible. Everyone
agreed it was a utopian idea, but only Bostic thought it was possible
to accomplish. McKusick writes, in his history of BSD, "Mike Karels [a
fellow software developer] and I pointed out that releasing large parts
of the system was a huge task, but we agreed that if he could sort out
how to deal with re-implementing the hundreds of utilities and the
massive C library, then we would tackle the kernel. Privately, Karels
and I thought that would be the end of the discussion."
201
Dave Hitz, a good friend of Bostic's, remembers the time. "Bostic was
more of a commanding type. He just rounded up all of his friends to
finish up the code. You would go over to his house for dinner and he
would say, 'I've got a list. What do you want to do?' I think I did the
cp command and maybe the look command." Hitz, of course, is happy that
he took part in the project. He recently founded Network Appliance, a
company that packages a stripped-down version of BSD into a file server
that is supposed to be a fairly bulletproof appliance for customers.
Network Appliance didn't need to do much software engineering when they
began. They just grabbed the free version of BSD and hooked it up.
202
Bostic pursued people far and wide to accomplish the task. He gave them
the published description of the utility or the part of the library
from the documentation and then asked them to reimplement it without
looking at the source code. This cloning operation is known as a
cleanroom operation because it is entirely legal if it takes place
inside a metaphorical room where the engineers inside don't have any
information about how the AT&T engineers built UNIX.
203
This was not an easy job, but Bostic was quite devoted and pursued
people everywhere. He roped everyone who could code into the project
and often spent time fixing things afterward. The task took 18 months
and included more than 400 people who received just notoriety and some
thanks afterward. The 400-plus names are printed in the book he wrote
with McKusick and Karels in 1996.
204
When Bostic came close to finishing, he stopped by McKusick's office
and asked how the kernel was coming along. This called McKusick and
Karels's bluff and forced them to do some hard engineering work. In
some respects, Bostic had the easier job. Writing small utility
programs that his team used was hard work, but it was essentially
preorganized and segmented. Many folks over the years created manual
files that documented exactly what the programs were supposed to do.
Each program could be assigned separately and people didn't need to
coordinate their work too much. These were just dishes for a potluck
supper.
205
Cleaning up the kernel, however, was a different matter. It was much
larger than many of the smaller utilities and was filled with more
complicated code that formed a tightly coordinated mechanism. Sloppy
work in one of the utility files would probably affect only that one
utility, but a glitch in the kernel would routinely bring down the
entire system. If Bostic was coordinating a potluck supper, McKusick
and Karels had to find a way to create an entire restaurant that served
thousands of meals a day to thousands of customers. Every detail needed
to work together smoothly.
206
To make matters more complicated, Berkeley's contributions to the
kernel were mixed in with AT&T's contributions. Both had added on
parts, glued in new features, and created new powers over the years.
They were de facto partners on the project. Back in the good old days,
they had both shared their source code without any long-term
considerations or cares. But now that AT&T claimed ownership of it
all, they had to find a way to unwind all of the changes and figure out
who wrote what.
207
McKusick says, "We built a converted database up line by line. We took
every line of code and inserted it into the database. You end up
finding pretty quickly where the code migrated to and then you decide
whether it is sufficiently large enough to see if it needed recoding."
208
This database made life much easier for them and they were able to plow
through the code, quickly recoding islets of AT&T code here and
there. They could easily pull up a file filled with source code and let
the database mark up the parts that might be owned by AT&T. Some
parts went quickly, but other parts dragged on. By late spring of 1991,
they had finished all but six files that were just too much work.
209
It would be nice to report that they bravely struggled onward, forgoing
all distractions like movies, coffeehouses, and friends, but that's not
true. They punted and tossed everything out the door and called it
"Network Release 2."The name implied that this new version was just a
new revision of their earlier product, Network Release 1, and this made
life easier with the lawyers. They just grabbed the old, simple license
and reused it. It also disguised the fact that this new pile of code
was only about six files short of a full-grown OS.
210
The good news about open source is that projects often succeed even
when they initially fail. A commercial product couldn't ship without
the complete functionality of the six files. Few would buy it. Plus, no
one could come along, get a bug under his bonnet, and patch up the
holes. Proprietary source code isn't available and no one wants to help
someone else in business without compensation.
211
The new, almost complete UNIX, however, was something different. It was
a university project and so university rules of camaraderie and sharing
seemed to apply. Another programmer, Bill Jolitz, picked up Network
Release 2 and soon added the code necessary to fill the gap. He became
fascinated with getting UNIX up and running on a 386 processor, a task
that was sort of like trying to fit the latest traction control
hardware and anti-lock brakes on a go-cart. At the time, serious
computer scientists worked on serious machines from serious workstation
and minicomputer companies. The PC industry was building toys. Of
course, there was something macho to the entire project. Back then I
remember joking to a friend that we should try to get UNIX running on
the new air-conditioning system, just to prove it could be done.
212
Jolitz's project, of course, found many people on the Net who didn't
think it was just a toy. Once he put the source code on the Net, a
bloom of enthusiasm spread through the universities and waystations of
the world. People wanted to experiment with a high-grade OS and most
could only afford relatively cheap hardware like the 386. Sure, places
like Berkeley could get the government grant money and the big
corporate donations, but 2,000-plus other schools were stuck waiting.
Jolitz's version of 386BSD struck a chord.
213
While news traveled quickly to some corners, it didn't reach Finland.
Network Release 2 came in June 1991, right around the same time that
Linus Torvalds was poking around looking for a high-grade OS to use in
experiments. Jolitz's 386BSD came out about six months later as
Torvalds began to dig into creating the OS he would later call Linux.
Soon afterward, Jolitz lost interest in the project and let it lie, but
others came along. In fact, two groups called NetBSD and FreeBSD sprang
up to carry the torch.
214
Although it may seem strange that three groups building a free
operating system could emerge without knowing about each other, it is
important to realize that the Internet was a very different world in
1991 and 1992. The World Wide Web was only a gleam in some people's
eyes. Only the best universities had general access to the web for its
students, and most people didn't understand what an e-mail address was.
Only a few computer-related businesses like IBM and Xerox put their
researchers on the Net. The community was small and insular.
215
The main conduits for information were the USENET newsgroups, which
were read only by people who could get access through their
universities. This technology was an efficient way of sharing
information, although quite flawed. Here's how it worked: every so
often, each computer would call up its negotiators and swap the latest
articles. Information traveled like gossip, which is to say that it
traveled quickly but with very uneven distribution. Computers were
always breaking down or being upgraded. No one could count on every
message getting to every corner of the globe.
216
The NetBSD and the FreeBSD forks of the BSD kernel continue to exist
separately today. The folks who work on NetBSD concentrate on making
their code run on all possible machines, and they currently list 21
different platforms that range from the omnipresent Intel 486 to the
gone but not forgotten Commodore Amiga.
217
The FreeBSD team, on the other hand, concentrates on making their
product work well on the Intel 386. They added many layers of
installation tools to make it easier for the average Joe to use, and
now it's the most popular version of BSD code around.
218
Those two versions used the latest code from Berkeley. Torvalds, on the
other hand, didn't know about the 386BSD, FreeBSD, or NetBSD. If he had
found out, he says, he probably would have just downloaded the versions
and joined one of those teams. Why run off and reinvent the wheel?
219
220
Soon after Network Release 2 hit the world, the real problems began for
BSD. While AT&T didn't really notice 386BSD, NetBSD, or FreeBSD,
they did notice a company called Berkeley Software Design Incorporated.
This corporation created their own OS by taking Network Release 2 and
adding their own versions of the missing six files, but they didn't
release this for free on the Net. They started putting advertisements
in the trade press offering the source code for $995, a price they
claimed was a huge discount over AT&T's charge.
221
The modern, post-Internet reader should find this hilarious. Two to
three groups and countless splinter factions were distributing the BSD
software over the Internet for free and this didn't seem to catch
AT&T's attention, but the emergence of BSDI selling the same
product for almost $1,000 rang alarm bells. That was the time, though,
before the Internet infrastructure became ubiquitous. In the early
1990s, people only halfjoked that FedEx was the most efficient Internet
Service Provider around. It was much faster to copy hundreds of
megabytes of data onto a magnetic tape and drop it in FedEx than to
actually try to copy it over the Internet. Back then only real nerds
were on the Internet. Managers and lawyers wore suits and got their
news from the trade press and advertisements.
222
BSDI's cost-cutting was a major headache for AT&T. This small
company was selling a product that AT&T felt it had shepherded,
organized, and coordinated over time.
223
AT&T started off by claiming UNIX as a trademark and threatening
BSDI with infringing upon it. BSDI countered by changing the ads to
emphasize that BSDI was a separate company that wasn't related to
AT&T or the subsidiary AT&T created to market UNIX known as
UNIX System Laboratories, or USL.
224
That didn't work. USL saw its cash cow melting away and assumed folks
would jump at the chance to buy a complete OS with all the source code
for $995. The price seems outrageously high today, but that's only
after the stiff price competition of the 1990s. It was still a good
deal at the time. So USL sued BSDI for actually stealing proprietary
source code from AT&T.
225
This argument didn't work, either. BSDI turned around and waved the
Network Release 2 license they got from Berkeley. They bought all but
six of the files from Berkeley, and Berkeley claimed that all of the
source code was theirs to sell. BSDI wrote the missing six files
themselves and they were quite sure that they got no help from AT&T
or USL. Therefore, BSDI didn't steal anything. If AT&T thought it
was stolen, they should take it up with Berkeley. The judge bought
BSDI's argument and narrowed the case to focus on the six files.
226
This was a crucial moment in the development of the free software
movement and its various kernels. AT&T found itself cornered.
Backing down meant giving up its claim to UNIX and the wonderful stream
of license fees that kept pouring in. Pressing ahead meant suing the
University of California, its old friend, partner, and author of lots
of UNIX code. Eventually, the forces of greed and omnipotent corporate
power won out and AT&T's USL filed a lawsuit naming both BSDI and
the University of California.
227
Taking sides in this case was pretty easy for most folks in the
academic and free software world. The CSRG at Berkeley did research.
They published things. University research was supposed to be open and
freely distributed. AT&T was trying to steal the work of hundreds
if not thousands of students, researchers, professors, and others. That
wasn't fair.
228
In reality, AT&T did pay something for what they got. They sent
their employees to Berkeley to get master's degrees, they shared the
original Versions 5, 6, and 7 and 32/V source code, and they even sent
some hardware to the computer science department. The original creators
of UNIX lived and worked at Bell Labs drawing AT&T paychecks.
Berkeley students got summer jobs at AT&T. There wasn't an official
quid-pro-quo. It wasn't very well spelled out, but AT&T was paying
something.
229
Some folks on AT&T's side might even want to paint the CSRG at
Berkeley as filled with academic freeloaders who worked hard to weasel
money out of the big corporations without considering the implications.
The folks at Berkeley should have known that AT&T was going to want
something for its contributions. There's no such thing as a free lunch.
230
There's something to this argument because running a high-rent research
project at a top-notch school requires a fair amount of guile and
marketing sophistication. By the 1990s, the top universities had become
very good at making vague, unofficial promises with their pleas for
corporate gifts. This sort of coquetry and teasing was bound to land
someone in a fight. McKusick, for instance, says that the CSRG designed
the BSD license to be very liberal to please the corporate donors.
"Hewlett-Packard put in hundreds of thousands of dollars and they were
doing so under the understanding that they were going to use the code,"
he said. If the BSD hadn't kept releasing code like Network Release 2
in a clear, easy-to-reuse legal form, he says, some of the funding for
the group would have dried up.
231
But there's also a bit of irony here. McKusick points out that AT&T
was far from the most generous company to support the CSRG. "In fact,
we even had to pay for our license to UNIX," he says before adding,
"although it was only ninety-nine dollars at the time."
232
AT&T's support of the department was hardly bountiful. The big
checks weren't grants outright. They paid for the out-of-state tuition
for AT&T employees who came to Berkeley to receive their master's
degrees. While AT&T could have sent their employees elsewhere,
there's no doubt that there are more generous ways to send money to
researchers.
233
McKusick also notes that AT&T didn't even send along much hardware.
The only hardware he remembers receiving from them were some 5620
terminals and a Datakit circuit-based switch that he says "was a huge
headache that really did us very little good." Berkeley was on the
forefront of developing the packet-based standards that would dominate
the Internet. If anything, the older circuit-based switch convinced the
Berkeley team that basing the Internet on the old phone system would be
a major mistake.
234
To make matters worse, AT&T often wanted the BSD team to include
features that would force all the BSD users to buy a newer, more
expensive license from AT&T. In addition, license verification was
never a quick or easy task. McKusick says, "We had a person whose
fulltime job was to keep the AT&T licensing person happy."
235
In the end, he concludes, "They paid us next to nothing and got a huge
windfall."
236
Choosing sides in this battle probably isn't worth the trouble at this
point because Berkeley eventually won. The hard work of Bostic's
hundreds of volunteers and the careful combing of the kernel by the
CSRG paid off. AT&T's case slowly withered away as the University
of California was able to show how much of the distribution came from
innocent, non-AT&T sources.
237
Berkeley even landed a few good blows of its own. They found that
AT&T had stripped copyrights from Berkeley code that they had
imported to System V and had failed to provide due credit to Berkeley.
The BSD license is probably one of the least restrictive ones in the
world. Companies like Apple use BSD source code all the time. The
license has few requirements beyond keeping the copyright notice intact
and including some credit for the University of California. AT&T
didn't pay attention to this and failed to cite Berkeley's
contributions in their releases. Oops. The CSRG countersued claiming
that AT&T had violated a license that may be one of the least
restrictive in the world.
238
The battle raged in the courts for more than a year. It moved from
federal to California state court. Judges held hearings, lawyers took
depositions, clerks read briefs, judges heard arguments presented by
briefs written by lawyers who had just held depositions. The burn rate
of legal fees was probably larger than most Internet start-ups.
239
Any grown-up should take one look at this battle and understand just
how the free software movement got so far. While the Berkeley folks
were meeting with lawyers and worrying about whether the judges were
going to choose the right side, Linus Torvalds was creating his own
kernel. He started Linux on his own, and that made him a free man.
240
In the end, the University of California settled the lawsuit after the
USL was sold to Novell, a company run by Ray Noorda. McKusick believes
that Noorda's embrace of free competition made a big difference, and by
January 1994 the legal fight was over. Berkeley celebrated by releasing
a completely free and unencumbered 4.4BSD-Lite in June 1994.
241
The terms of the settlement were pretty minor. Net Release 2 came with
about 18,000 files. 4.4BSD-Lite contained all but three of them.
Seventy of them included a new, expanded copyright that gave some
credit to AT&T and USL, but didn't constrain anyone's right to
freely distribute them. McKusick, Bostic, and the hundreds of
volunteers did a great job making sure that Net Release 2 was clean. In
fact, two people familiar with the settlement talks say that Berkeley
just deleted a few files to allow USL's lawyers to save face. We'll
never know for sure because the details of the settlement are sealed.
McKusick and the others can't talk about the details. That's another
great example of how the legal system fails the American people and
inadvertently gives the free software world another leg up. There's no
information in the record to help historians or give future generations
some hints on how to solve similar disputes.
242
243
The battle between the University of California at Berkeley's computer
science department and AT&T did not reach the court system until
1992, but the friction between the department's devotion to sharing and
the corporation's insistence on control started long before.
244
While the BSD team struggled with lawyers, a free man in Finland began
to write his own operating system without any of the legal or
institutional encumbrance. At the beginning he said it was a project
that probably wouldn't amount to much, but only a few years later
people began to joke about "Total World Domination." A few years after
that, they started using the phrase seriously.
245
In April 1991, Linus Torvalds had a problem. He was a relatively poor
university student in Finland who wanted to hack in the guts of a
computer operating system. Microsoft's machines at the time were the
cheapest around, but they weren't very interesting. The basic Disk
Operating System (DOS) essentially let one program control the
computer. Windows 3.1 was not much more than a graphical front end to
DOS featuring pretty pictures--icons--to represent the files. Torvalds
wanted to experiment with a real OS, and that meant UNIX or something
that was UNIX-like. These real OSs juggled hundreds of programs at one
time and often kept dozens of users happy. Playing with DOS was like
practicing basketball shots by yourself. Playing with UNIX was like
playing with a team that had 5, 10, maybe as many as 100 people moving
around the court in complicated, clockwork patterns.
246
But UNIX machines cost a relative fortune. The high-end customers
requested the OS, so generally only high-end machines came with it. A
poor university student in Finland didn't have the money for a topnotch
Sun Sparc station. He could only afford a basic PC, which came with the
386 processor. This was a top-of-the-line PC at the time, but it still
wasn't particularly exciting. A few companies made a version of UNIX
for this low-end machine, but they charged for it.
247
In June 1991, soon after Torvalds3 started his little science
project, the Computer Systems Research Group at Berkeley released what
they thought was their completely unencumbered version of BSD UNIX
known as Network Release 2. Several projects emerged to port this to
the 386, and the project evolved to become the FreeBSD and NetBSD
versions of today. Torvalds has often said that he might never have
started Linux if he had known that he could just download a more
complete OS from Berkeley.
3. Everyone in the community, including many who don't know him, refers
to him by his first name. The rules of style prevent me from using that
in something as proper as a book.
248
But Torvalds didn't know about BSD at the time, and he's lucky he
didn't. Berkeley was soon snowed under by the lawsuit with AT&T
claiming that the university was somehow shipping AT&T's
intellectual property. Development of the BSD system came to a
screeching halt as programmers realized that AT&T could shut them
down at any time if Berkeley was found guilty of giving away source
code that AT&T owned.
249
If he couldn't afford to buy a UNIX machine, he would write his own
version. He would make it POSIX-compatible, a standard for UNIX
designers, so others would be able to use it. Minix was another
UNIXlike OS that a professor, Andrew Tanenbaum, wrote for students to
experiment with the guts of an OS. Torvalds initially considered using
Minix as a platform. Tanenbaum included the source code to his project,
but he charged for the package. It was like a textbook for students
around the world.
250
Torvalds looked at the price of Minix ($150) and thought it was too
much. Richard Stallman's GNU General Public License had taken root in
Torvalds's brain, and he saw the limitations in charging for software.
GNU had also produced a wide variety of tools and utility programs that
he could use on his machine. Minix was controlled by Tanenbaum, albeit
with a much looser hand than many of the other companies at the time.
251
People could add their own features to Minix and some did. They did get
a copy of the source code for $150. But few changes made their way back
into Minix. Tanenbaum wanted to keep it simple and grew frustrated with
the many people who, as he wrote back then, "want to turn Minix into
BSD UNIX."
252
So Torvalds started writing his own tiny operating system for this 386.
It wasn't going to be anything special. It wasn't going to topple
AT&T or the burgeoning Microsoft. It was just going to be a fun
experiment in writing a computer operating system that was all his. He
wrote in January 1992," Many things should have been done more portably
if it would have been a real project. I'm not making overly many
excuses about it though: it was a design decision, and last April when
I started the thing, I didn't think anybody would actually want to use
it."
253
Still, Torvalds had high ambitions. He was writing a toy, but he wanted
it to have many, if not all, of the features found in full-strength
UNIX versions on the market. On July 3, he started wondering how to
accomplish this and placed a posting on the USENET newsgroup
comp.os.minix, writing:
254
Hello netlanders, Due to a project I'm working on (in minix), I'm
interested in the posix standard definition. Could somebody please
point me to a (preferably) machine-readable format of the latest posix
rules? Ftp-sites would be nice.
255
Torvalds's question was pretty simple. When he wrote the message in
1991, UNIX was one of the major operating systems in the world. The
project that started at AT&T and Berkeley was shipping on computers
from IBM, Sun, Apple, and most manufacturers of higher-powered machines
known as workstations. Wall Street banks and scientists loved the more
powerful machines, and they loved the simplicity and hackability of
UNIX machines. In an attempt to unify the marketplace, computer
manufacturers created a way to standardize UNIX and called it POSIX.
POSIX ensured that each UNIX machine would behave in a standardized
way.
256
Torvalds worked quickly. By September he was posting notes to the group
with the subject line "What would you like to see most in Minix?" He
was adding features to his clone, and he wanted to take a poll about
where he should add next.
257
Torvalds already had some good news to report. "I've currently ported
bash(1.08) and GCC(1.40), and things seem to work. This implies that
I'll get something practical within a few months," he said.
258
At first glance, he was making astounding progress. He created a
working system with a compiler in less than half a year. But he also
had the advantage of borrowing from the GNU project. Stallman's GNU
project group had already written a compiler (GCC) and a nice text user
interface (bash). Torvalds just grabbed these because he could. He was
standing on the shoulders of the giants who had come before him.
259
The core of an OS is often called the "kernel," which is one of the
strange words floating around the world of computers. When people are
being proper, they note that Linus Torvalds was creating the Linux
kernel in 1991. Most of the other software, like the desktop, the
utilities, the editors, the web browsers, the games, the compilers, and
practically everything else, was written by other folks. If you measure
this in disk space, more than 95 percent of the code in an average
distribution lies outside the kernel. If you measure it by user
interaction, most people using Linux or BSD don't even know that
there's a kernel in there. The buttons they click, the websites they
visit, and the printing they do are all controlled by other programs
that do the work.
260
Of course, measuring the importance of the kernel this way is stupid.
The kernel is sort of the combination of the mail room, boiler room,
kitchen, and laundry room for a computer. It's responsible for keeping
the data flowing between the hard drives, the memory, the printers, the
video screen, and any other part that happens to be attached to the
computer.
261
In many respects, a well-written kernel is like a fine hotel. The
guests check in, they're given a room, and then they can order whatever
they need from room service and a smoothly oiled concierge staff. Is
this new job going to take an extra 10 megabytes of disk space? No
problem, sir. Right away, sir. We'll be right up with it. Ideally, the
software won't even know that other software is running in a separate
room. If that other program is a loud rock-and-roll MP3 playing tool,
the other software won't realize that when it crashes and burns up its
own room. The hotel just cruises right along, taking care of business.
262
In 1991, Torvalds had a short list of features he wanted to add to the
kernel. The Internet was still a small network linking universities and
some advanced labs, and so networking was a small concern. He was only
aiming at the 386, so he could rely on some of the special features
that weren't available on other chips. High-end graphics hardware cards
were still pretty expensive, so he concentrated on a text-only
interface. He would later fix all of these problems with the help of
the people on the Linux kernel mailing list, but for now he could avoid
them.
263
Still, hacking the kernel means anticipating what other programmers
might do to ruin things. You don't know if someone's going to try to
snag all 128 megabytes of RAM available. You don't know if someone's
going to hook up a strange old daisy-wheel printer and try to dump a
PostScript file down its throat. You don't know if someone's going to
create an endless loop that's going to write random numbers all over
the memory. Stupid programmers and dumb users do these things every
day, and you've got to be ready for it. The kernel of the OS has to
keep things flowing smoothly between all the different parts of the
system. If one goes bad because of a sloppy bit of code, the kernel
needs to cut it off like a limb that's getting gangrene. If one job
starts heating up, the kernel needs to try to give it all the resources
it can so the user will be happy. The kernel hacker needs to keep all
of these things straight.
264
Creating an operating system like this is no easy job. Many of the
commercial systems crash frequently for no perceptible reason, and most
of the public just takes it.4 Many people somehow assume that
it must be their fault that the program failed. In reality, it's
probably the kernel's. Or more precisely, it's the kernel designer's
fault for not anticipating what could go wrong.
4. Microsoft now acknowledges the existence of a bug in the tens of
millions of copies of Windows 95 and Windows 98 that will cause your
computer to 'stop responding (hang)'--you know, what you call
crash--after exactly 49 days, 17 hours, 2 minutes, and 47.296 seconds
of continuous operation . . . . Why 49.7? days? Because computers
aren't counting the days. They're counting the milliseconds. One
counter begins when Windows starts up; when it gets to 232
milliseconds--which happens to be 49.7 days--well, that's the biggest
number this counter can handle. And instead of gracefully rolling over
and starting again at zero, it manages to bring the entire operating
system to a halt."--James Gleick in the New York Times.
265
By the mid-1970s, companies and computer scientists were already
experimenting with many different ways to create workable operating
systems. While the computers of the day weren't very powerful by modern
standards, the programmers created operating systems that let tens if
not hundreds of people use a machine simultaneously. The OS would keep
the different tasks straight and make sure that no user could interfere
with another.
266
As people designed more and more operating systems, they quickly
realized that there was one tough question: how big should it be? Some
people argued that the OS should be as big as possible and come
complete with all the features that someone might want to use. Others
countered with stripped-down designs that came with a small core of the
OS surrounded by thousands of little programs that did the same thing.
267
To some extent, the debate is more about semantics than reality. A user
wants the computer to be able to list the different files stored in one
directory. It doesn't matter if the question is answered by a big
operating system that handles everything or a little operating system
that uses a program to find the answer. The job still needs to be done,
and many of the instructions are the same. It's just a question of
whether the instructions are labeled the "operating system" or an
ancillary program.
268
But the debate is also one about design. Programmers, teachers, and the
Lego company all love to believe that any problem can be solved by
breaking it down into small parts that can be assembled to create the
whole. Every programmer wants to turn the design of an operating system
into thousands of little problems that can be solved individually. This
dream usually lasts until someone begins to assemble the parts and
discovers that they don't work together as perfectly as they should.
269
When Torvalds started crafting the Linux kernel, he decided he was
going to create a bigger, more integrated version that he called a
"monolithic kernel." This was something of a bold move because the
academic community was entranced with what they called "microkernels."
The difference is partly semantic and partly real, but it can be
summarized by analogy with businesses. Some companies try to build
large, smoothly integr the steps of production. Others try to create
smaller operations that subcontract much of the production work to
other companies. One is big, monolithic, and all-encompassing, while
the other is smaller, fragmented, and heterogeneous. It's not uncommon
to find two companies in the same industry taking different approaches
and thinking they're doing the right thing.
270
The design of an operating system often boils down to the same
decision. Do we want to build a monolithic core that handles all the
juggling internally, or do we want a smaller, more fragmented model
that should be more flexible as long as the parts interact correctly?
271
In time, the OS world started referring to this core as the kernel of
the operating system. People who wanted to create big OSs with many
features wrote monolithic kernels. Their ideological enemies who wanted
to break the OS into hundreds of small programs running on a small core
wrote microkernels. Some of the most extreme folks labeled their work a
nanokernel because they thought it did even less and thus was even more
pure than those bloated microkernels.
272
The word "kernel" is a bit confusing for most people because they often
use it to mean a fragment of an object or a small fraction. An extreme
argument may have a kernel of truth to it. A disaster movie always
gives the characters and the audience a kernel of hope to which to
cling.
273
Mathematicians use the word a bit differently and emphasize the word's
ability to let a small part define a larger concept. Technically, a
kernel of a function f is the set of values,
x<sub>1</sub>, x<sub>2</sub>, . . .
x<sub>n</sub> such that
f(x<sub>i</sub>)=1, or whatever the identity element
happens to be. The action of the kernel of a function does a good job
of defining how the function behaves with all the other elements. The
algebraists study a kernel of a function because it reveals the overall
behavior.5
5. The kernel of f(x)=x<sub>2</sub> is (-1, 1) and it
illustrates how the function has two branches.
274
The OS designers use the word in the same way. If they define the
kernel correctly, then the behavior of the rest of the OS will follow.
The small part of the code defines the behavior of the entire computer.
If the kernel does one thing well, the entire computer will do it well.
If it does one thing badly, then everything will suffer.
275
Many computer users often notice this effect without realizing why it
ated operations where one company controls all exists. Most Macintosh
computers, for instance, can be sluggish at times because the OS does
not do a good job juggling the workload between processes. The kernel
of the OS has not been completely overhauled since the early days when
the machines ran one program at a time. This sluggishness will persist
for a bit longer until Macintosh releases a new version known as MacOS
X. This will be based on the Mach kernel, a version developed at
Carnegie-Mellon University and released as open source software. Steve
Jobs adopted it when he went to NeXT, a company that was eventually
folded back into Apple. This kernel does a much better job of juggling
different tasks because it uses preemptive multitasking instead of
cooperative multitasking. The original version of the MacOS let each
program decide when and if it was going to give up control of the
computer to let other programs run. This low-rent version of juggling
was called cooperative multitasking, but it failed when some program in
the hotel failed to cooperate. Most software developers obeyed the
rules, but mistakes would still occur. Bad programs would lock up the
machine. Preemptive multitasking takes this power away from the
individual programs. It swaps control from program to program without
asking permission. One pig of a program can't slow down the entire
machine. When the new MacOS X kernel starts offering preemptive
multitasking, the users should notice less sluggish behavior and more
consistent performance.
276
Torvalds plunged in and created a monolithic kernel. This made it
easier to tweak all the strange interactions between the programs.
Sure, a microkernel built around a clean, message-passing architecture
was an elegant way to construct the guts of an OS, but it had its
problems. There was no easy way to deal with special exceptions. Let's
say you want a web server to run very quickly on your machine. That
means you need to treat messages coming into the computer from the
Internet with exceptional speed. You need to ship them with the
equivalent of special delivery or FedEx. You need to create a special
exception for them. Tacking these exceptions onto a clean microkernel
starts to make it look bad. The design starts to get cluttered and less
elegant. After a few special exceptions are added, the microkernel can
start to get confused.
277
Torvalds's monolithic kernel did not have the elegance or the
simplicity of a microkernel OS like Minix or Mach, but it was easier to
hack. New tweaks to speed up certain features were relatively easy to
add. There was no need to come up with an entirely new architecture for
the message-passing system. The downside was that the guts could grow
remarkably byzantine, like the bureaucracy of a big company.
278
In the past, this complexity hurt the success of proprietary operating
systems. The complexity produced bugs because no one could understand
it. Torvalds's system, however, came with all the source code, making
it much easier for application programmers to find out what was causing
their glitch. To carry the corporate bureaucracy metaphor a bit
further, the source code acted like the omniscient secretary who is
able to explain everything to a harried executive. This perfect
knowledge reduced the cost of complexity.
279
By the beginning of 1992, Linux was no longer a Finnish student's
part-time hobby. Several influential programmers became interested in
the code. It was free and relatively usable. It ran much of the GNU
code, and that made it a neat, inexpensive way to experiment with some
excellent tools. More and more people downloaded the system, and a
significant fraction started reporting bugs and suggestions to
Torvalds. He rolled them back in and the project snowballed.
280
281
On the face of it, Torvalds's decision to create an OS wasn't
extraordinary. Millions of college-age students decide that they can do
anything if they just put in a bit more elbow grease. The college
theater departments, newspapers, and humor magazines all started with
this impulse, and the notion isn't limited to college students.
Millions of adults run Little League teams, build model railroads,
lobby the local government to create parks, and take on thousands of
projects big and small in their spare time.
282
Every great idea has a leader who can produce a system to sustain it.
Every small-town lot had kids playing baseball, but a few guys
organized a Little League program that standardized the rules and the
competition. Every small town had people campaigning for parks, but one
small group created the Sierra Club, which fights for parks throughout
the world.
283
This talent for organizing the work of others is a rare commodity, and
Torvalds had a knack for it. He was gracious about sharing his system
with the world and he never lorded it over anyone. His messages were
filled with jokes and self-deprecating humor, most of which were
carefully marked with smiley faces (:-)) to make sure that the message
was clear. If he wrote something pointed, he would apologize for being
a "hothead." He was always gracious in giving credit to others and
noted that much of Linux was just a clone of UNIX. All of this made him
easy to read and thus influential.
284
His greatest trick, though, was his decision to avoid the mantle of
power. He wrote in 1992, "Here's my standing on 'keeping control,' in 2
words (three?): I won't. The only control I've effectively been keeping
on Linux is that I know it better than anybody else."
285
He pointed out that his control was only an illusion that was caused by
the fact that he did a good job maintaining the system. "I've made my
changes available to ftp-sites etc. Those have become effectively
official releases, and I don't expect this to change for some time: not
because I feel I have some moral right to it, but because I haven't
heard too many complaints."
286
As he added new features to his OS, he shipped new copies frequently.
The Internet made this easy to do. He would just pop a new version up
on a server and post a notice for all to read: come download the latest
version.
287
He made it clear that people could vote to depose him at any time. "If
people feel I do a bad job, they can do it themselves." They could just
take all of his Linux code and start their own version using Torvalds's
work as a foundation.
288
Anyone could break off from Torvalds's project because Torvalds decided
to ship the source code to his project under Richard Stallman's GNU
General Public License, or GPL. In the beginning, he issued it with a
more restrictive license that prohibited any "commercial" use, but
eventually moved to the GNU license. This was a crucial decision
because it cemented a promise with anyone who spent a few minutes
playing with his toy operating system for the 386. It stated that all
of the source code that Torvalds or anyone else wrote would be freely
accessible and shared with everyone. This decision was a double-edged
sword for the community. Everyone could take the software for free,
289
but if they started circulating some new software built with the code,
they would have to donate their changes back to the project. It was
like flypaper. Anyone who started working with the project grew
attached to it. They couldn't run off into their own corner. Some
programmers joke that this flypaper license is like sex. If you make
one mistake by hooking up with a project protected by GPL, you pay for
it forever. If you ever ship a version of the project, you must include
all of the source code. It can be distributed freely forever.
290
While some people complained about the sticky nature of the GPL, enough
saw it as a virtue. They liked Torvalds's source code, and they liked
the fact that the GPL made them full partners in the project. Anyone
could donate their time and be sure it wasn't going to disappear. The
source code became a body of work held in common trust for everyone. No
one could rope it off, fence it in, or take control.
291
In time, Torvalds's pet science project and hacking hobby grew as more
people got interested in playing with the guts of machines. The price
was right, and idle curiosity could be powerful. Some wondered what a
guy in Finland could do with a 386 machine. Others wondered if it was
really as usable as the big machines from commercial companies. Others
wondered if it was powerful enough to solve some problems in the lab.
Still others just wanted to tinker. All of these folks gave it a try,
and some even began to contribute to the project.
292
Torvalds's burgeoning kernel dovetailed nicely with the tools that the
GNU project created. All of the work by Stallman and his disciples
could be easily ported to work with the operating system core that
Torvalds was now calling Linux. This was the power of freely
distributable source code. Anyone could make a connection, and someone
invariably did. Soon, much of the GNU code began running on Linux.
These tools made it easier to create more new programs, and the
snowball began to roll.
293
Many people feel that Linus Torvalds's true act of genius was in coming
up with a flexible and responsive system for letting his toy OS grow
and change. He released new versions often, and he encouraged everyone
to test them with him. In the past, many open source developers using
the GNU GPL had only shipped new versions at major landmarks in
development, acting a bit like the commercial developers. After they
released version 1.0, they would hole up in their basements until they
had added enough new features to justify version 2.0.
294
Torvalds avoided this perfectionism and shared frequently. If he fixed
a bug on Monday, then he would roll out a new version that afternoon.
It's not strange to have two or three new versions hit the Internet
each week. This was a bit more work for Torvalds, but it also made it
much easier for others to become involved. They could watch what he was
doing and make their own suggestions.
295
This freedom also attracted others to the party. They knew that Linux
would always be theirs, too. They could write neat features and plug
them into the Linux kernel without worrying that Torvalds would yank
the rug out from under them. The GPL was a contract that lasted long
into the future. It was a promise that bound them together.
296
The Linux kernel also succeeded because it was written from the ground
up for the PC platform. When the Berkeley UNIX hackers were porting BSD
to the PC platform, they weren't able to make it fit perfectly. They
were taking a piece of software crafted for older computers like the
VAX, and shaving off corners and rewriting sections until it ran on the
PC.
297
Alan Cox pointed out to me, "The early BSD stuff was by UNIX people for
UNIX people. You needed a calculator and familiarity with BSD UNIX on
big machines (or a lot of reading) to install it. You also couldn't
share a disk between DOS/Windows and 386BSD or the early branches off
it.
298
"Nowadays FreeBSD understands DOS partitions and can share a disk, but
at the time BSD was scary to install," he continued.
299
The BSD also took certain pieces of hardware for granted. Early
versions of BSD required a 387, a numerical coprocessor that would
speed up the execution of floating point numbers. Cox remembers that
the price (about $100) was just too much for his budget. At that time,
the free software world was a very lean organization.
300
Torvalds's operating system plugged a crucial hole in the world of free
source software and made it possible for someone to run a computer
without paying anyone for a license. Richard Stallman had dreamed of
this day, and Torvalds came up with the last major piece of the puzzle.
301
302
During the early months of Torvalds's work, the BSD group was stuck in
a legal swamp. While the BSD team was involved with secret settlement
talks and secret depositions, Linus Torvalds was happily writing code
and sharing it with the world on the Net. His life wasn't all peaches
and cream, but all of his hassles were open. Professor Andy Tanenbaum,
a fairly well-respected and famous computer scientist, got in a long,
extended debate with Torvalds over the structure of Linux. He looked
down at Linux and claimed that Linux would have been worth two F's in
his class because of its design. This led to a big flame war that was
every bit as nasty as the fight between Berkeley and AT&T's USL. In
fact, to the average observer it was even nastier. Torvalds returned
Tanenbaum's fire with strong words like "fiasco," "brain-damages," and
"suck." He brushed off the bad grades by pointing out that Albert
Einstein supposedly got bad grades in math and physics. The highpriced
lawyers working for AT&T and Berkeley probably used very expensive
and polite words to try and hide the shivs they were trying to stick in
each other's back. Torvalds and Tanenbaum pulled out each other's
virtual hair like a squawkfest on the Jerry Springer show.
303
But Torvalds's flame war with Tanenbaum occurred in the open in an
Internet newsgroup. Other folks could read it, think about it, add
their two cents' worth, and even take sides. It was a wide-open debate
that uncovered many flaws in the original versions of Linux and
Tanenbaum's Minix. They forced Torvalds to think deeply about what he
wanted to do with Linux and consider its flaws. He had to listen to the
arguments of a critic and a number of his peers on the Net and then
come up with arguments as to why his Linux kernel didn't suck too
badly.
304
This open fight had a very different effect from the one going on in
the legal system. Developers and UNIX hackers avoided the various free
versions of BSD because of the legal cloud. If a judge decided that
AT&T and USL were right, everyone would have to abandon their work
on the platform. While the CSRG worked hard to get free, judges don't
always make the choices we want.
305
The fight between Torvalds and Tanenbaum, however, drew people into the
project. Other programmers like David Miller, Ted T'so, and Peter da
Silva chimed in with their opinions. At the time, they were just
interested bystanders. In time, they became part of the Linux brain
trust. Soon they were contributing source code that ran on Linux. The
argument's excitement forced them to look at Torvalds's toy OS and try
to decide whether his defense made any sense. Today, David Miller is
one of the biggest contributors to the Linux kernel. Many of the
original debaters became major contributors to the foundations of
Linux.
306
This fight drew folks in and kept them involved. It showed that
Torvalds was serious about the project and willing to think about its
limitations. More important, it exposed these limitations and inspired
other folks on the Net to step forward and try to fix them. Everyone
could read the arguments and jump in. Even now, you can dig up the
archives of this battle and read in excruciating detail what people
were thinking and doing. The AT&T/USL-versus-Berkeley fight is
still sealed.
307
To this day, all of the devotees of the various BSDs grit their teeth
when they hear about Linux. They think that FreeBSD, NetBSD, and
OpenBSD are better, and they have good reasons for these beliefs. They
know they were out the door first with a complete running system. But
Linux is on the cover of the magazines. All of the great technically
unwashed are now starting to use "Linux" as a synonym for free
software. If AT&T never sued, the BSD teams would be the ones
reaping the glory. They would be the ones to whom Microsoft turned when
it needed a plausible competitor. They would be more famous.
308
But that's crying over spilled milk. The Berkeley CSRG lived a life of
relative luxury in their world made fat with big corporate and
government donations. They took the cash, and it was only a matter of
time before someone called them on it. Yes, they won in the end, but it
came too late. Torvalds was already out of the gate and attracting more
disciples.
309
McKusick says, "If you plot the installation base of Linux and BSD over
the last five years, you'll see that they're both in exponential
growth. But BSD's about eighteen to twenty months behind. That's about
how long it took between Net Release 2 and the unencumbered
4.4BSD-Lite. That's about how long it took for the court system to do
its job."
310
311
Through the 1990s, the little toy operating system grew slowly and
quietly as more and more programmers were drawn into the vortex. At the
beginning, the OS wasn't rich with features. You could run several
different programs at once, but you couldn't do much with the programs.
The system's interface was just text. Still, this was often good enough
for a few folks in labs around the world. Some just enjoyed playing
with computers. Getting Linux running on their PC was a challenge, not
unlike bolting an aftermarket supercharger onto a Honda Civic. But
others took the project more seriously because they had serious jobs
that couldn't be solved with a proprietary operating system that came
from Microsoft or others.
312
In time, more people started using the system and started contributing
their additions to the pot. Someone figured out how to make MIT's free
X Window System run on Linux so everyone could have a graphical
interface. Someone else discovered how to roll in technology for
interfacing with the Internet. That made a big difference because
everyone could hack, tweak, and fiddle with the code and then just
upload the new versions to the Net.
313
It goes without saying that all the cool software coming out of
Stallman's Free Software Foundation found its way to Linux. Some were
simple toys like GNU Chess, but others were serious tools that were
essential to the growth of the project. By 1991, the FSF was offering
what might be argued were the best text editor and compiler in the
world. Others might have been close, but Stallman's were free. These
were crucial tools that made it possible for Linux to grow quickly from
a tiny experimental kernel into a full-featured OS for doing everything
a programmer might want to do.
314
James Lewis-Moss, one of the many programmers who devote some time to
Linux, says that GCC made it possible for programmers to create,
revise, and extend the kernel. "GCC is integral to the success of
Linux," he says, and points out that this may be one of the most
important reasons why "it's polite to refer to it as GNU/Linux."
315
Lewis-Moss points out one of the smoldering controversies in the world
of free software: all of the tools and games that came from the GNU
project started becoming part of what people simply thought of as plain
"Linux." The name for the small kernel of the operating system soon
grew to apply to almost all the free software that ran with it. This
angered Stallman, who first argued that a better name would
be"Lignux."When that failed to take hold, he moved to "GNU/Linux." Some
ignored his pleas and simply used "Linux," which is still a bit unfair.
Some feel that"GNU/Linux"is too much of a mouthful and, for better or
worse, just plain Linux is an appropriate shortcut. Some, like
Lewis-Moss, hold firm to GNU/Linux.
316
Soon some people were bundling together CD-ROMs with all this software
in one batch. The group would try to work out as many glitches as
possible so that the purchaser's life would be easier. All boasted
strange names like Yggdrasil, Slackware, SuSE, Debian, or Red Hat. Many
were just garage projects that never made much money, but that was
okay. Making money wasn't really the point. People just wanted to play
with the source. Plus, few thought that much money could be made. The
GPL, for instance, made it difficult to differentiate the product
because it required everyone to share their source code with the world.
If Slackware came up with a neat fix that made their version of Linux
better, then Debian and SuSE could grab it. The GPL prevented anyone
from constraining the growth of Linux.
317
But only greedy businessmen see sharing and competition as negatives.
In practice, the free flow of information enhanced the market for Linux
by ensuring that it was stable and freely available. If one key CDROM
developer gets a new girlfriend and stops spending enough time
programming, another distribution will pick up the slack. If a
hurricane flattened Raleigh, North Carolina, the home of Red Hat, then
another supplier would still be around. A proprietary OS like Windows
is like a set of manacles. An earthquake in Redmond, Washington, could
cause a serious disruption for everyone.
318
The competition and the GPL meant that the users would never feel bound
to one OS. If problems arose, anyone could always just start a splinter
group and take Linux in that direction. And they did. All the major
systems began as splinter groups, and some picked up enough steam and
energy to dominate. In time, the best splinter groups spun off their
own splinter groups and the process grew terribly complicated.
319
320
By the mid-1990s, the operating system had already developed quite a
following. In 1994, Jon Hall was a programmer for Digital, a company
that was later bought by Compaq. Hall also wears a full beard and uses
the name "maddog" as a nickname. At that time, Digital made
workstations that ran a version of UNIX. In the early 1990s, Digital
made a big leap forward by creating a 64-bit processor version of its
workstation CPU chip, the Alpha, and the company wanted to make sure
that the chip found widespread acceptance.
321
Hall remembers well the moment he discovered Linux. He told Linux
Today,
322
I didn't even know I was involved with Linux at first. I got a copy of
Dr. Dobb's Journal, and in there was an advertisement for "get a UNIX
operating system, all the source code, and run it on your PC." And I
think it was $99. And I go, "Oh, wow, that's pretty cool. For $99, I
can do that." So I sent away for it, got the CD. The only trouble was
that I didn't have a PC to run it on. So I put it on my Ultrix system,
took a look at the main pages, directory structure and stuff, and said,
"Hey, that looks pretty cool." Then I put it away in the filing
cabinet. That was probably around January of 1994.
323
In May 1994, Hall met Torvalds at a DECUS (Digital Equipment
Corporation User Society) meeting and became a big fan. Hall is a
programmer's programmer who has written code for many different
machines over the years, like the IBM 1130 and the DEC PDP-8. He
started out as an electrical engineer in college, but took up writing
software "after seeing a friend of mine fried by 13,600 volts and 400
amps, which was not a pretty sight." Hall started playing with UNIX
when he worked at Bell Labs and fell in love with the OS.
324
At the meeting, Torvalds helped Hall and his boss set up a PC with
Linux. This was the first time that Hall actually saw Linux run, and he
was pleasantly surprised. He said, "By that time I had been using UNIX
for probably about fifteen years. I had used System V, I had used
Berkeley, and all sorts of stuff, and this really felt like UNIX. You
know . . . I mean, it's kind of like playing the piano. You can play
the piano, even if it's a crappy piano. But when it's a really good
piano, your fingers just fly over the keys. That's the way this felt.
It felt good, and I was really impressed."
325
This experience turned Hall into a true convert and he went back to
Digital convinced that the Linux project was more than just some kids
playing with a toy OS. These so-called amateurs with no centralized
system or corporate backing had produced a very, very impressive system
that was almost as good as the big commercial systems. Hall was an
instant devotee. Many involved in the project recall their day of
conversion with the same strength. A bolt of lightning peeled the haze
away from their eyes, and they saw.
326
Hall set out trying to get Torvalds to rewrite Linux so it would work
well on the Alpha. This was not a simple task, but it was one that
helped the operating system grow a bit more. The original version
included some software that assumed the computer was designed like the
Intel 386. This was fine when Linux only ran on Intel machines, but
removing these assumptions made it possible for the software to run
well on all types of machines.
327
Hall went sailing with Torvalds to talk about the guts of the Linux OS.
Hall told me, "I took him out on the Mississippi River, went up and
down the Mississippi in the river boat, drinking Hurricanes, and I said
to him, 'Linus, did you ever think about porting Linux to a 64-bit
processor, like the Alpha?' He said, 'Well, I thought about doing that,
but the Helsinki office has been having problems getting me a system,
so I guess I'll have to do the PowerPC instead.'
328
"I knew that was the wrong answer, so I came back to Digital (at the
time), and got a friend of mine, named Bill Jackson, to send out a
system to Linus, and he received it about a couple weeks after that.
Then I found some people inside Digital who were also thinking about
porting Linux to an Alpha. I got the two groups together, and after
that, we started on the Alpha Linux project."
329
This was one of the first times that a major corporation started taking
note of what was happening in the garages and basements of hardcore
computer programmers. It was also one of the first times that a
corporation looked at an open source operating system and did not react
with fear or shock. Sun was always a big contributor of open source
software, but they kept their OS proprietary. Hall worked tirelessly at
Digital to ensure that the corporation understood the implications of
the GPL and saw that it was a good way to get more interested in the
Alpha chip. He says he taught upper management at Digital how to "say
the L-word."
330
Hall also helped start a group called Linux International, which works
to make the corporate world safe for Linux. "We help vendors understand
the Linux marketplace," Hall told me. "There's a lot of confusion about
what the GPL means. Less now, but still there's a lot of confusion. We
helped them find the markets."
331
Today, Linux International helps control the trademark on the name
Linux and ensures that it is used in an open way. "When someone wanted
to call themselves something like 'Linux University,' we said that's
bad because there's going to be more than one. 'Linux University of
North Carolina' is okay. It opens up the space."
332
In the beginning, Torvalds depended heavily on the kindness of
strangers like Hall. He didn't have much money, and the Linux project
wasn't generating a huge salary for him. Of course, poverty also made
it easier for people like Hall to justify giving him a machine.
Torvalds wasn't rich monetarily, but he became rich in machines.
333
By 1994, when Hall met Torvalds, Linux was already far from just a
one-man science project. The floppy disks and CD-ROMs holding a version
of the OS were already on the market, and this distribution mechanism
was one of the crucial unifying forces. Someone could just plunk down a
few dollars and get a version that was more or less ready to run. Many
simply downloaded their versions for free from the Internet.
334
335
In 1994, getting Linux to run was never really as simple as putting the
CD-ROM in the drive and pressing a button. Many of the programs didn't
work with certain video cards. Some modems didn't talk to Linux. Not
all of the printers communicated correctly. Yet most of the software
worked together on many standard machines. It often took a bit of
tweaking, but most people could get the OS up and running on their
computers.
336
This was a major advance for the Linux OS because most people could
quickly install a new version without spending too much time
downloading the new code or debugging it. Even programmers who
understood exactly what was happening felt that installing a new
version was a long, often painful slog through technical details. These
CDROMs not only helped programmers, they also encouraged casual users
to experiment with the system.
337
The CD-ROM marketplace also created a new kind of volunteer for the
project. Someone had to download the latest code from the author.
Someone had to watch the kernel mailing list to see when Torvalds, Cox,
and the rest had minted a new version that was stable enough to
release. Someone needed to check all the other packages like GNU Emacs
or GNU CC to make sure they still worked correctly. This didn't require
the obsessive programming talent that created the kernel, but it did
take some dedication and devotion.
338
Today, there are many different kinds of volunteers putting together
these packages. The Debian group, for instance, is one of the best
known and most devoted to true open source principles. It was started
by Ian Murdock, who named it after himself and his girlfriend, Debra.
The Debian group, which now includes hundreds of official members,
checks to make sure that the software is both technically sound and
politically correct. That is, they check the licenses to make sure that
the software can be freely distributed by all users. Their guidelines
later morphed into the official definition of open source software.
339
Other CD-ROM groups became more commercial. Debian sold its disks to
pay for Internet connection fees and other expenses, but they were
largely a garage operation. So were groups with names like Slackware,
FreeBSD, and OpenBSD. Other groups like Red Hat actually set out to
create a burgeoning business, and to a large extent, they succeeded.
They took the money and used it to pay programmers who wrote more
software to make Linux easier to use.
340
In the beginning, there wasn't much difference between the commercially
minded groups like Red Hat and the more idealistic collectives like
Debian. The marketplace was small, fragmented, and tribal. But by 1998,
Red Hat had attracted major funding from companies like Intel, and it
plowed more and more money into making the package as presentable and
easy to use as possible. This investment paid off because more users
turned instinctively to Red Hat, whose CD-ROM sales then exploded.
341
Most of this development lived in its own Shangri-La. Red Hat, for
instance, charged money for its disks, but released all of its software
under the GPL. Others could copy their disks for free, and many did.
Red Hat may be a company, but the management realized that they
depended on thousands if not millions of unpaid volunteers to create
their product.
342
Slowly but surely, more and more people became aware of Linux, the GNU
project, and its cousins like FreeBSD. No one was making much money off
the stuff, but the word of mouth was spreading very quickly. The disks
were priced reasonably, and people were curious. The GPL encouraged
people to share. People began borrowing disks from their friends. Some
companies even manufactured cheap rip-off copies of the CD-ROMs, an act
that the GPL encouraged.
343
At the top of the pyramid was Linus Torvalds. Many Linux developers
treated him like the king of all he surveyed, but he was like the
monarchs who were denuded by a popular constitutional democracy. He had
always focused on building a fast, stable kernel, and that was what he
continued to do. The rest of the excitement, the packaging, the
features, and the toys, were the dominion of the volunteers and
contributors.
344
Torvalds never said much about the world outside his kernel, and it
developed without him.
345
Torvalds moved to Silicon Valley and took a job with the very secret
company Transmeta in order to help design the next generation of
computer chips. He worked out a special deal with the company that
allowed him to work on Linux in his spare time. He felt that working
for one of the companies like Red Hat would give that one version of
Linux a special imprimatur, and he wanted to avoid that. Plus,
Transmeta was doing cool things.
346
In January 1999, the world caught up with the pioneers. Schmalensee
mentioned Linux on the witness stand during the trial and served
official notice to the world that Microsoft was worried about the
growth of Linux. The system had been on the company's radar screen for
some time. In October 1998, an internal memo from Microsoft describing
the threat made its way to the press. Some thought it was just
Microsoft's way of currying favor during the antitrust investigation.
Others thought it was a serious treatment of a topic that was difficult
for the company to understand.
347
The media followed Schmalensee's lead. Everyone wanted to know about
Linux, GNU, open source software, and the magical effects of
widespread, unconditional sharing. The questions came in tidal waves,
and Torvalds tried to answer them again and again. Was he sorry he gave
it all away? No. If he charged anything, no one would have bought his
toy and no one would have contributed anything. Was he a communist? No,
he was rather apolitical. Don't programmers have to eat? Yes, but they
will make their money selling a service instead of getting rich off bad
proprietary code. Was Linux going to overtake Microsoft? Yes, if he had
his way. World Domination Soon became the motto.
348
But there were also difficult questions. How would the Linux world
resist the embrace of big companies like IBM, Apple, Hewlett-Packard,
and maybe even Microsoft? These were massive companies with paid
programmers and schedules to meet. All the open source software was
just as free to them as anyone else. Would these companies use their
strength to monopolize Linux?
349
Some were worried that the money would tear apart the open source
community. It's easy to get everyone to donate their time to a project
when no one is getting paid. Money changes the equation. Would a gulf
develop between the rich companies like Red Hat and the poor
programmers who just gave away their hard work?
350
Many wanted to know when Linux would become easier to use for
nonprogrammers. Programmers built the OS to be easy to take apart and
put back together again. That's a great feature if you like hacking the
inside of a kernel, but that doesn't excite the average computer user.
How was the open source community going to get the programmers to
donate their time to fix the mundane, everyday glitches that confused
and infuriated the nonprogrammers? Was the Linux community going to be
able to produce something that a nonprogrammer could even understand?
351
Others wondered if the Linux world could ever agree enough to create a
software package with some coherence. Today, Microsoft users and
programmers pull their hair out trying to keep Windows 95, Windows 98,
and Windows NT straight. Little idiosyncrasies cause games to crash and
programs to fail. Microsoft has hundreds of quality assurance engineers
and thousands of support personnel. Still, the little details drive
everyone crazy.
352
New versions of Linux appear as often as daily. People often create
their own versions to solve particular problems. Many of these changes
won't affect anyone, but they can add up. Is there enough consistency
to make the tools easy enough to use?
353
Many wondered if Linux was right for world domination. Programmers
might love playing with source code, but the rest of the world just
wants something that delivers the e-mail on time. More important, the
latter are willing to pay for this efficiency.
354
Such questions have been bothering the open source community for years
and still have no easy answers today. Programmers need food, and food
requires money. Making easy-to-use software requires discipline, and
discipline doesn't always agree with total freedom.
355
When the first wave of hype about free software swept across the
zeitgeist, no one wanted to concentrate on these difficult questions.
The high quality of free operating systems and their use at
high-profile sites like Yahoo! was good news for the world. The success
of unconditional cooperation was intoxicating. If free software could
do so much with so little, it could overcome the difficult questions.
Besides, it didn't have to be perfect. It just needed to be better than
Microsoft.
356
357
The notion embodied by the word "free" is one of the great marketing
devices of all time. Cereal manufacturers know that kids will slog
through bowls of sugar to get a free prize. Stores know that people
will gladly give them their names and addresses if they stand a chance
of winning something for free. Car ads love to emphasize the freedom a
new car will give to someone.
358
Of course, Microsoft knows this fact as well. One of their big
advertising campaigns stresses the freedom to create new documents,
write long novels, fiddle with photographs, and just do whatever you
want with a computer. "Where do you want to go today?" the Microsoft
ads ask.
359
Microsoft also recognizes the pure power of giving away something for
free. When Bill Gates saw Netscape's browser emerging as a great
competitive threat, he first bought a competing version and then wrote
his own version of a web browser. Microsoft gave their versions away
for free. This bold move shut down the revenue stream of Netscape,
which had to cut its price to zero in order to compete. Of course,
Netscape didn't have revenues from an operating system to pay the rent.
Netscape cried foul and eventually the Department of Justice brought a
lawsuit to decide whether the free software from Microsoft was just a
plot to keep more people paying big bucks for their not-so-free Windows
OS. The fact that Microsoft is now threatened by a group of people who
are giving away a free OS has plenty of irony.
360
The word "free" has a much more complicated and nuanced meaning within
the free software movement. In fact, many people who give away their
software don't even like the word "free" and prefer to use "open" to
describe the process of sharing. In the case of free software, it's not
just an ad campaign to make people feel good about buying a product.
It's also not a slick marketing sleight of hand to focus people's
attention on a free gift while the magician charges full price for a
product. The word "free" is more about a way of life. The folks who
write the code throw around the word in much the same way the Founding
Fathers of the United States used it. To many of them, the free
software revolution was also conceived in liberty and dedicated to
certain principles like the fact that all men and women have certain
inalienable rights to change, modify, and do whatever they please with
their software in the pursuit of happiness.
361
Tossing about the word "free" is easy to do. Defining what it means
takes much longer. The Declaration of Independence was written in 1776,
but the colonial governments fought and struggled with creating a free
government through the ratification of the current United States
Constitution in 1787. The Bill of Rights came soon afterward, and the
Supreme Court is still continually struggling with defining the
boundaries of freedom described by the document. Much of the political
history of the United States might be said to be an extended argument
about the meaning of the words "free country."
362
The free software movement is no different. It's easy for one person to
simply give their software away for free. It's much harder to attract
and organize an army to take on Microsoft and dominate the world. That
requires a proper definition of the word "free" so that everyone
understands the rights and limitations behind the word. Everyone needs
to be on the same page if the battle is to be won. Everyone needs to
understand what is meant by "free software."
363
The history of the free software world is also filled with long,
extended arguments defining the freedom that comes bundled with the
source code. Many wonder if it is more about giving the user something
for nothing, or if is it about empowering him. Does this freedom come
with any responsibilities? What should they be? How is the freedom
enforced? Is freeloading a proper part of the freedom?
364
In the early years of computers, there were no real arguments. Software
was free because people just shared it with each other. Magazines like
Creative Computing and BYTE published the source code to programs
because that was an easy way to share information.
365
People would even type in the data themselves. Computers cost money,
and getting them to run was part of the challenge. Sharing software was
just part of being neighborly. If someone needed to borrow your plow,
you lent it to them when you weren't using it.
366
This changed as corporations recognized that they could copyright
software and start charging money for it. Most people loved this
arrangement because the competition brought new packages and tools to
market and people were more than willing to pay for them. How else are
the programmers and the manual writers going to eat?
367
A few people thought this was a disaster. Richard Stallman watched the
world change from his office in the artificial intelligence labs of
MIT. Stallman is the ultimate hacker, if you use the word in the
classical sense. In the beginning, the word only described someone who
knows how to program well and loves to poke around in the insides of
computers. It only took on its more malicious tone later as the media
managed to group all of those with the ability to wrangle computers
into the same dangerous camp. Hackers often use the term "cracker" to
refer to these people.
368
Stallman is a model of the hacker. He is strident, super intelligent,
highly logical, and completely honest. Most corporations keep their
hackers shut off in a back room because these traits seem to scare away
customers and investors who just want sweet little lies in their ears.
Stallman was never that kind of guy. He looked at the burgeoning
corporate control of software and didn't like it one bit. His freedom
was slowly being whittled away, and he wasn't the type to simply sit by
and not say anything.
369
When Stallman left the AI lab in 1984, he didn't want to be controlled
by its policies. Universities started adopting many of the same
practices as the corporations in the 1980s, and Stallman couldn't be a
special exception. If MIT was going to be paying him a salary, MIT
would own his code and any patents that came from it. Even MIT, which
is a much cooler place than most, couldn't accommodate him on staff. He
didn't move far, however, because after he set up the Free Software
Foundation, he kept an office at MIT, first unofficially and then
officially. Once he wasn't "on the staff," the rules became different.
370
Stallman turned to consulting for money, but it was consulting with a
twist. He would only work for companies that wouldn't put any
restrictions on the software he created. This wasn't an easy sell. He
was insisting that any work he did for Corporation X could also be
shared with Corporations Y and Z, even if they were direct competitors.
371
This wasn't how things were done in the 1980s. That was the decade when
companies figured out how to lock up the source code to a program by
only distributing a machine-readable version. They hoped this would
control their product and let them restrain people who might try to
steal their ideas and their intellectual property. Stallman thought it
was shutting down his ability to poke around inside the computer and
fix it. This secrecy blocked him from sharing his thoughts and ideas
with other programmers.
372
Most programmers looked at the scheme of charging for locked-up binary
versions of a program as a necessary evil. Sure, they couldn't play
around with the guts of Microsoft Windows, but it also meant that no
one could play around with the guts of the programs they wrote. The
scheme locked doors and compartmentalized the world, but it also gave
the creator of programs more power. Most programmers thought having
power over their own creation was pretty neat, even if others had more
power. Being disarmed is okay if everyone else is disarmed and locked
in a cage.
373
Stallman thought this was a disaster for the world and set out to
convince the world that he was right. In 1984, he wrote the GNU
Manifesto, which started his GNU project and laid out the conditions
for his revolution. This document stood out a bit in the middle of the
era of Ronald Reagan because it laid out Stallman's plan for creating a
virtual commune where people would be free to use the software. It is
one of the first cases when someone tried to set down a definition of
the word "free" for software users. Sure, software and ideas were quite
free long ago, but no one noticed until the freedom was gone.
374
He wrote,
375
I consider that the golden rule requires that if I like a program I
must share it with other people who like it. Software sellers want to
divide the users and conquer them, making each user agree not to share
with others. I refuse to break solidarity with other users in this way.
. . . So that I can continue to use computers without dishonor, I have
decided to put together a sufficient body of free software so that I
will be able to get along without any software that is not free.
376
The document is a wonderful glimpse at the nascent free software world
because it is as much a recruiting document as a tirade directed at
corporate business practices. When the American colonies split off from
England, Thomas Paine spelled out the problems with the English in the
first paragraph of his pamphlet "Common Sense." In his manifesto,
Stallman didn't get started using words like "dishonor" until the sixth
paragraph. The first several paragraphs spelled out the cool tools he
had developed already: "an Emacs text editor with Lisp for writing
editor commands, a source level debugger, a yacc-compatible parser
generator, a linker, and around 35 utilities." Then he pointed to the
work he wanted to complete soon: "A new portable optimizing C compiler
has compiled itself and may be released this year. An initial kernel
exists but many more features are needed to emulate Unix." He was
saying, in effect, that he already had a few juicy peaches growing on
the trees of his commune.
377
If this wasn't enough, he intended to do things a bit better than UNIX.
His operating system was going to offer the latest, greatest ideas of
computer science, circa 1984. "In particular, we plan to have longer
file names, file version numbers, a crashproof file system, file name
completion perhaps, terminal-independent display support, and perhaps
eventually a Lisp-based window system through which several Lisp
programs and ordinary Unix programs can share a screen." The only thing
that was missing from every computer nerd's wish list was a secret
submarine docking site in the basement grotto.
378
The fifth paragraph even explained to everyone that the name of the
project would be the acronym GNU, which stood for "GNU's Not UNIX," and
it should be pronounced with a hard G to make sure that no one would
get it confused with the word "new." Stallman has always cared about
words, the way they're used and the way they're pronounced.
379
In 1984, UNIX became the focus of Stallman's animus because its
original developer, AT&T, was pushing to try to make some money
back after paying so many people at Bell Labs to create it. Most people
were somewhat conflicted by the fight. They understood that AT&T
had paid good money and supported many researchers with the company's
beneficence. The company gave money, time, and spare computers. Sure,
it was a pain to pay AT&T for something and get only a long license
drafted by teams of lawyers. Yes, it would be nice if we could poke
around under the hood of UNIX without signing a non-disclosure
agreement. It would be nice if we could be free to do whatever we want,
but certainly someone who pays for something deserves the right to
decide how it is used. We've all got to eat.
380
Stallman wasn't confused at all. Licenses like AT&T's would
constrict his freedom to share with others. To make matters worse, the
software companies wanted him to pay for the privilege of getting
software without the source code.
381
Stallman explains that his feelings weren't focused on AT&T per se.
Software companies were springing up all over the place, and most of
them were locking up their source code with proprietary licenses. It
was the 1980s thing to do, like listening to music by Duran Duran and
Boy George.
382
"When I decided to write a free operating system, I did not have
AT&T in mind at all, because I had never had any dealings with
them. I had never used a UNIX system. They were just one of many
companies doing the same discreditable thing," he told me recently. "I
chose a Unix-like design just because I thought it was a good design
for the job, not because I had any particular feelings about AT&T."
383
When he wrote the GNU Manifesto, he made it clear to the world that his
project was more about choosing the right moral path than saving money.
He wrote then that the GNU project means "much more than just saving
everyone the price of a UNIX license. It means that much wasteful
duplication of system programming effort will be avoided. This effort
can go instead into advancing the state of the art."
384
This was a crucial point that kept Stallman from being dismissed as a
quasi-communist crank who just wanted everyone to live happily on some
nerd commune. The source code is a valuable tool for everyone because
it is readable by humans, or at least humans who happen to be good at
programming. Companies learned to keep source code proprietary, and it
became almost a reflex. If people wanted to use it, they should pay to
help defray the cost of creating it. This made sense to programmers who
wanted to make a living or even get rich writing their own code. But it
was awfully frustrating at times. Many programmers have pulled their
hair out in grief when their work was stopped by some bug or
undocumented feature buried deep in the proprietary, super-secret
software made by Microsoft, IBM, Apple, or whomever. If they had the
source code, they would be able to poke around and figure out what was
really happening. Instead, they had to treat the software like a black
box and keep probing it with test programs that might reveal the
secrets hidden inside. Every programmer has had an experience like
this, and every programmer knew that they could solve the problem much
faster if they could only read the source code. They didn't want to
steal anything, they just wanted to know what was going on so they
could make their own code work.
385
Stallman's GNU project would be different, and he explained, "Complete
system sources will be available to everyone. As a result, a user who
needs changes in the system will always be free to make them himself,
or hire any available programmer or company to make them for him. Users
will no longer be at the mercy of one programmer or company which owns
the sources and is in sole position to make changes."
386
He was quick to mention that people would be "free to hire any
available programmer" to ensure that people understood he wasn't
against taking money for writing software. That was okay and something
he did frequently himself. He was against people controlling the source
with arbitrarily complex legal barriers that made it impossible for him
or anyone else to get something done.
387
When people first heard of his ideas, they became fixated on the word
"free." These were the Reagan years. Saying that people should just
give away their hard work was sounding mighty communist to everyone,
and this was long before the Berlin Wall fell. Stallman reexamined the
word "free" and all of its different meanings. He carefully considered
all of the different connotations, examined the alternatives, and
decided that "free" was still the best word. He began to try to explain
the shades of meaning he was after. His revolution was about "free
speech," not "free beer." This wasn't going to be a revolution in the
sense that frequent flyer miles revolutionized air travel nor in the
way that aluminum cans revolutionized beer drinking. No, this was going
to be a revolution as Rousseau, Locke, and Paine used the word.
388
He later codified this into four main principles:
389
The freedom to run the program, for any purpose (freedom 0).6
6. He numbered them starting at zero because that was what computer
scientists did. Someone figured out that it was simpler to start
numbering databases at zero because you didn't have to subtract 1 as
often.
390
The freedom to study how the program works, and adapt it to your needs
(freedom 1).
391
The freedom to redistribute copies so you can help your neighbor
(freedom 2).
392
The freedom to improve the program, and release your improvements to
the public, so that the whole community benefits (freedom 3).
393
394
While Stallman pushed people away from the notion of "free beer,"
there's little question that this element turned out to be a very
important part of the strategy and a foundation of its success.
Stallman insisted that anyone could do what they wanted with the
software, so he insisted that the source code must be freely
distributed. That is, no one could put any restrictions on how you used
the software. While this didn't make it free beer, it did mean that you
could turn around and give a copy to your friends or your clients. It
was pretty close.
395
The "free beer" nature of Stallman's software also attracted users. If
some programmers wanted to check out a new tool, they could download it
and try it out without paying for it. They didn't need to ask their
boss for a budget, and they didn't need to figure out a way to deal
with an invoice. Just one click and the software was there. Commercial
software companies continue to imitate this feature by distributing
trial versions that come with either a few crippled features or a time
lock that shuts them down after a few days.
396
Of course, the "free beer" nature of the GNU project soon led to money
problems. The GNU project took up his time and generated no real
revenues at first. Stallman had always lived frugally. He says that he
never made more than $20,000 a year at MIT, and still managed to save
on that salary. But he was finding it harder and harder to get his
assigned jobs done at MIT and write the cool GNU code. While Stallman
always supported a programmer's right to make money for writing code,
the GNU project wasn't generating any money.
397
Most folks saw this conflict coming from the beginning. Sure, Stallman
would be able to rant and rave about corporate software development for
a bit, but eventually he and his disciples would need to eat.
398
When the MIT support ended, Stallman soon stumbled upon a surprising
fact: he could charge for the software he was giving away and make some
money. People loved his software, but it was often hard to keep track
of it. Getting the package delivered on computer tape or a CD-ROM gave
people a hard copy that they could store for future reference or
backup. Online manuals were also nice, but the printed book is still a
very popular and easy-to-use way of storing information. Stallman's
Free Software Foundation began selling printed manuals, tapes, and then
CD-ROMs filled with software to make money. Surprisingly, people
started paying money for these versions despite the fact that they
could download the same versions for free.
399
Some folks enjoyed pointing out the hypocrisy in Stallman's move.
Stallman had run his mouth for so long that many programming "sellouts"
who worked for corporations savored the irony. At last that weenie had
gotten the picture. He was forced to make money to support himself, and
he was selling out, too. These cynics didn't get what Stallman was
trying to do.
400
Most of us would have given up at this time. The free software thing
seemed like a good idea, but now that the money was running out it was
time to get a real job. In writing this book and interviewing some of
the famous and not-so-famous free software developers, I found that
some were involved in for-profit, not-so-free software development now.
Stallman, though, wasn't going to give up his ideals, and his mind
started shifting to accommodate this new measure of reality. He decided
that it wouldn't be wrong to sell copies of software or even software
services as long as you didn't withhold the source code and stomp on
anyone's freedom to use the source code as they wished.
401
Stallman has always been great at splitting hairs and creating
Jesuitical distinctions, and this insight was one of his best. At first
glance, it looked slightly nutty. If people were free to do anything
they wanted with software, they could just give a copy to their friend
and their friend would never send money back to Stallman's Free
Software Foundation. In fact, someone could buy a copy from Stallman
and then start reselling copies to others to undercut Stallman. The
Free Software Foundation and the GNU GPL gave them the freedom to do
so. It was as if a movie theater sold tickets to a movie, but also
posted a big sign near the exit door that said "Hey, it's absolutely
okay for you to prop this open so your friends can sneak in without
paying."
402
While this total freedom befuddled most people, it didn't fail. Many
paid for tapes or CD-ROM versions because they wanted the convenience.
Stallman's versions came with the latest bug fixes and new features.
They were the quasi-official versions. Others felt that paying helped
support the work so they didn't feel bad about doing it. They liked the
FSF and wanted it to produce more code. Others just liked printed books
better than electronic documentation. Buying them from Stallman was
cheaper than printing them out. Still others paid for the CD-ROMs
because they just wanted to support the Free Software Foundation.
403
Stallman also found other support. The MacArthur Foundation gave him
one of their genius grants that paid him a nice salary for five years
to do whatever he wanted. Companies like Intel hired him as a
consultant and asked him to make sure that some of his software ran on
Intel chips. People were quite willing to pay for convenience because
even free software didn't do everything that it should.
404
Stallman also recognized that this freedom introduced a measure of
competition. If he could charge for copies, then so could others. The
source code would be a vast commonweal, but the means of delivering it
would be filled with people struggling to do the best job of
distributing the software. It was a pretty hard-core Reaganaut notion
for a reputed communist. At the beginning, few bothered to compete with
him, but in time all of the GNU code began to be included with computer
operating systems. By the time Linus Torvalds wrote his OS, the GNU
code was ready to be included.
405
406
If Stallman's first great insight was that the world did not need to
put up with proprietary source code, then his second was that he could
strictly control the use of GNU software with an innovative legal
document entitled GNU General Public License, or GPL. To illustrate the
difference, he called the agreement a "copyleft" and set about creating
a legal document defining what it meant for software to be "free."
Well, defining what he thought it should mean.
407
The GPL was a carefully crafted legal document that didn't put the
software into the "public domain," a designation that would have
allowed people to truly do anything they wanted with the software. The
license, in fact, copyrighted the software and then extended users very
liberal rights for making innumerable copies as long as the users
didn't hurt other people's rights to use the software.
408
The definition of stepping on other people's rights is one that keeps
political science departments at universities in business. There are
many constituencies that all frame their arguments in terms of
protecting someone's rights. Stallman saw protecting the rights of
other users in very strong terms and strengthened his grip a bit by
inserting a controversial clause. He insisted that a person who
distributes an improved version of the program must also share the
source code. That meant that some greedy company couldn't download his
GNU Emacs editor, slap on a few new features, and then sell the whole
package without including all of the source code they created. If
people were going to benefit from the GNU sharing, they were going to
have to share back. It was freedom with a price.
409
This strong compact was ready-built for some ironic moments. When Apple
began trying to expand the scope of intellectual property laws by suing
companies like Microsoft for stealing their "look and feel," Stallman
became incensed and decided that he wouldn't develop software for Apple
machines as a form of protest and spite. If Apple was going to pollute
the legal landscape with terrible impediments to sharing ideas, then
Stallman wasn't going to help them sell machines by writing software
for the machines. But the GNU copyleft license specifically allowed
anyone to freely distribute the source code and use it as they wanted.
That meant that others could use the GNU code and convert it to run on
the Apple if they wanted to do so. Many did port much of the GNU
software to the Mac and distributed the source code with it in order to
comply with the license. Stallman couldn't do anything about it. Sure,
he was the great leader of the FSF and the author of some of its code,
but he had given away his power with the license. The only thing he
could do was refuse to help the folks moving the software to the Mac.
When it came to principles, he placed freedom to use the source code at
the top of the hierarchy.
410
411
Some programmers soon started referring to the sticky nature of the
license as the "GNU virus" because it infected software projects with
its freedom bug. If a developer wanted to save time and grab some of
the neat GNU software, he was stuck making the rest of his work just as
free. These golden handcuffs often scared away programmers who wanted
to make money by charging for their work.
412
Stallman hates that characterization. "To call anything 'like a virus'
is a very vicious thing. People who say things like that are trying to
find ways to make the GPL look bad," he says.
413
Stallman did try to work around this problem by creating what he at
first called the "Library General Public License" and now refers to as
the "Lesser General Public License," a document that allowed software
developers to share small chunks of code with each other under less
restrictive circumstances. A programmer can use the LGPL to bind chunks
of code known as libraries. Others can share the libraries and use them
with their source code as long as they don't fully integrate them. Any
changes they make to the library itself must be made public, but there
is no requirement to release the source code for the main program that
uses the library.
414
This license is essentially a concession to some rough edges at the
corners where the world of programming joins the world of law. While
Stallman was dead set on creating a perfect collection of free programs
that would solve everyone's needs, he was far from finished. If people
were going to use his software, they were going to have to use it on
machines made by Sun, AT&T, IBM, or someone else who sold a
proprietary operating system along with it. He understood that he
needed to compromise, at least for system libraries.
415
The problem is drawing boundaries around what is one pile of software
owned by one person and what is another pile owned by someone else. The
GPL guaranteed that GNU software would "infect" other packages and
force people who used his code to join the party and release theirs as
well. So he had to come up with a definition that spelled out what it
meant for people to use his code and "incorporate" it with others.
416
This is often easier said than done. The marketplace has developed ways
to sell software as big chunks to people, but these are fictions that
camouflage software integration. In modern practice, programmers don't
just create one easily distinguished chunk of software known as
Microsoft Word or Adobe Photoshop. They build up a variety of smaller
chunks known as libraries and link these together. Microsoft Windows,
in fact, includes a large collection of libraries for creating the
menus, forms, click boxes, and what-not that make the graphical user
interfaces. Programmers don't need to write their own instructions for
drawing these on the screen and interacting with them. This saves
plenty of time and practice for the programmers, and it is a large part
of what Microsoft is selling when it sells someone a box with Windows
on it.
417
Stallman recognized that programmers sometimes wrote libraries that
they wanted others to use. After all, that was the point of GNU:
creating tools that others would be free to use. So Stallman relented
and created the Lesser Public License, which would allow people to
create libraries that might be incorporated into other programs that
weren't fully GNU. The library itself still came with source code, and
the user would need to distribute all changes made to the library, but
there was no limitation on the larger package.
418
This new license was also something of a concession to reality. In the
most abstract sense, programs are just black boxes that take some input
and produce some output. There's no limit to the hierarchies that can
be created by plugging these boxes together so that the output for one
is the input for another. Eventually, the forest of connections grows
so thick that it is difficult to draw a line and label one collection
of boxes "ProprietarySoft's SUX-2000" and another collection "GNUSoft's
Wombat 3.14.15." The connections are so numerous in well-written,
effective software that line-drawing is difficult.
419
The problem is similar to the one encountered by biologists as they try
to define ecosystems and species. Some say there are two different
groups of tuna that swim in the Atlantic. Others say there is only one.
The distinction would be left to academics if it didn't affect the
international laws on fishing. Some groups pushing the vision of one
school are worried that others on the other side of the ocean are
catching their fish. Others push the two-school theory to minimize the
meddling of the other side's bureaucracy. No one knows, though, how to
draw a good line.
420
Stallman's LGPL was a concession to the fact that sometimes programs
can be used like libraries and sometimes libraries can be used like
programs. In the end, the programmer can draw a strong line around one
set of boxes and say that the GPL covers these functions without
leaking out to infect the software that links up with the black boxes.
421
422
Still, these concessions aren't enough for some people. Many continue
to rail against Stallman's definition of freedom and characterize the
GPL as a fascist document that steals the rights of any programmer who
comes along afterward. Being free means having the right to do anything
you want with the code, including keeping all your modifications
private.
423
To be fair, the GPL never forces you to give away your changes to the
source code. It just forces you to release your modifications if you
redistribute it. If you just run your own version in your home, then
you don't need to share anything. When you start sharing binary
versions of the software, however, you need to ship the source code,
too.
424
Some argue that corporations have the potential to work around this
loophole because they act like one person. A company could revise
software and "ship it" by simply hiring anyone who wanted to buy it.
The new employees or members of the corporation would get access to the
software without shipping the source. The source code would never be
distributed because it was not publicly shipped. No one seriously
believes that anyone would try to exploit this provision with such an
extreme interpretation, but it does open the question of whether an
airtight license can ever be created.
425
These fine distinctions didn't satisfy many programmers who weren't so
taken with Stallman's doctrinaire version of freedom. They wanted to
create free software and have the freedom to make some money off of it.
This tradition dates back many years before Stallman and is a firm part
of academic life. Many professors and students developed software and
published a free version before starting up a company that would
commercialize the work. They used their professor's salary or student
stipend to support the work, and the free software they contributed to
the world was meant as an exchange. In many cases, the U.S. government
paid for the creation of the software through a grant, and the free
release was a gift to the taxpayers who ultimately funded it. In other
cases, corporations paid for parts of the research and the free release
was seen as a way to give something back to the sponsoring corporation
without turning the university into a home for the corporation's
lowpaid slave programmers who were students in name only.
426
In many cases, the free distribution was an honest gift made by
researchers who wanted to give their work the greatest possible
distribution. They would be repaid in fame and academic prestige, which
can be more lucrative than everything but a good start-up's IPO.
Sharing knowledge and creating more of it was what universities were
all about. Stallman tapped into that tradition.
427
But many others were fairly cynical. They would work long enough to
generate a version that worked well enough to convince people of its
value. Then, when the funding showed up, they would release this buggy
version into the "public domain," move across the street into their own
new start-up, and resume development. The public domain version
satisfied the university's rules and placated any granting agencies,
but it was often close to unusable. The bugs were too numerous and too
hidden in the cruft to make it worth someone's time. Of course, the
original authors knew where the problems lurked, and they would fix
them before releasing the commercial version.
428
The leader of this academic branch of the free software world became
the Computer Systems Research Group at the University of California at
Berkeley. The published Berkeley Software Distribution (BSD) versions
of UNIX started emerging from Berkeley in the late 1970s. Their work
emerged with a free license that gave everyone the right to do what
they wanted with the software, including start up a company, add some
neat features, and start reselling the whole package. The only catch
was that the user must keep the copyright message intact and give the
university some credit in the manual and in advertisements. This
requirement was loosened in 1999 when the list of people who needed
credit on software projects grew too long. Many groups were taking the
BSD license and simply replacing the words "University of California"
with their name. The list of people who needed to be publicly
acknowledged grew with each new project. As the distributions grew
larger to include all of these new projects, the process of listing all
the names and projects became onerous. The University of California
struck the clause requiring advertising credit in the hopes of setting
an example that others would follow.
429
Today, many free software projects begin with a debate of "GNU versus
BSD" as the initial founders argue whether it is a good idea to
restrict what users can do with the code. The GNU side always believes
that programmers should be forced to donate the code they develop back
to the world, while the BSD side pushes for practically unlimited
freedom.
430
Rick Rashid is one of the major forces behind the development of
Microsoft's Windows NT and also a major contributor to our knowledge of
how to build a computer operating system. Before he went to Microsoft,
he was a professor at Carnegie-Mellon. While he was there, he
spearheaded the team responsible for developing Mach, an operating
system that offered relatively easy-to-use multitasking built upon a
very tiny kernel. Mach let programmers break their software into
multiple "threads" that could run independently of each other while
sharing the same access to data.
431
When asked recently about Mach and the Mach license, he explained that
he deliberately wrote the license to be as free as possible.
432
The GNU GPL, he felt, wasn't appropriate for technology that was
developed largely with government grants. The work should be as free as
possible and shouldn't force "other people to do things (e.g., give
away their personal work) in order to get access to what you had done."
433
He said, in an e-mail interview, "It was my intent to encourage use of
the system both for academic and commercial use and it was used heavily
in both environments. Accent, the predecessor to Mach, had already been
commercialized and used by a variety of companies. Mach continues to be
heavily used today--both as the basis for Apple's new MacOS and as the
basis for variants of Unix in the marketplace (e.g., Compaq's 64-bit
Unix for the Alpha)."
434
435
The BSD license evolved along a strange legal path that was more like
the meandering of a drunken cow than the laser-like devotion of
Stallman.
436
Many professors and students cut their teeth experimenting with UNIX on
DEC Vaxes that communicated with old teletypes and dumb terminals.
AT&T gave Berkeley the source code to UNIX, and this allowed the
students and professors to add their instructions and features to the
software. Much of their insight into operating system design and many
of their bug fixes made their way back to AT&T, where they were
incorporated in the next versions of UNIX. No one really thought twice
about the source code being available because the shrink-wrapped
software market was still in its infancy. The personal computer market
wasn't even born until the latter half of the 1970s, and it took some
time for people to believe that source code was something for a company
to withhold and protect. In fact, many of the programs still weren't
being written in higher-level languages. The programmers would write
instructions directly for the computer, and while these often would
include some instructions for humans, there was little difference
between what the humans wrote and the machine read.
437
After Bill Joy and others at Berkeley started coming up with several
good pieces of software, other universities started asking for copies.
At the time, Joy remembers, it was considered a bit shabby for computer
science researchers to actually write software and share it with
others. The academic departments were filled with many professors who
received their formal training in mathematics, and they held the
attitude that rigorous formal proofs and analysis were the ideal form
of research. Joy and several other students began rebelling by arguing
that creating working operating systems was essential experimental
research. The physics departments supported experimentalists and
theorists.
438
So Joy began to "publish" his code by sending out copies to other
researchers who wanted it. Although many professors and students at
Berkeley added bits and pieces to the software running on the DEC
Vaxes, Joy was the one who bundled it all together and gave it the
name. Kirk McKusick says in his history of Berkeley UNIX, ". . .
interest in the error recovery work in the Pascal compiler brought in
requests for copies of the system. Early in 1977, Joy put together the
'Berkeley Software Distribution.' This first distribution included the
Pascal system, and, in an obscure subdirectory of the Pascal source,
the editor vi. Over the next year, Joy, acting in the capacity of the
distribution secretary, sent out about 30 free copies of the system."
439
Today, Joy tells the story with a bit of bemused distraction. He
explains that he just copied over a license from the University of
Toronto and"whited out""University ofToronto" and replaced it with
"University of California." He simply wanted to get the source code out
the door. In the beginning, the Berkeley Software Distribution included
a few utilities, but by 1979 the code became tightly integrated with
AT&T's basic UNIX code. Berkeley gave away the collection of
software in BSD, but only AT&T license holders could use it. Many
universities were attracted to the package, in part because the Pascal
system was easy for its students to use. The personal computer world,
however, was focusing on a simpler language known as Basic. Bill Gates
would make Microsoft Basic one of his first products.
440
Joy says that he wrote a letter to AT&T inquiring about the legal
status of the source code from AT&T that was rolled together with
the BSD code. After a year, he says, "They wrote back saying, 'We take
no position' on the matter." Kirk McKusick, who later ran the BSD
project through the years of the AT&T lawsuit, explained dryly,
"Later they wrote a different letter."
441
Joy was just one of a large number of people who worked heavily on the
BSD project from 1977 through the early 1980s. The work was low-level
and grungy by today's standards. The students and professors scrambled
just to move UNIX to the new machines they bought. Often, large parts
of the guts of the operating system needed to be modified or upgraded
to deal with a new type of disk drive or file system. As they did this
more and more often, they began to develop more and more higher-level
abstractions to ease the task. One of the earliest examples was Joy's
screen editor known as vi, a simple package that could be used to edit
text files and reprogram the system. The "battle" between Joy's vi and
Stallman's Emacs is another example of the schism between MIT and
Berkeley. This was just one of the new tools included in version 2 of
BSD, a collection that was shipped to 75 different people and
institutions.
442
By the end of the 1970s, Bell Labs and Berkeley began to split as
AT&T started to commercialize UNIX and Berkeley stuck to its job of
education. Berkeley professor Bob Fabry was able to interest the
Pentagon's Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) into
signing up to support more development at Berkeley. Fabry sold the
agency on a software package that would be usable on many of the new
machines being installed in research labs throughout the country. It
would be more easily portable so that research would not need to stop
every time a new computer arrived. The work on this project became
versions 3 and 4 of BSD.
443
During this time, the relationship between AT&T and the
universities was cordial. AT&T owned the commercial market for UNIX
and Berkeley supplied many of the versions used in universities. While
the universities got BSD for free, they still needed to negotiate a
license with AT&T, and companies paid a fortune. This wasn't too
much of a problem because universities are often terribly myopic. If
they share their work with other universities and professors, they
usually consider their sharing done. There may be folks out there
without university appointments, but those folks are usually viewed as
cranks who can be safely ignored. Occasionally, those cranks write
their own OS that grows up to be Linux. The BSD version of freedom was
still a far cry from Stallman's, but then Stallman hadn't articulated
it yet. His manifesto was still a few years off.
444
The intellectual tension between Stallman and Berkeley grew during the
1980s. While Stallman began what many thought was a quixotic journey to
build a completely free OS, Berkeley students and professors continued
to layer their improvements to UNIX on top of AT&T's code. The
AT&T code was good, it was available, and many of the folks at
Berkeley had either directly or indirectly helped influence it. They
were generally happy keeping AT&T code at the core despite the fact
that all of the BSD users needed to negotiate with AT&T. This
process grew more and more expensive as AT&T tried to make more and
more money off of UNIX.
445
Of course, Stallman didn't like the freedom of the BSD-style license.
To him, it meant that companies could run off with the hard work and
shared source code of another, make a pile of money, and give nothing
back. The companies and individuals who were getting the BSD network
release were getting the cumulative hard work of many students and
professors at Berkeley (and other places) who donated their time and
effort to building a decent OS. The least these companies owed the
students were the bug fixes, the extensions, and the enhancements they
created when they were playing with the source code and gluing it into
their products.
446
Stallman had a point. Many of these companies "shared" by selling the
software back to these students and the taxpayers who had paid for
their work. While it is impossible to go back and audit the motives of
everyone who used the code, there have been many who've used BSDstyle
code for their personal gain.
447
Bill Joy, for instance, went to work at Sun Microsystems in 1982 and
brought with him all the knowledge he had gained in developing BSD. Sun
was always a very BSD-centered shop, and many of the people who bought
Sun workstations ran BSD. At that time, AT&T still controlled much
of the kernel and many of the small extra programs that made UNIX a
usable system.
448
But there are counter arguments as well. Joy certainly contributed a
lot to the different versions of BSD. If anyone deserves to go off and
get rich at a company like Sun, it's he.
449
Also, the BSD source code was freely available to all comers, and all
companies started with the same advantages. The software business is
often considered to be one of the most free marketplaces around because
of the low barriers to entry. This means that companies should only be
able to charge for the value they add to the BSD code. Sure, all of the
Internet was influenced by the TCP/IP code, but now Microsoft, Apple,
IBM, Be, and everyone else compete on the quality of their interface.
450
451
The debate between BSD-style freedom and GNU-style freedom is one of
the greatest in the free programming world and is bound to continue for
a long time as programmers join sides and experiment.
452
John Gilmore is one programmer who has worked with software developed
under both types of licenses. He was employee number five at Sun
Microsystems, a cofounder of the software development tool company
Cygnus Solutions, and one of the board members of the Electronic
Frontier Foundation. His early work at Sun gave him the wealth to
pursue many independent projects, and he has spent the last 10 years
devoting himself to making it easy for people around the world to use
encryption software. He feels that privacy is a fundamental right and
an important crime deterrent, and he has funded a number of different
projects to advance this right.
453
Gilmore also runs the cypherpunks mailing list on a computer in his
house named Toad Hall near Haight Street in San Francisco. The mailing
list is devoted to exploring how to create strong encryption tools that
will protect people's privacy and is well known for the strong
libertarian tone of the deliberations. Practically the whole list
believes (and frequently reiterates) that people need the right to
protect their privacy against both the government and private
eavesdropping. Wired magazine featured Gilmore on the cover, along with
fellow travelers Eric Hughes and Tim May.
454
One of his recent tasks was creating a package of free encryption
utilities that worked at the lowest level of the network operating
system. These tools, known as Free/SWAN, would allow two computers that
meet on the Internet to automatically begin encoding the data they swap
with some of the best and most secure codes available. He imagines that
banks, scientific laboratories, and home workers everywhere will want
to use the toolkit. In fact, AT&T is currently examining how to
incorporate the toolkit into products it is building to sell more
highspeed services to workers staying at home to avoid the commute.
455
Gilmore decided to use the GNU license to protect the Free/SWAN
software, in part because he has had bad experiences in the past with
totally free software. He once wrote a little program called PDTar that
was an improvement over the standard version of Tar used on the
Internet to bundle together a group of files into one big,
easy-tomanage bag of bits often known affectionately as "tarballs." He
decided he wasn't going to mess around with Stallman's GNU license or
impose any restrictions on the source code at all. He was just going to
release it into the public domain and give everyone total freedom.
456
This good deed did not go unpunished, although the punishment was
relatively minor. He recalls, "I never made PDTar work for DOS, but six
or eight people did. For years after the release, I would get mail
saying, 'I've got this binary for the DOS release and it doesn't work.'
They often didn't even have the sources that went with the version so I
couldn't help them if I tried." Total freedom, it turned out, brought a
certain amount of anarchy that made it difficult for him to manage the
project. While the total freedom may have encouraged others to build
their own versions of PDTar, it didn't force them to release the source
code that went with their versions so others could learn from or fix
their mistakes Hugh Daniel, one of the testers for the Free/SWAN
project, says that he thinks the GNU General Public License will help
keep some coherency to the project. "There's also a magic thing with
GPL code that open source doesn't have," Daniel said. "For some reason,
projects don't bifurcate in GPL space. People don't grab a copy of the
code and call it their own. For some reason there's a sense of
community in GPL code. There seems to be one version. There's one GPL
kernel and there's umpty-ump BSD branches."
457
Daniel is basically correct. The BSD code has evolved, or forked, into
many different versions with names like FreeBSD, OpenBSD, and NetBSD
while the Linux UNIX kernel released under Stallman's GPL is limited to
one fairly coherent package. Still, there is plenty of crosspollination
between the different versions of BSD UNIX. Both NetBSD 1.0 and FreeBSD
2.0, for instance, borrowed code from 4.4 BSD-Lite. Also, many versions
of Linux come with tools and utilities that came from the BSD project.
458
But Daniel's point is also clouded with semantics. There are dozens if
not hundreds of different Linux distributions available from different
vendors. Many differ in subtle points, but some are markedly different.
While these differences are often as great as the ones between the
various flavors of BSD, the groups do not consider them psychologically
separate. They haven't forked politically even though they've split off
their code.
459
While different versions may be good for some projects, it may be a
problem for packages like Free/SWAN that depend upon interoperability.
If competing versions of Free/SWAN emerge, then all begin to suffer
because the product was designed to let people communicate with each
other. If the software can't negotiate secure codes because of
differences, then it begins to fail.
460
But it's not clear that the extra freedom is responsible for the
fragmentation. In reality, the different BSD groups emerged because
they had different needs. The NetBSD group, for instance, wanted to
emphasize multiplatform support and interoperability. Their website
brags that the NetBSD release works well on 21 different hardware
platforms and also points out that some of these hardware platforms
themselves are quite diverse. There are 93 different versions of the
Macintosh running on Motorola's 68k chips, including the very first
Mac. Eighty-nine of them run some part of NetBSD and 37 of them run all
of it. That's why they say their motto is "Of course it runs NetBSD."
461
The OpenBSD group, on the other hand, is emphasizing security without
compromising portability and interoperability. They want to fix all
security bugs immediately and be the most secure OS on the marketplace.
462
There are also deep personal differences in the way Theo de Raadt, the
founder of OpenBSD, started the project after the NetBSD group kicked
him out of their core group.
463
For all of these reasons, it may be hard to argue that the freedoms
provided by the BSD-style license were largely responsible for the
splintering. The GNU software users are just as free to make new
versions as long as they kick back the source code into free
circulation. In fact, it may be possible to argue that the Macintosh
versions of some of the GNU code comprise a splinter group because it
occurred despite the ill will Stallman felt for the Mac.
464
465
The tension between the BSD licenses and the GNU has always festered
like the abortion debate. Everyone picked sides and rarely moved from
them.
466
In 1998, a group of people in the free software community tried to
unify the two camps by creating a new term, "open source." To make sure
everyone knew they were serious, they started an unincorporated
organization, registered a trademark, and set up a website
(www.opensource.org). Anyone who wanted to label their project "open
source" would have to answer to them because they would control the
trademark on the name.
467
Sam Ockman, a Linux enthusiast and the founder of Penguin Computing,
remembers the day of the meeting just before Netscape announced it was
freeing its source code. "Eric Raymond came into town because of the
Netscape thing. Netscape was going to free their software, so we drove
down to Transmeta and had a meeting so we could advise Netscape," he
said.
468
He explained that the group considered a number of different options
about the structure. Some wanted to choose a leader now. Others wanted
to emulate an open source project and let a leader emerge through the
display of talent and, well, leadership. Others wanted elections.
469
The definition of what was open source grew out of the Debian project,
one of the different groups that banded together to press CDROMs of
stable Linux releases. Groups like these often get into debates about
what software to include on the disks. Some wanted to be very pure and
only include GPL'ed software. In a small way, that would force others
to contribute back to the project because they wouldn't get their
software distributed by the group unless it was GPL'ed. Others wanted
less stringent requirements that might include quasi-commercial
projects that still came with their source code. There were some cool
projects out there that weren't protected by GPL, and it could be
awfully hard to pass up the chance to integrate them into a package.
470
Over time, one of the leaders of the Debian group, Bruce Perens, came
to create a definition of what was acceptable and what wasn't. This
definition would be large enough to include the GNU General Public
License, the BSD-style licenses, and a few others like MIT's X
Consortium license and the Artistic license. The X-windows license
covers a graphical windowing interface that began at MIT and was also
freely distributed with BSD-like freedom. The Artistic license applies
to the Perl programming language, a tool that is frequently used to
transform files. The Debian meta-definition would embrace all of these.
471
The official definition of what was acceptable to Debian leaned toward
more freedom and fewer restrictions on the use of software. Of course,
that's the only way that anyone could come up with a definition that
included both GNU and the much less restrictive BSD. But this was also
the intent of the open source group. Perens and Eric Raymond felt that
Stallman still sounded too quasi-communist for "conservative
businessmen," and they wanted the open source definition to avoid
insisting upon the sort of forced sharing that Stallman's GNU virus
provided.
472
Still, the definition borrowed heavily from Stallman's concept of GNU,
and Perens credits him by saying that many of the Debian guidelines are
derived from the GPL. An official open source license for a product
must provide the programmer with source code that is human-readable. It
can't restrict what modifications are made to the software or how it is
sold or given away.
473
The definition glossed over the difference between BSD and GPU by
stating, "The license must allow modifications and derived works, and
must allow them to be distributed under the same terms as the license
of the original software."
474
The definition proved to be the model for more commercial offerings
like the Netscape Public License. In 1998, Netscape started
distributing the source code to its popular browser in hopes of
collecting help from the Internet and stopping Microsoft's gradual
erosion of its turf. The license gave users wide opportunities to make
changes and tinker with the software, but it also allowed Netscape to
use the changes internally and refuse to share what they did with them.
This special privilege offended some users who didn't like the
imbalance, but it didn't bother many others who thought it was a
reasonable compromise for a chance to tinker with commercial code.
Netscape, of course, returned some of the favor by allowing people to
keep their modifications private in much the same way that the
BSD-style license provided.
475
In June 1999, the Open Source Initiative revealed a startling fact.
They were close to failing in their attempts to register the term "open
source" as a trademark. The phrase was too common to be registered.
Instead, they backed away and offered to check out licenses and
classify them officially as "OSI Certified" if they met the terms of
the OSI's definition of freedom.
476
Some reacted negatively. Richard Stallman decided that he didn't like
the word "open" as much as "free." Open doesn't capture the essence of
freedom. Ockman says, "I don't think it's very fair. For ages, he's
always said that the term 'free software' is problematic because people
think of 'free beer' when they should be thinking of 'free speech.' We
were attempting to solve that term. If the masses are confused, then
corporate America is confused even more."
477
The debate has even produced more terms. Some people now use the phrase
"free source" to apply to the general conglomeration of the GPL and the
open source world. Using "free software" implies that someone is
aligned with Stallman's Free Software Foundation. Using "open source"
implies you're aligned with the more business-friendly Open Source
Initiative. So "free source" and "open source" both work as a
compromise. Others tweak the meaning of free and refer to GPL protected
software as "GNUFree."
478
Naturally, all of this debate about freedom can reach comic
proportions. Programmers are almost better than lawyers at finding
loopholes, if only because they have to live with a program that
crashes.7 Stallman, for instance, applies the GPL to
everything coming out of the GNU project except the license itself.
That can't be changed, although it can be freely reproduced. Some argue
that if it were changeable, people would be able to insert and delete
terms at will. Then they could apply the changed GPL to the new version
of the software and do what they want. Stallman's original intent would
not be changed. The GPL would still apply to all of the GNU software
and its descendants, but it wouldn't be the same GPL.
7. Lawyers just watch their clients go to jail.
479
480
Computer programmers love Star Wars. So it should be no surprise that
practically every single member of the free source community has, at
one time or another, rolled out the phrase, "Use the Source, Luke." It
does a perfect job of capturing the mythical faith that the free source
world places in the ability to access the source code to a program. As
everyone points out, in the original version of Star Wars, the rebel
troops used the plans, the Source, to the Death Star carried in R2D2 to
look for weaknesses.
481
The free source realm has been pushing the parallels for some time now.
When AT&T unveiled their round logo with an offset dimple, most
free source people began to snicker. The company that began the free
software revolution by pushing its intellectual property rights and
annoying Richard Stallman had chosen a logo that looked just like the
Death Star. Everyone said, "Imperialist minds think alike." Some even
wondered and hoped that George Lucas would sue AT&T for some sort
of look-and-feel, trademark infringement. Those who use the legal
intimidation light saber should die by the legal intimidation light
saber.
482
Of course, the free source folks knew that only their loose coalition
of rebels spread out around the galaxy would be a strong match for the
Empire. The Source was information, and information was power. The
Source was also about freedom, one of the best and most consistent
reservoirs of revolutionary inspiration around. The rebels might not
have teams of lawyers in imperial star cruisers, but they hoped to use
the Source to knit together a strong, effective, and more powerful
resistance.
483
The myth of open access to free source code is a powerful one that has
made true believers out of many in the community. The source code is a
list of instructions for the computer written out in a programming lan
guage that is understandable by humans. Once the compilers converted
the source code into the string of bits known as the binary or object
code, only computers (and some very talented humans) could understand
the instructions. I've known several people who could read 8080 binary
code by eye, but they're a bit different from the general population.
484
When companies tried to keep their hard work and research secret by
locking up the source code, they built a barrier between the users and
their developers. The programmers would work behind secret walls to
write the source code. After compilers turned the Source into something
that computers could read, the Source would be locked up again. The
purchasers would only get the binary code because that's all the
companies thought the consumers needed. The source code needed to be
kept secret because someone might steal the ideas inside and create
their own version.
485
Stallman saw this secrecy as a great crime. Computer users should be
able to share the source code so they can share ways to make it better.
This trade should lead to more information-trading in a great feedback
loop. Some folks even used the word "bloom" to describe the explosion
of interest and cross-feedback. They're using the word the way
biologists use it to describe the way algae can just burst into
existence, overwhelming a region of the ocean. Clever insights,
brilliant bug fixes, and wonderful new features just appear out of
nowhere as human curiosity is amplified by human generosity in a grand
explosion of intellectual synergy. The only thing missing from the
picture is a bunch of furry Ewoks dancing around a campfire.8
8. Linux does have many marketing opportunities. Torvalds chose a
penguin named Tux as the mascot, and several companies actually
manufacture and sell stuffed penguins to the Linux realm. The BSD world
has embraced a cute demon, a visual pun on the fact that BSD UNIX uses
the word "daemon" to refer to some of the faceless background programs
in the OS.
486
487
Eric Raymond, a man who is sort of the armchair philosopher of the open
source world, did a great job of summarizing the phenomenon and
creating this myth in his essay "The Cathedral and the Bazaar." Raymond
is an earnest programmer who spent some time working on projects like
Stallman's GNU Emacs. He saw the advantages of open source development
early, perhaps because he's a hard-core libertarian. Government
solutions are cumbersome. Empowering individuals by not restraining
them is great. Raymond comes off as a bit more extreme than other
libertarians, in part because he doesn't hesitate to defend the second
amendment of the U.S. Constitution as much as the first. Raymond is not
ashamed to support widespread gun ownership as a way to further empower
the individual. He dislikes the National Rifle Association because
they're too willing to compromise away rights that he feels are
absolute.
488
Some people like to call him the Margaret Mead of the free source world
because he spent some time studying and characterizing the culture in
much the same way that Mead did when she wrote Coming of Age in Samoa.
This can be a subtle jab because Margaret Mead is not really the same
intellectual angel she was long ago. Derek Freeman and other
anthropologists raise serious questions about Mead's ability to see
without bias. Mead was a big fan of free love, and many contend it was
no accident that she found wonderful tales of unchecked sexuality in
Samoa. Freeman revisited Samoa and found it was not the guilt-free land
of libertine pleasures that Mead described in her book. He documented
many examples of sexual restraint and shame that Mead apparently missed
in her search for a paradise.
489
Raymond looked at open source development and found what he wanted to
find: the wonderful efficiency of unregulated markets. Sure, some folks
loved to label Richard Stallman a communist, a description that has
always annoyed Stallman. Raymond looked a bit deeper and saw that the
basis of the free software movement's success was the freedom that gave
each user the complete power to change and improve their software. Just
as Sigmund Freud found sex at the root of everything and Carl Jung
uncovered a battle of animus and anima, the libertarian found freedom.
490
Raymond's essay was one of the first to try to explain why free source
efforts can succeed and even prosper without the financial incentives
of a standard money-based software company. One of the biggest reasons
he cited was that a programmer could "scratch an itch" that bothered
him. That is, a programmer might grow annoyed by a piece of software
that limited his choices or had an annoying glitch. Instead of cursing
the darkness in the brain cavity of the corporate programmer who
created the problem, the free source hacker was able to use the Source
to try to find the bug.
491
Itch-scratching can be instrumental in solving many problems. Some bugs
in software are quite hard to identify and duplicate. They only occur
in strange situations, like when the printer is out of paper and the
modem is overloaded by a long file that is coming over the Internet.
Then, and only then, the two buffers may fill to the brim, bump into
each other, and crash the computer. The rest of the time, the program
floats along happily, encountering no problems.
492
These types of bugs are notoriously hard for corporate testing
environments to discover and characterize. The companies try to be
diligent by hiring several young programmers and placing them in a room
with a computer. The team beats on the software all day long and
develops a healthy animosity toward the programming team that has to
fix the problems they discover. They can nab many simple bugs, but what
happens if they don't have a printer hooked up to their machine? What
happens if they aren't constantly printing out things the way some
office users are? The weird bug goes unnoticed and probably unfixed.
493
The corporate development model tries to solve this limitation by
shipping hundreds, thousands, and often hundreds of thousands of copies
to ambitious users they called "beta testers." Others called them
"suckers" or "free volunteers" because once they finish helping develop
the software, they get to pay for it. Microsoft even charges some users
for the pleasure of being beta testers. Many of the users are
pragmatic. They often have no choice but to participate in the scheme
because they often base their businesses on some of the software
shipped by these companies. If it didn't work, they would be out of a
job.
494
While this broad distribution of beta copies is much more likely to
find someone who is printing and overloading a modem at the same time,
it doesn't give the user the tools to help find the problem. Their only
choice is to write an e-mail message to the company saying "I was
printing yesterday and your software crashed." That isn't very helpful
for the engineer, and it's no surprise that many of these reports are
either ignored or unsolved.
495
Raymond pointed out that the free source world can do a great job with
these nasty bugs. He characterized this with the phrase, "Given enough
eyeballs, all bugs are shallow," which he characterized as "Linus's
Law." That is, eventually some programmer would start printing and
using the Internet at the same time. After the system crashed a few
times, some programmer would care enough about the problem to dig into
the free source, poke around, and spot the problem. Eventually somebody
would come along with the time and the energy and the commitment to
diagnose the problem. Raymond named this "Linus's Law" after Linus
Torvalds. Raymond is a great admirer of Torvalds and thinks that
Torvalds's true genius was organizing an army to work on Linux. The
coding itself was a distant second.
496
Of course, waiting for a user to find the bugs depended on there being
someone with enough time and commitment. Most users aren't talented
programmers, and most have day jobs. Raymond and the rest of the free
source community acknowledge this limitation, but point out that the
right person often comes along if the bug occurs often enough to be a
real problem. If the bug is serious enough, a non-programmer may even
hire a programmer to poke into the source code.
497
Waiting for the bug and the programmer to find each other is like
waiting for Arthur to find the sword in the stone. But Raymond and the
rest of the free source community have even turned this limitation on
its head and touted it as an advantage. Relying on users to scratch
itches means that problems only get addressed if they have real
constituencies with a big enough population to generate the one true
believer with enough time on his hands. It's sort of a free market in
people's time for fixing bugs. If the demand is there, the solution
will be created. It's Say's Law recast for software development: "the
supply of bugs creates the talent for fixes."
498
Corporate development, on the other hand, has long been obsessed with
adding more and more features to programs to give people enough reason
to buy the upgrade. Managers have long known that it's better to put
more time into adding more doohickeys and widgets to a program than
into fixing its bugs. That's why Microsoft Word can do so many
different things with the headers and footers of documents but can't
stop a Word Macro virus from reproducing. The folks at Microsoft know
that when the corporate managers sit down to decide whether to spend
the thousands of dollars to upgrade their machines, they'll need a set
of new compelling features. People don't like to pay for bug fixes.
499
Of course, corporations also have some advantages. Money makes sure
that someone is actively trying to solve the bugs in the program. The
same free market vision guarantees that the companies that consistently
disappoint their customers will go out of business. This developer has
the advantage of studying the same source code day in and day out.
Eventually he'll learn enough about the guts of the Source to be much
more effective than the guy with the jammed printer and modem. He
should be able to nab the bug 10 times more quickly then the free
source hobbyist just because he's an expert in the system.
500
Raymond acknowledges this problem but proposes that the free source
model can still be more effective despite the inexperience of the
people who are forced to scratch an itch. Again he taps the world of
libertarian philosophy and suggests that the free software world is
like a bazaar filled with many different merchants offering their
wares. Corporate development, on the other hand, is structured like the
religious syndicates that built the medieval cathedrals. The bazaars
offered plenty of competition but no order. The cathedrals were run by
central teams of priests who tapped the wealth of the town to build the
vision of one architect.
501
The differences between the two were pretty simple. The cathedral team
could produce a great work of art if the architect was talented, the
funding team was successful, and the management was able to keep
everyone focused on doing their jobs. If not, it never got that far.
The bazaar, on the other hand, consisted of many small merchants trying
to outstrip each other. The best cooks ended up with the most
customers. The others soon went out of business.
502
The comparison to software was simple. Corporations gathered the
tithes, employed a central architect with a grand vision, managed the
team of programmers, and shipped a product every once and a bit. The
Linux world, however, let everyone touch the Source. People would try
to fix things or add new features. The best solutions would be adopted
by oth ers and the mediocre would fall by the wayside. Many different
Linux versions would proliferate, but over time the marketplace of
software would coalesce around the best standard version.
503
"In the cathedral-builder view of programming, bugs and development
problems are tricky, insidious, deep phenomena. It takes months of
scrutiny by a dedicated few to develop confidence that you've winkled
them all out. Thus the long release intervals, and the inevitable
disappointment when long-awaited releases are not perfect," Raymond
said.
504
"In the bazaar view, on the other hand, you assume that bugs are
generally shallow phenomena--or, at least, that they turn shallow
pretty quick when exposed to a thousand eager code-developers pounding
on every single new release. Accordingly you release often in order to
get more corrections, and as a beneficial side effect you have less to
lose if an occasional botch gets out the door."
505
506
This bazaar can be a powerful influence on solving problems. Sure, it
isn't guided by a talented architect and teams of priests, but it is a
great free-for-all. It is quite unlikely, for instance, that the guy
with the overloaded printer and modem line will also be a talented
programmer with a grand vision to solve the problem. Someone named
Arthur only stumbles across the right stone with the right sword every
once and a bit. But if the frustrated user can do a good job
characterizing it and reporting it, then someone else can solve it.
507
Dave Hitz was one of the programmers who helped Keith Bostic rewrite
UNIX so it could be free of AT&T's copyright. Today, he runs
Network Appliance, a company that builds stripped-down file servers
that run BSD at their core. He's been writing file systems ever since
college, and the free software came in quite handy when he was starting
his company. When they started building the big machines, the engineers
just reached into the pool of free source code for operating systems
and pulled out much of the code that would power his servers. They
modified the code heavily, but the body of free software that he helped
create was a great starting point.
508
In his experience, many people would find a bug and patch it with a
solution that was good enough for them. Some were just kids in college.
Others were programmers who didn't have the time or the energy to read
the Source and understand the best way to fix the problem. Some fixed
the problem for themselves, but inadvertently created another problem
elsewhere. Sorting through all of these problems was hard to do.
509
But Hitz says, "Even if they fixed it entirely the wrong way, if they
found the place where the problem went away, then they put a giant
arrow on the problem." Eventually, enough arrows would provide someone
with enough information to solve the problem correctly. Many of the new
versions written by people may be lost to time, but that doesn't mean
that they didn't have an important effect on the evolution of the
Source.
510
"I think it's rarely the case that you get people who make a broad base
of source code their life," he said. "There are just a whole bunch of
people who are dilettantes. The message is, 'Don't underestimate the
dilettantes.'"
511
512
When Raymond wrote the essay, he was just trying to suss out the
differences between several of the camps in the free source world. He
noticed that people running free source projects had different ways of
sharing. He wanted to explain which free source development method
worked better than others. It was only later that the essay began to
take on a more serious target when everyone began to realize that
Microsoft was perhaps the biggest cathedral-like development team
around.
513
Raymond said, "I think that like everyone else in the culture I
wandered back and forth between the two modes as it seemed appropriate
because I didn't have a theory or any consciousness."
514
He saw Richard Stallman and the early years of the GNU projects as an
example of cathedral-style development. These teams would often labor
for months if not years before sharing their tools with the world.
Raymond himself said he behaved the same way with some of the early
tools that he wrote and contributed to the GNU project.
515
Linus Torvalds changed his mind by increasing the speed of sharing,
which Raymond characterized as the rule of "release early and often,
delegate everything you can, be open to the point of promiscuity."
Torvalds ran Linux as openly as possible, and this eventually attracted
some good contributors. In the past, the FSF was much more careful
about what it embraced and brought into the GNU project. Torvalds took
many things into his distributions and they mutated as often as daily.
Occasionally, new versions came out twice a day.
516
Of course, Stallman and Raymond have had tussles in the past. Raymond
is careful to praise the man and say he values his friendship, but also
tempers it by saying that Stallman is difficult to work with.
517
In Raymond's case, he says that he once wanted to rewrite much of the
Lisp code that was built into GNU Emacs. Stallman's Emacs allowed any
user to hook up their own software into Emacs by writing it in a
special version of Lisp. Some had written mail readers. Others had
added automatic comment-generating code. All of this was written in
Lisp.
518
Raymond says that in 1992, "The Lisp libraries were in bad shape in a
number of ways. They were poorly documented. There was a lot of work
that had gone on outside the FSF and I wanted to tackle that project."
519
According to Raymond, Stallman didn't want him to do the work and
refused to build it into the distribution. Stallman could do this
because he controlled the Free Software Foundation and the distribution
of the software. Raymond could have created his own version, but
refused because it was too complicated and ultimately bad for everyone
if two versions emerged.
520
For his part, Stallman explains that he was glad to accept parts of
Raymond's work, but he didn't want to be forced into accepting them
all. Stallman says, "Actually, I accepted a substantial amount of work
that Eric had done. He had a number of ideas I liked, but he also had
some ideas I thought were mistaken. I was happy to accept his help, as
long as I could judge his ideas one by one, accepting some and
declining some.
521
"But subsequently he asked me to make a blanket arrangement in which he
would take over the development of a large part of Emacs, operating
independently. I felt I should continue to judge his ideas
individually, so I said no."
522
Raymond mixed this experience with his time watching Torvalds's team
push the Linux kernel and used them as the basis for his essay on
distributing the Source. "Mostly I was trying to pull some factors that
I had observed as unconscious folklore so people could take them out
and reason about them," he said.
523
Raymond says, "Somebody pointed out that there's a parallel of
politics. Rigid political and social institutions tend to change
violently if they change at all, while ones with more play in them tend
to change peacefully."
524
There is a good empirical reason for the faith in the strength of free
source. After all, a group of folks who rarely saw each other had
assembled a great pile of source code that was kicking Microsoft's butt
in some corners of the computer world. Linux servers were common on the
Internet and growing more common every day. The desktop was waiting to
be conquered. They had done this without stock options, without
corporate jets, without secret contracts, and without potentially
illegal alliances with computer manufacturers. The success of the
software from the GNU and Linux world was really quite impressive.
525
Of course, myths can be taken too far. Programming computers is hard
work and often frustrating. Sharing the source code doesn't make bugs
or problems go away--it just makes it a bit easier for someone else to
dig into a program to see what's going wrong. The source code may just
be a list of instructions written in a programming language that is
designed to be readable by humans, but that doesn't mean that it is
easy to understand. In fact, most humans won't figure out most source
code because programming languages are designed to be understood by
other programmers, not the general population.
526
To make matters worse, programmers themselves have a hard time
understanding source code. Computer programs are often quite
complicated and it can take days, weeks, and even months to understand
what a strange piece of source code is telling a computer to do.
Learning what is happening in a program can be a complicated job for
even the best programmers, and it is not something that is taken
lightly.
527
While many programmers and members of the open source world are quick
to praise the movement, they will also be able to cite problems with
the myth of the Source. It isn't that the Source doesn't work, they'll
say, it's just that it rarely works anywhere near as well as the hype
implies. The blooms are rarely as vigorous and the free markets in
improvements are rarely as liquid.
528
Larry McVoy, an avid programmer, proto-academic, and developer of the
BitKeeper toolkit, likes to find fault with the model. It isn't that he
doesn't like sharing source code, it's just that he isn't wealthy
enough to take on free software projects. "We need to find a way for
people to develop free software and pay their mortgages and raise a
family," he says.
529
"If you look closely," he says, "there really isn't a bazaar. At the
top it's always a one-person cathedral. It's either Linus, Stallman, or
someone else." That is, the myth of a bazaar as a wide-open,
free-for-all of competition isn't exactly true. Sure, everyone can
download the source code, diddle with it, and make suggestions, but at
the end of the day it matters what Torvalds, Stallman, or someone else
says. There is always a great architect of Chartres lording it over his
domain.
530
Part of this problem is the success of Raymond's metaphor. He said he
just wanted to give the community some tools to understand the success
of Linux and reason about it. But his two visions of a cathedral and a
bazaar had such a clarity that people concentrated more on dividing the
world into cathedrals and bazaars. In reality, there's a great deal of
blending in between. The most efficient bazaars today are the suburban
malls that have one management company building the site, leasing the
stores, and creating a unified experience. Downtown shopping areas
often failed because there was always one shop owner who could ruin an
entire block by putting in a store that sold pornography. On the other
side, religion has always been something of a bazaar. Martin Luther
effectively split apart Christianity by introducing competition. Even
within denominations, different parishes fight for the hearts and souls
of people.
531
The same blurring holds true for the world of open source software. The
Linux kernel, for instance, contains many thousands of lines of source
code. Some put the number at 500,000. A few talented folks like Alan
Cox or Linus Torvalds know all of it, but most are only familiar with
the corners of it that they need to know. These folks, who may number
in the thousands, are far outnumbered by the millions who use the Linux
OS daily.
532
It's interesting to wonder if the ratio of technically anointed to
blithe users in the free source world is comparable to the ratio in
Microsoft's dominion. After all, Microsoft will share its source code
with close partners after they sign some non-disclosure
forms.9 While Microsoft is careful about what it tells its
partners, it will reveal information only when there's something to
gain. Other companies have already jumped right in and started offering
source code to all users who want to look at it.
9. At this writing, Microsoft has not released its source code, but the
company is widely known to be examining the option as part of its
settlement with the Department of Justice.
533
Answering this question is impossible for two different reasons. First,
no one knows what Microsoft reveals to its partners because it keeps
all of this information secret, by reflex. Contracts are usually
negotiated under non-disclosure, and the company has not been shy about
exploiting the power that comes from the lack of information.
534
Second, no one really knows who reads the Linux source code for the
opposite reason. The GNU/Linux source is widely available and
frequently downloaded, but that doesn't mean it's read or studied. The
Red Hat CDs come with one CD full of pre-compiled binaries and the
second full of source code. Who knows whoever pops the second CDROM in
their computer? Everyone is free to do so in the privacy of their own
cubicle, so no records are kept.
535
If I were to bet, I would guess that the ratios of cognoscenti to
uninformed users in the Linux and Microsoft worlds are pretty close.
Reading the Source just takes too much time and too much effort for
many in the Linux world to take advantage of the huge river of
information available to them.
536
If this is true or at least close to true, then why has the free source
world been able to move so much more quickly than the Microsoft world?
The answer isn't that everyone in the free source world is using the
Source, it's that everyone is free to use it. When one person needs to
ask a question or scratch an itch, the Source is available with no
questions asked and no lawyers consulted. Even at 3:00 A.M., a person
can read the Source. At Microsoft and other corporations, they often
need to wait for the person running that division or section to give
them permission to access the source code.
537
There are other advantages. The free source world spends a large amount
of time keeping the source code clean and accessible. A programmer who
tries to get away with sloppy workmanship and bad documentation will
pay for it later as others come along and ask thousands of questions.
538
Corporate developers, on the other hand, have layers of secrecy and
bureaucracy to isolate them from questions and comments. It is often
hard to find the right programmer in the rabbit warren of cubicles who
has the source code in the first place. One Microsoft programmer was
quoted as saying, "A developer at Microsoft working on the OS can't
scratch an itch he's got with Excel, neither can the Excel developer
scratch his itch with the OS--it would take him months to figure out
how to build and debug and install, and he probably couldn't get proper
source access anyway."
539
This problem is endemic to corporations. The customers are buying the
binary version, not the source code, so there is no reason to dress up
the backstage wings of the theater. After some time, though, people
change cubicles, move to other corporations, and information
disappears. While companies try to keep source code databases to
synchronize development, the efforts often fall apart. After Apple
canceled development of their Newton handheld, many Newton users were
livid. They had based big projects on the platform and they didn't want
to restart their work. Many asked whether Apple could simply give away
the OS's source code instead of leaving it to rot on some hard disk.
Apple dodged these requests, and this made some people even more
cynical. One outside developer speculated, "It probably would not be
possible to re-create the OS. The developers are all gone. All of them
went to Palm, and they probably couldn't just put it back together
again if they wanted to."
540
Of course, corporations try to fight this rot by getting their
programmers to do a good job at the beginning and write plenty of
documentation. In practice, this slips a bit because it is not rewarded
by the culture of secrecy. I know one programmer who worked for a
project at MIT. The boss thought he was being clever by requiring
comments on each procedure and actually enforcing it with an automated
text-scanning robot that would look over the source code and count the
comments. My friend turned around and hooked up one version of the
popular artificial intelligence chatterbots like Eliza and funneled the
responses into the comment field. Then everyone was happy. The
chatterbot filled the comment field, the automated comment police found
something vaguely intelligent, and the programmer got to spend his free
time doing other things. The boss never discovered the problem.
541
Programmers are the same the world over, and joining the free source
world doesn't make them better people or destroy their impudence. But
it does penalize them if others come along and try to use their code.
If it's inscrutable, sloppy, or hard to understand, then others will
either ignore it or pummel them with questions. That is a strong
incentive to do it right.
542
543
The limitations to the power of open source might be summarized in the
answer to the question "How many open source developers does it take to
change a lightbulb?" The answer is: 17. Seventeen to argue about the
license; 17 to argue about the brain-deadedness of the lightbulb
architecture; 17 to argue about a new model that encompasses all models
of illumination and makes it simple to replace candles, campfires,
pilot lights, and skylights with the same easy-to-extend mechanism; 17
to speculate about the secretive industrial conspiracy that ensures
that lightbulbs will burn out frequently; 1 to finally change the bulb;
and 16 who decide that this solution is good enough for the time being.
544
The open source development model is a great way for very creative
people to produce fascinating software that breaks paradigms and
establishes new standards for excellence. It may not be the best way,
however, to finish boring jobs like fine-tuning a graphical interface,
or making sure that the scheduling software used by executives is as
bulletproof as possible.
545
While the open development model has successfully tackled the problem
of creating some great tools, of building a strong OS, and of building
very flexible appliance applications like web browsers, it is a long
way from winning the battle for the desktop. Some free source people
say the desktop applications for average users are just around the
corner and the next stop on the Free Software Express. Others aren't so
sure.
546
David Henkel-Wallace is one of the founders of the free software
company Cygnus. This company built its success around supporting the
development tools created by Stallman's Free Software Foundation. They
would sign contracts with companies to answer any questions they had
about using the free software tools. At first companies would balk at
paying for support until they realized that it was cheaper than hiring
in-house technical staff to do the work. John Gilmore, one of the
cofounders, liked to say, "We make free software affordable."
547
The company grew by helping chip manufacturers tune the FSF compiler,
GCC, for their chip. This was often a difficult and arduous task, but
it was very valuable to the chip manufacturer because potential
customers knew they could get a good compiler to produce software for
the chip. While Intel continued to dominate the desktop, the market for
embedded chips to go into products like stoves, microwave ovens, VCRs,
or other smart boxes boomed as manufacturers rolled out new chips to
make it cheaper and easier to add smart features to formerly dumb
boxes. The engineers at the companies were often thrilled to discover
that they could continue to use GCC to write software for a new chip,
and this made it easier to sell the chip.
548
Cygnus always distributed to the Source their modifications to GCC as
the GNU General Public License demanded. This wasn't a big deal because
the chip manufacturers wanted the software to be free and easy for
everyone to use. This made Cygnus one of the clearing-houses for much
of the information on how GCC worked and how to make it faster.
549
Henkel-Wallace is quick to praise the power of publicly available
source code for Cygnus's customers. They were all programmers, after
all. If they saw something they didn't like with GCC, they knew how to
poke around on the insides and fix it. That was their job.
550
"[GCC] is a compiler tool and it was used by developers so they were
smart enough. When something bothered someone, we fixed it. There was a
very tight coupling," he said.
551
He openly wonders, though, whether the average word processor or basic
tool user will be able to do anything. He says, "The downside is that
it's hard to transfer that knowledge with a user who isn't a developer.
Let's say Quicken has a special feature for lawyers. You need to have a
more formal model because the lawyers aren't developers. (We're
fortunate in that regard.)"
552
That is, lawyers aren't schooled enough in the guts of computer
development to complain in the right way. A programmer could say, "GCC
is optimizing away too much dead code that isn't really dead." Other
folks in the GCC community would know what is going on and be able to
fix it. A lawyer might just say, "Quicken screwed up my billing and had
me billing twenty-six hours in a day." This wouldn't pinpoint the
problem enough for people to solve it. The lawyer doesn't understand
the inside of the software like the programmer.
553
In situations like this, Henkel-Wallace believes that a corporate-style
team may be the only one that can study the problems thoroughly enough
to find solutions. Intuit, the manufacturer of Quicken, is well known
for videotaping many standard users who use their product for the first
time. This allows them to pinpoint rough spots in the program and
identify places where it could be improved. This relentless smoothing
and polishing has made the product one of the best-known and widely
used tools on desktops. It isn't clear that non-programmers could have
accomplished the same quality by working together with the Source at
their disposal.
554
555
There are deeper, more philosophical currents to the open source world.
The personal computer industry is only a few decades old. While it has
advanced rapidly and solved many problems, there is still very little
understanding of the field and what it takes to make a computer easy to
use. This has been the great struggle, and the free source world may be
an essential part of this trip.
556
Tim O'Reilly, the publisher of many books and a vocal proponent of the
open source world, says, "We've gone through this period of thinking of
programs as artifacts. A binary object is a thing. Open source is part
of thinking of computers as a process." In other words, we've done a
good job of creating computers you can buy off the shelf and software
that can be bought in shrink-wrapped boxes, but we haven't done a good
job of making it possible for people to talk to the machines.
557
To a large extent, the process has been a search for a good language to
use to communicate with the computer. Most of the recent development
followed the work at Xerox PARC that created some of the first
graphical user interfaces. Apple followed their lead and Microsoft
followed Apple. Each bought into the notion that creating a neat
picture representing the files on a screen would make a neat metaphor
that could make it easier for people to interact with the computers.
Dragging a file to the trash was somehow easier for people to do than
typing a cryptic command like "rm."
558
In the 1980s, that sort of graphical thinking was considered brilliant.
Pictures were prettier than words, so it was easy to look at the clean,
pretty Macintosh screen and think it was easier to use just because it
was easier to look at.
559
But the pretty features merely hid a massive amount of complexity, and
it was still hard to work with the machines. Don Norman, a
human/computer interface engineer at Apple, once wrote a fascinating
discussion of the company's design of their computer's on-off switch.
He pointed out that the switch couldn't be a simple power switch that
could cut the power on and off because the computer needed to
orchestrate the start-up and shutdown procedure. It needed to close up
files, store data safely, and make sure everything was ready to start
up again.
560
The design of the power switch was made even more complicated by the
fact that it was supposed to work even when the computer crashed. That
is, if bad programming jumbles the memory and screws up the central
processor, the power switch is still supposed to shut down the machine.
Of course, the computer couldn't even add two numbers together after it
crashed, so it couldn't even begin to move through all the clerical
work necessary to shut down the machine. The Macintosh on which I wrote
this book can crash so badly that the power switch doesn't work, and I
can only reset it by sticking a paper clip into a hidden hole.
561
Norman's work shows how hard it can be to come up with a simple
language that allows humans and computers to communicate about a task
that used to be solved with a two-position light switch. This problem
can be seen throughout the industry. One computer tutor told me, "I am
so tired of telling people to shut down their computers by pushing the
'Start' button." Microsoft Windows places all of the features on a menu
tree that grows out of one button labeled "Start." This may have been a
great way to capture the potential to do new things that they felt they
were selling, but it continues to be confusing to all new users of the
machines. Why should they push start to stop it?
562
The quest for this Source-level control can take many strange turns. By
the middle of the 1980s, programmers at Apple realized that they had
gone a bit too far when they simplified the Mac's interface. The visual
language of pointing and clicking at icons may have been great for new
users, but it was beginning to thwart sophisticated users who wanted to
automate what they did. Many graphics designers would find themselves
repeatedly doing the same steps to image files, and it was boring. They
wondered, why couldn't the computer just repeat all their instructions
and save them all that pointing and clicking?
563
In a sense, the sophisticated Mac users were looking for the Source.
They wanted to be able to write and modify simple programs that
controlled their software. The problem was that the graphical display
on the Mac wasn't really suited to the task. How do you describe moving
the mouse and clicking on a button? How do you come up with a language
that means "cut out this sample and paste it over here"? The actions
were so visual that there weren't any words or language to describe
them.
564
This problem confounded Apple for the next 10 years, and the company is
slowly finishing its solution, known as AppleScript. The task has not
been simple, but it has been rewarding for many who use their
Macintoshes as important chains in data production lines. Apple
included instructions for moving icons to locations, uploading files,
changing the color of icons, and starting up programs with others.
565
The nicest extension was a trick that made the AppleScript
"recordable." That is, you could turn on a recorder before stepping
through the different jobs. The Mac would keep track of your actions
and generate a program that would allow you to repeat what you were
doing. Still, the results were far from simple to understand or use.
Here's a simple snippet of AppleScript code that will select all files
in one directory with the word "Speckle" in their title and open them
up with another application:
566
567
tell application "Finder"
This Source can then be run again and again to finish a task. Making
this tool available to users has been a challenge for Apple because it
forces them to make programming easier. Many people learn AppleScript
by turning on the recording feature and watching what happens when they
do what they would normally do. Then they learn how to insert a few
more commands to accomplish the task successfully. In the end, they
become programmers manipulating the Source without realizing it.
568
O'Reilly and others believe that the open source effort is just an
extension of this need. As computers become more and more complex, the
developers need to make the internal workings more and more open to
users. This is the only way users can solve their problems and use the
computers effectively.
569
"The cutting edge of the computer industry is in infoware. There's not
all that much juice in the kind of apps we wrote in the eighties and
nineties. As we get speech recognition, we'll go even more in the
direction of open source," he says.
570
"There are more and more recipes that are written down. These are going
to migrate into lower and lower layers of software and the computer is
going to get a bigger and bigger vocabulary."
571
That is, more and more of the Source is going to need to become
transparent to the users. It's not just a political battle of Microsoft
versus the world. It's not just a programmer's struggle to poke a nose
into every corner of a device. It's about usability. More and more
people need to write programs to teach computers to do what they need
to do. Access to the Source is the only way to accomplish it.
572
In other words, computers are becoming a bigger and bigger part of our
lives. Their language is becoming more readily understandable by
humans, and humans are doing a better job of speaking the language of
computers. We're converging. The more we do so, the more important the
Source will be. There's nothing that Microsoft or corporate America can
do about this. They're going to have to go along. They're going to have
to give us access to the Source.
573
574
When I was in college, a friend of mine in a singing group would often
tweak his audience by making them recite Steve Martin's
"Individualist's Creed" in unison. Everyone would proclaim that they
were different, unique, and wonderfully eccentric individuals together
with everyone else in the audience. The gag played well because all the
individualists were also deeply committed to living a life filled with
irony.
575
The free source world is sort of a Club Med for these kinds of
individualists. Richard Stallman managed to organize a group of highly
employable people and get them to donate their $50+-per-hour time to a
movement by promising complete freedom. Everyone who showed up valued
freedom much more than the money they could be making working for big
companies. It's not a bit surprising that all of the free thinkers are
also coming up with the same answers to life. Great minds think alike,
right?
576
This large collection of dedicated individualists is predisposed to
moments of easy irony. Black is by far their favorite color. Long hair
and beards are common. T-shirts and shorts are the rule when it gets
warm, and T-shirts and jeans dominate when the weather turns cold. No
one wears suits or anything so traditional. That would be silly because
they're not as comfortable as T-shirts and jeans. Fitting in with the
free thinkers isn't hard.
577
The group is not particularly republican or democrat, but libertarian
politics are easily understood and widely supported. Gun control is
usually considered to be wrong, if only because the federal government
will move on to controlling something else when they're finished with
guns. 10 Taxes are bad, and some in the group like to dream of
when they'll be driven away by the free-flowing, frictionless economy
of the Internet. Folks like to say things like "Governments are just
speed bumps on the information superhighway."
10. In fact, the federal government already considers encryption
software to be a munition and often tries to regulate it as such.
578
The first amendment is very popular and many are sure that practically
everything they do with a computer is a form of speech or expression.
The government shouldn't have the right to control a website's content
because they'll surely come to abuse that power in the future. Some
even rage against private plans to rate websites for their content
because they're certain that these tools will eventually be controlled
by those in power. To the most extreme, merely creating a list of sites
with information unsuitable for kids is setting up the infrastructure
for the future Nazis to start burning websites.
579
Virtually everyone believes that strong codes and cryptography are
essential for protecting a person's privacy online. The U.S.
government's attempt to control the technology by regulating its export
is widely seen as a silly example of how governments are trying to grab
power at the expense of their citizens. The criminals already have the
secret codes; why shouldn't the honest people be able to protect their
data?
580
Pornography or references to sex in the discussions are rare, if only
because the world of the libido is off the main topic. It's not that
sex isn't on the minds of the free software community, it's just that
the images are so freely available that they're uninteresting. Anyone
can go to www.playboy.com, but not everyone can write a recursively
descending code optimizer. People also rarely swear. While four-letter
words are common on Wall Street and other highly charged environments,
they're rare in the technology world.
581
Much of the community are boys and men, or perhaps more correctly
"guys." While there are some older programmers who continue to dig the
excitement and tussle of the free source world, many are high school
and college guys with plenty of extra time on their hands. Many of them
are too smart for school, and writing neat software is a challenge for
them. Older people usually get bogged down with a job and mortgage
payments. It's hard for them to take advantage of the freedom that
comes with the source code. Still, the older ones who survive are often
the best. They have both deep knowledge and experience.
582
The average population, however, is aging quickly. As the software
becomes better, it is easier for working stiffs to bring it into the
corporate environments. Many folks brag about sneaking Linux into their
office and replacing Microsoft on some hidden server. As more and more
users find a way to make money with the free software, more and more
older people (i.e., over 25) are able to devote some time to the
revolution.
583
I suppose I would like to report that there's a healthy contingent of
women taking part in the free source world, but I can't. It would be
nice to isolate the free software community from the criticism that
usually finds any group of men. By some definition or legal reasoning,
these guys must be practicing some de facto discrimination. Somebody
will probably try to sue someone someday. Still, the women are scarce
and it's impossible to use many of the standard explanations. The
software is, after all, free. It runs well on machines that are several
generations old and available from corporate scrap heaps for several
hundred dollars. Torvalds started writing Linux because he couldn't
afford a real version of UNIX. Lack of money or the parsimony of evil,
gender-nasty parents who refuse to buy their daughters a computer can
hardly be blamed.
584
In fact, many of the people online don't even know the gender of the
person on the other end. Oblique nicknames like "303," "nomad,"
"CmdrTaco," or "Hemos" are common. No one knows if you're a boy or a
girl online. It's almost like the ideal of a gender-free existence
proposed by the unisex dreamers who wrote such stuff as "Free to Be You
and Me," trying to convince children that they were free to pursue any
dream they wanted. Despite the prevalence of these gender-free visions,
the folks who ended up dreaming of a world where all the software was
free turned out to be almost entirely men.
585
Most of the men would like to have a few more women show up. They need
dates as much as any guy. If anything, the crown of Evil Discriminator
might be placed on the heads of the girls who scorn the guys who are
geeks, dweebs, and nerds. A girl couldn't find a better ratio of men if
she tried.
586
This may change in the future if organizations like LinuxChix
(www.linuxchix.org) have their way. They run a site devoted to
celebrating women who enjoy the open source world, and they've been
trying to start up chapters around the world. The site gives members a
chance to post their names and biographical details. Of course, several
of the members are men and one is a man turning into a woman. The
member writes, "I'm transsexual (male-to-female, pre-op), and at the
moment still legally married to my wife, which means that if we stay
together we'll eventually have a legal same-sex marriage."
587
Still, there's not much point in digging into this too deeply because
the free source world rarely debates this topic. Everyone is free to
use the software and contribute what they want. If the women want to
come, they can. If they don't, they don't have to do so to fulfill some
mandate from society. No one is sitting around debating whether having
it all as a woman includes having all of the source code. It's all
about freedom to use software, not dating, mating, or debating sexual
roles in society.
588
Racial politics, however, are more complicated. Much of the Linux
community is spread out throughout the globe. While many members come
from the United States, major contributors can be found in most
countries. Linus Torvalds, of course, came from Finland, one of the
more technically advanced countries in the world. Miguel de Icaza, the
lead developer of the GNOME desktop, comes from Mexico, a country
perceived as technically underdeveloped by many in the United States.
589
Jon Hall, often called maddog, is one of the first members of corporate
America to recognize that neat things were going on throughout the
world of open source software. He met Torvalds at a conference and
shipped him a Digital computer built around the Alpha chip when he
found out that Torvalds wanted to experiment with porting his software
to a 64-bit architecture. Hall loves to speculate about the spread of
free software throughout the globe and says, "Who knows where the next
great mind will come from? It could be Spain, Brazil, India, Singapore,
or dare I say Finland?"
590
In general, the free source revolution is worldwide and rarely
encumbered by racial and national barricades. Europe is just as filled
with Linux developers as America, and the Third World is rapidly
skipping over costly Microsoft and into inexpensive Linux. Interest in
Linux is booming in China and India. English is, of course, the default
language, but other languages continue to live thanks to automatic
translation mechanisms like Babelfish.
591
This border-free existence can only help the spread of free source
software. Many countries, claiming national pride, would rather use
software developed by local people. Many countries explicitly distrust
software coming from the United States because it is well known that
the U.S. government tries to restrict security software like encryption
at the request of its intelligence-gathering agencies. In November
1999, the German government's Federal Ministry of Finance and
Technology announced a grant for the GNU Privacy Guard project. Why
would a country want to send all of its money to Redmond, Washington,
when it could bolster a local group of hackers by embracing a free OS?
For everyone but the United States, installing a free OS may even be a
patriotic gesture.
592
593
The archetypes are often defined by prominent people, and no one is
more central to the free source world than Richard Stallman. Some
follow the man like a disciple, others say that his strong views color
the movement and scare away normal people. Everyone goes out of their
way to praise the man and tell you how much they respect what he's
done. Almost everyone will turn around and follow the compliment with a
veiled complaint like, "He can be difficult to work with." Stallman is
known for being a very unreasonable man in the sense that George
Bernard Shaw used the word when he said, "The Reasonable man adapts to
nature. The unreasonable man seeks to adapt nature to himself.
Therefore it is only through the actions of unreasonable men that
civilization advances." The reasonable man would still be waiting on
hold as the tech support folks in MegaSoft played with their Nerf
footballs and joked about the weenies who needed help using their
proprietary software.
594
I often think that only someone as obsessed and brilliant as Stallman
could have dreamed up the GNU Public License. Only he could have
realized that it was possible to insist that everyone give away the
source code and allow them to charge for it at the same time if they
want. Most of us would have locked our brains if we found ourselves
with a dream of a world of unencumbered source code but hobbled by the
reality that we needed money to live. Stallman found himself in that
place in the early days of the Free Software Foundation and then found
a way to squeeze his way out of the dilemma by charging for CD-ROMs and
printed manuals. The fact that others could still freely copy the
information they got meant that he wasn't compromising his core dream.
595
If Stallman is a product of MIT, then one opposite of him is the group
of hackers that emerged from Berkeley and produced the other free
software known as FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD. Berkeley's computer
science department always had a tight bond with AT&T and Sun and
shared much of the early UNIX code with both.
596
While there were many individuals at Berkeley who are well known among
developers and hackers, no one stands out like Richard Stallman. This
is because Stallman is such a strong iconoclast, not because Berkeley
is the home of ne'er-do-wells who don't measure up. In fact, the
pragmatism of some of the leaders to emerge from the university is
almost as great as Stallman's idealism, and this pragmatism is one of
the virtues celebrated by Berkeley's circle of coders. For instance,
Bill Joy helped develop much of the early versions of the BSD before he
went off to take a strong leadership role at Sun Microsystems.
597
Sun has a contentious relationship with the free software world. It's
far from a free software company like Red Hat, but it has contributed a
fair number of lines of software to the open source community. Still,
Sun guards its intellectual property rights to some packages fiercely
and refuses to distribute the source with an official open source
license. Instead, it calls their approach the "community source
license" and insists that it's good enough for almost everyone. Users
can read the source code, but they can't run off with it and start
their own distribution.
598
Many others from Berkeley followed Joy's path to Sun. John Ousterhout
left his position as a professor at Berkeley in 1994 to move to Sun.
Ousterhout was known for developing a fairly simple but powerful
scripting tool known as TCL/Tk. One part of it, the Tool Control
Language (TCL), was a straightforward English-like language that made
it pretty easy for people to knit together different modules of code.
The user didn't have to be a great programmer to work with the code
because the language was designed to be straightforward. There were no
complicated data structures or pointers. Everything was a string of
ASCII text.
599
The second part, the Tool kit (Tk), contained a variety of visual
widgets that could be used to get input for and output from a program.
The simplest ones were buttons, sliders, or menus, but many people
wrote complicated ones that served their particular needs.
600
The TCL/Tk project at Berkeley attracted a great deal of attention from
the Net. Ousterhout, like most academics, freely distributed his code
and did a good job helping others use the software. He and his students
rewrote and extended the code a number of times, and this constant
support helped create even more fans. The software scratched an itch
for many academics who were smart enough to program the machines in
their lab, but burdened by more important jobs like actually doing the
research they set out to do. TCL/Tk picked up a wide following because
it was easy for people to learn a small amount quickly. Languages like
C required a semester or more to master. TCL could be picked up in an
afternoon.
601
Many see the pragmatism of the BSD-style license as a way for the
Berkeley hackers to ease their trip into corporate software production.
The folks would develop the way-out, unproven ideas using public money
before releasing it with the BSD license. Then companies like Sun would
start to resell it.
602
The supporters of the BSD licenses, of course, don't see corporate
development as a bad thing. They just see it as a way for people to pay
for the extra bells and whistles that a dedicated, market-driven team
can add to software.
603
Ousterhout's decision to move to Sun worried many people because they
thought it might lead to a commercialization of the language.
Ousterhout answered these with an e-mail message that said TCL/Tk would
remain free, but Sun would try to make some money on the project by
selling development tools.
604
"Future enhancements made toTcl andTk by my group at Sun, including the
ports to Macs and PCs, will be made freely available to anyone to use
for any purpose. My view, and that of the people I report to at Sun, is
that it wouldn't work for Sun to try to takeTcl andTk proprietary
anyway: someone (probably me, in a new job) would just pick up the last
free release and start an independent development path. This would be a
terrible thing for everyone since it would result in incompatible
versions.
605
"Of course, Sun does need to make money from the work of my team or
else they won't be able to continue to support us. Our current plan is
to charge for development tools and interesting extensions and
applications. Balancing the public and the profitable will be an
ongoing challenge for us, but it is very important both to me and to
Sun to keep the support of the existing Tcl community," he wrote.
606
In some respects, Ousterhout's pragmatism was entirely different from
Stallman's. He openly acknowledged the need to make money and also
admitted that Sun was leaving TCL/Tk free because it might be
practically impossible to make it proprietary. The depth of interest in
the community made it likely that a free version would continue to
evolve. Stallman would never cut such a deal with a company shipping
proprietary software.
607
In other respects, many of the differences are only at the level of
rhetoric. Ousterhout worked on producing a compromise that would leave
TCL/Tk free while the sales of development tools paid the bills.
Stallman did the same thing when he figured out a way to charge people
for CD-ROMs and manuals. Ousterhout's work at Sun was spun off into a
company called Scriptics that is surprisingly like many of the other
free software vendors. The core of the product, TCL/Tk 8.1 at this
time, is governed by a BSD-style license. The source code can be
downloaded from the site. The company itself, on the other hand, sells
a more enhanced product known as TCLPro.
608
In many ways, the real opposite to Richard Stallman is not Bill Joy or
John Ousterhout, it's Linus Benedict Torvalds. While Stallman, Joy, and
Ousterhout are products of the U.S. academic system, Torvalds is very
much an outsider who found himself trying to program in Europe without
access to a decent OS. While the folks at Berkeley, MIT, and many U.S.
universities were able to get access to UNIX thanks to carefully
constructed licenses produced by the OS's then-owner, AT&T,
students in Finland like Torvalds were frozen out.
609
"I didn't have many alternatives. I had the commercial alternative
[UNIX], which was way too expensive. It was really out of reach for a
normal human being, and not only out of reach in a monetary sense, but
because years ago commercial UNIX vendors weren't interested in selling
to individuals. They were interested in selling to large corporations
and banks. So for a normal person, there was no choice," he told VAR
Business.
610
When Linux began to take off, Torvalds moved to Silicon Valley and took
a job with the supersecret research firm Transmeta. At Comdex in
November 1999, Torvalds announced that Transmeta was working on a
low-power computing chip with the nickname "Crusoe."
611
There are, of course, some conspiracy theories. Transmeta is funded by
a number of big investors including Microsoft cofounder Paul Allen. The
fact that they chose to employ Torvalds may be part of a plan, some
think, to distract him from Linux development. After all, version 2.2
of the kernel took longer than many expected, although it may have been
because its goals were too ambitious. When Microsoft needed a coherent
threat to offer up to the Department of Justice, Transmeta courteously
made Torvalds available to the world. Few seriously believe this
theory, but it is constantly whispered as a nervous joke.
612
613
The fights and flamefests of the Internet are legendary, and the open
source world is one of the most contentious corners of the Net. People
frequently use strong words like "brain dead," "loser," "lame,"
"gross," and "stoooopid" to describe one another's ideas. If words are
the only way to communicate, then the battle for mindshare means that
those who wield the best words win.
614
In fact, most of the best hackers and members of the free source world
are also great writers. Spending days, weeks, months, and years of your
life communicating by e-mail and newsgroups teaches people how to write
well and get to the point quickly. The Internet is very textual, and
the hard-core computer programmers have plenty of experience spitting
out text. As every programmer knows, you're supposed to send e-mail to
the person next to you if you want to schedule lunch. That person might
be in the middle of something.
615
Of course, there's a danger to making a sweeping generalization
implying that the free source world is filled with great writers. The
fact is that we might not have heard from the not-so-great writers who
sit lurking on the Net. While some of the students who led the
revolutions of 1968 were quite articulate, many of the tie-dyed masses
were also in the picture. You couldn't miss them. On the Internet, the
silent person is invisible.
616
Some argue that the free software world has burgeoned because the
silent folks embraced the freely available source code. Anyone could
download the source code and play with it without asking permission or
spending money. That meant that 13-year-old kids could start using the
software without asking their parents for money. SCO Unix and Windows
NT cost big bucks.
617
This freedom also extended to programmers at work. In many companies,
the computer managers are doctrinaire and officious. They often quickly
develop knee-jerk reactions to technologies and use these stereotypes
to make technical decisions. Free software like Linux was frequently
rejected out of hand by the gatekeepers, who thought something must be
wrong with the software if no one was charging for it. These attitudes
couldn't stop the engineers who wanted to experiment with the free
software, however, because it had no purchase order that needed
approval.
618
The invisible-man quality is an important part of the free software
world. While I've described the bodies and faces of some of the
betterknown free source poster boys, it is impossible to say much about
many of the others. The community is spread out over the Internet
throughout the world. Many people who work closely on projects never
meet each other. The physical world with all of its ways of encoding a
position in a hierarchy are gone. No one can tell how rich you are by
your shoes. The color of your skin doesn't register. It's all about
technology and technological ideas.
619
In fact, there is a certain degree of Emily Dickinson in the world.
Just as that soul selected her own society and shut the door on the
rest of the world, the free software world frequently splits and
resplits into smaller groups. While there is some cross-pollination,
many are happy to live in their own corners. OpenBSD, FreeBSD, and
NetBSD are more separate countries than partners in crime. They evolve
on their own, occasionally stealing ideas and source code to bridge the
gap.
620
Many writers have described some of their problems with making hay of
the Silicon Valley world. Screenwriters and television producers often
start up projects to tap into the rich texture of nerdlands only to
discover that there's nothing that compelling to film. It's just miles
and miles of steel-frame buildings holding acres and acres of cubicles.
Sure, there are some Ping-Pong tables and pinball machines, but the
work is all in the mind. Eyes want physical action, and all of the
excitement in a free source world is in the ideas.
621
But people are people. While there's no easy way to use the old
standbys of race or clothes to discriminate, the technical world still
develops ways to classify its members and place them in camps. The free
software world has its own ways to distinguish between these camps.
622
The biggest distinction may be between folks who favor the GPL and
those who use the BSD-style license to protect their software. This is
probably the biggest decision a free software creator must make because
it controls whether others will be able to build commercial versions of
the software without contributing the new code back to the project.
623
People who embrace the GPL are more likely to embrace Richard Stallman,
or at least less likely to curse him in public. They tend to be
iconoclastic and individualistic. GPL projects tend to be more cultish
and driven by a weird mixture of personality and ain't-it-cool
hysteria.
624
The people on the side of BSD-style license, on the other hand, seem
pragmatic, organized, and focused. There are three major free versions
of BSD UNIX alone, and they're notable because they each have centrally
administered collections of files. The GPL-protected Linux can be
purchased from at least six major groups that bundle it together, and
each of them includes packages and pieces of software they find all
over the Net.
625
The BSD-license folks are also less cultish. The big poster boys,
Torvalds and Stallman, are both GPL men. The free versions of BSD,
which helped give Linux much of its foundation, are largely ignored by
the press for all the wrong reasons. The BSD teams appear to be
fragmented because they are all separate political organizations who
have no formal ties. There are many contributors, which means that BSD
has no major charismatic leader with a story as compelling as that of
Linus Torvalds.
626
Many contributors could wear this mantle and many have created just as
much code. But life, or at least the media's description of it, is far
from fair.
627
The flagship of the BSD world may be the Apache web server group, which
contributed greatly to the success of the platform. This core team has
no person who stands out as a leader. Most of the people on the team
are fully employed in the web business, and several members of the team
said that the Apache team was just a good way for the people to advance
their day jobs. It wasn't a crusade for them to free source code from
jail.
628
The Apache web server is protected by a BSD-style license that permits
commercial reuse of the software without sharing the source code. It is
a separate program, however, and many Linux users run the software on
Linux boxes. Of course, this devotion to business and relatively quiet
disposition isn't always true. Theo de Raadt, the leader of the OpenBSD
faction, is fond of making bold proclamations. In his interview with
me, he dismissed the Free Software Foundation as terribly misnamed
because you weren't truly free to do whatever you wanted with the
software.
629
In fact, it's easy to take these stereotypes too far. Yes, GPL folks
can be aggressive, outspoken, quick-thinking, driven, and tempestuous.
Sure, BSD folks are organized, thorough, mainstream, dedicated, and
precise. But there are always exceptions to these rules, and the people
in each camp will be quick to spot them.
630
Someone might point out that Alan Cox, one of the steadfast keepers of
the GPL-protected Linux kernels, is not particularly flashy nor given
to writing long manifestos on the Net. Others might say that Brian
Behlendorf has been a great defender of the Apache project. He
certainly hasn't avoided defending the BSD license, although not in the
way that Stallman might have liked. He was, after all, one of the
members of the Apache team who helped convince IBM that they could use
the Apache web server without danger.
631
After BSD versus GPL, the next greatest fault line is the choice of
editor. Some use the relatively simple vi, which came out of Berkeley
and the early versions of BSD. Others cleave to Stallman's Emacs, which
is far more baroque and extreme. The vi camp loves the simplicity. The
Emacs fans brag about how they've programmed their version of Emacs to
break into the White House, snag secret pictures of people in
compromising positions, route them through an anonymous remailer, and
negotiate for a big tax refund all with one complicated
control-meta-trans keystroke.
632
While this war is well known, it has little practical significance.
People can choose for themselves, and their choices have no effect on
others. GPL or BSD can affect millions; vi versus Emacs makes no big
difference. It's just one of the endless gag controversies in the
universe. If Entertainment Tonight were covering the free software
world, they would spend hours cataloging which stars used vi and which
used Emacs. Did Shirley MacLaine use vi or Emacs or even wordstar in a
previous life?
633
Some of the other fault lines aren't so crisp, but end up being very
important. The amount of order or lack of order is an important point
of distinction for many free source people, and there is a wide
spectrum of choices available. While the fact that all of the source
code is freely redistributable makes the realm crazy, many groups try
to control it with varying amounts of order. Some groups are
fanatically organized. Others are more anarchic. Each has a particular
temperament.
634
The three BSD projects are well known for keeping control of all the
source code for all the software in the distribution. They're very
centrally managed and brag about keeping all the source code together
in one build tree. The Linux distributions, on the other hand, include
software from many different sources. Some include the KDE desktop.
Others choose GNOME. Many include both.
635
Some of the groups have carefully delineated jobs. The Debian group
elects a president and puts individuals in charge of particular
sections of the distribution. Or perhaps more correctly, the
individuals nominate themselves for jobs they can accomplish. The group
is as close to a government as exists in the open software world. Many
of the Open Source Initiative guidelines on what fits the definition of
"open source" evolved from the earlier rules drafted by the Debian
group to help define what could and couldn't be included in an official
Debian distribution. The OpenBSD group, on the other hand, opens up
much of the source tree to everyone on the team. Anyone can make
changes. Core areas, on the other hand, are still controlled by
leaders.
636
Some groups have become very effective marketing forces. Red Hat is a
well-run company that has marketing teams selling people on upgrading
their software as well as engineering teams with a job of writing
improved code to include in future versions. Red Hat packages their
distribution in boxes that are sold through normal sales channels like
bookstores and catalogs. They have a big presence at trade shows like
LinuxExpo, in part because they help organize them.
637
Other groups like Slackware only recently opened up a website. OpenBSD
sells copies to help pay for its Internet bills, not to expand its
marketing force. Some distributions are only available online.
638
In many cases, there is no clear spectrum defined between order and
anarchy. The groups just have their own brands of order. OpenBSD brags
about stopping security leaks and going two years without a rootlevel
intrusion, but some of its artwork is a bit scruffy. Red Hat, on the
other hand, has been carefully working to make Linux easy for everyone
to use, but they're not as focused on security details.
639
Of course, this amount of order is always a bit of a relative term.
None of these groups have strong lines of control. All of them depend
upon the contributions of people. Problems only get solved if someone
cares enough to do it.
640
This disorder is changing a bit now that serious companies like Red Hat
and VA Linux are entering the arena. These companies pay fulltime
programmers to ensure that their products are bug free and easy to use.
If their management does a good job, the open source software world may
grow more ordered and actually anticipate more problems instead of
waiting for the right person to come along with the time and the
inclination to solve them.
641
These are just a few of the major fault lines. Practically every
project comes with major technical distinctions that split the
community. Is Java a good language or another attempt at corporate
control? How should the basic Apache web server handle credit cards?
What is the best way to handle 64-bit processors? There are thousands
of differences, hundreds of fault lines, scores of architectural
arguments, and dozens of licenses. But at least all of the individuals
agree upon one thing: reading the source code is essential.
642
643
One of the great questions about the free source movement is its
politics. The world loves to divide every issue into two sides and then
start picking teams. You're either part of the problem or part of the
solution. You're either for us or against us. You're either on the red
team or the blue team.
644
The notion of giving software and source code away isn't really a
radical concept. People give stuff away all the time. But when the
process actually starts to work and folks start joining up, the stakes
change. Suddenly it's not about random acts of kindness and isolated
instances of charity--it's now a movement with emotional inertia and
political heft. When things start working, people want to know what
this group is going to do and how its actions are going to affect them.
They want to know who gets the credit and who gets the blame.
645
The questions about the politics of the free source world usually boil
down to a simple dilemma: some think it's a communist utopia and others
think it's a free market nirvana. Normally, the two ideas sit on the
opposite ends of the spectrum looking at each other with contempt and
disdain. In the strange world of software, ideas aren't so easy to
place. Anyone can duplicate software as many times as they want and
it's still useful. The communist notion of sharing equally is much
easier to achieve in this realm than in the world of, say, grain, which
requires hard work in the sun to make it grow. On the other hand, the
ease of exchange also means that people are able to swap and trade
versions of software with little overhead or restriction. The
well-greased marketplace in the free marketer's dreams is also easy to
create. The act of giving a disk to a friend could either be a bona
fide example of universal brotherhood or the vigorously competitive act
of trying to win the hearts and minds of a software consumer. Take your
pick.
646
The nature of software also mitigates many of the problems that
naturally occur in each of these worlds. There is no scarcity, so there
is no reason why sharing has to be so complicated or orchestrated from
the central planning committees of the Soviets. People just give. On
the other hand, the lack of scarcity also limits the differences
between the rich and the poor. There's no reason why everyone can't
have the same software as the rich because it's so easy to duplicate.
Folks who are into economic competition for the ego gratification of
having a bigger sport utility vehicle than everyone else on the street
are going to be disappointed.
647
To some extent, the politics of the free source movement are such a
conundrum that people simply project their wishes onto it. John Gilmore
told me over dinner, "Well, it depends. Eric Raymond is sort of a
libertarian but Richard Stallman is sort of a communist. I guess it's
both." The freedom makes it possible for people to mold the movement to
be what they want.
648
Raymond has no problem seeing his libertarian dreams acted out in the
free software community. He looked at the various groups creating their
own versions of free source code and saw a big bazaar where merchants
competed to provide the best solutions to computer users everywhere.
People wrote neat stuff and worked hard to make sure that others were
happy. It was competition at its finest, and there was no money or
costs of exchange to get in the way.
649
Most people quickly become keenly aware of this competition. Each of
the different teams creating distributions flags theirs as the best,
the most up-to-date, the easiest to install, and the most plush. The
licenses mean that each group is free to grab stuff from the other, and
this ensures that no one builds an unstoppable lead like Microsoft did
in the proprietary OS world. Sure, Red Hat has a large chunk of the
mindshare and people think their brand name is synonymous with Linux,
but anyone can grab their latest distribution and start making
improvements on it. It takes little time at all.
650
Stallman and his supposed communist impulse is a bit harder to
characterize. He has made his peace with money and he's quick to insist
that he's not a communist or an enemy of the capitalist state. He's
perfectly happy when people charge for their work as programmers and he
often does the same. But it's easy to see why people start to think
he's something of a communist. One of his essays, which he insists is
not strictly communist, is entitled "Why Software Should Not Have
Owners."
651
Some of his basic instincts sure look Marxist. The source code to a
program often acts like the means of production, and this is why the
capitalists running the businesses try to control it. Stallman wanted
to place these means of production in the hands of everyone so people
could be free to do what they wanted. While Stallman didn't rail
against the effects of money, he rejected the principle that
intellectual capital, the source code, should be controlled.
652
Stallman stops well short of giving everything away to everyone.
Copyrighting books is okay, he says, because it "restricts only the
mass producers of copies. It did not take freedom away from readers of
books. An ordinary reader, who did not own a printing press, could copy
books only with pen and ink, and few readers were sued for that." In
other words, the copyright rules in the age of printing only restricted
the guy across town with a printing press who was trying to steal
someone else's business. The emergence of the computer, however,
changes everything. When people can copy freely, the shackles bind
everyone.
653
Communism, of course, is the big loser of the 20th century, and so it's
not surprising that Stallman tries to put some distance between the
Soviet and the GNU empires. He notes puckishly that the draconian
effects of the copyright laws in America are sort of similar to life in
the Soviet Union, "where every copying machine had a guard to prevent
forbidden copying, and where individuals had to copy information
secretly and pass it from hand to hand as samizdat." He notes, however,
that "There is of course a difference: the motive for information
control in the Soviet Union was political; in the U.S. the motive is
profit. But it is the actions that affect us, not the motive. Any
attempt to block the sharing of information, no matter why, leads to
the same methods and the same harshness."
654
Stallman has a point. The copyright rules restrict the ability of
people to add, improve upon, or engage other people's work. The fair
use rules that let a text author quote sections for comment don't
really work in the software world, where it's pretty hard to copy
anything but 100 percent of some source code. For programmers, the
rules on source code can be pretty Soviet-like in practice.
655
He's also correct that some companies would think nothing of locking up
the world. A consortium of megalithic content companies like Disney and
the other studios got the U.S. Congress to pass a law restricting tools
for making copies. Ostensibly it only applied to computer programs and
other software used to pirate movies or other software, but the effect
could be chilling on the marketplace. The home video enthusiast who
loves to edit the tapes of his child's birthday party needs many of the
same functions as the content pirate. Cutting and pasting is cutting
and pasting. The rules are already getting a bit more Soviet-like in
America.
656
But Stallman is right to distance himself from Soviet-style communism
because there are few similarities. There's little central control in
Stallman's empire. All Stallman can do to enforce the GNU General
Public License is sue someone in court. He, like the Pope, has no great
armies ready to keep people in line. None of the Linux companies have
much power to force people to do anything. The GNU General Public
License is like a vast disarmament treaty. Everyone is free to do what
they want with the software, and there are no legal cudgels to stop
them. The only way to violate the license is to publish the software
and not release the source code.
657
Many people who approach the free software world for the first time see
only communism. Bob Metcalfe, an entrepreneur, has proved himself
several times over by starting companies like 3Com and inventing the
Ethernet. Yet he looked at the free software world and condemned it
with a derisive essay entitled "Linux's 60's technology, open-sores
ideology won't beat W2K, but what will?"
658
Using the term "open sores" may be clever, but it belies a lack of
understanding of some of the basic tenets. The bugs and problems in the
software are open for everyone to see. Ideally, someone will fix them.
Does he prefer the closed world of proprietary software where the bugs
just magically appear? Does he prefer a hidden cancer to melanoma?
659
The essay makes more confounding points equating Richard Stallman to
Karl Marx for his writing and Linus Torvalds to Vladimir Lenin because
of his aim to dominate the software world with his OS. For grins, he
compares Eric Raymond to "Trotsky waiting for The People's ice pick"
for no clear reason. Before this gets out of hand, he backpedals a bit
and claims, "OK, communism is too harsh on Linux. Lenin too harsh on
Torvalds [sic]."Then he sets off comparing the world of open source to
the tree-hugging, back-to-the-earth movement.
660
Of course, it's easy to see how the open source world is much different
from the Soviet-style world of communism. That experiment failed
because it placed the good of the many above the freedom of the
individual. It was a dictatorship that did not shirk from
state-sponsored terrorism or pervasive spying. It was no surprise, for
instance, to discover that East German athletes were doped with
performance-enhancing drugs without their knowledge. It was for the
glory of Lenin or Marx or Stalin, or whoever held the reins. Does the
country need someone to live in Siberia to mine for minerals? Does the
country need land for vast collective farms? The state makes the call
and people go.
661
The Soviet Union didn't really fail because it clung too deeply to the
notion that no one should own property. It failed when it tried to
enforce this by denying people the fruits of their labor. If someone
wanted to build something neat, useful, or inventive, they had better
do it for the glory of the Soviet state. That turned the place into a
big cesspool of inactivity because everyone's hard work was immediately
stolen away from them.
662
The free software world is quite different from that world. The GPL and
the BSD licenses don't strip away someone's freedom and subjugate them
to the state, it gives them the source code and a compiler to use with
it. Yes, the GPL does restrict the freedom of people to take the free
source code and sell their own proprietary additions, but this isn't
the same as moving them to Siberia.
663
The Free Software State doesn't steal the fruits of someone's labor
away from them. Once you develop the code, you can still use it. The
GPL doesn't mean that only Torvalds can sit around his dacha and
compile the code. You get to use it, too. In fact, one of the reasons
that people cite for contributing to GPL projects is the legal
assurance that the enhancements will never be taken away from them. The
source will always remain open and accessible.
664
Metcalfe's point is that communism didn't work, so the free software
world will fail, too. He makes his point a bit clearer when he starts
comparing the free software folks to tree-hugging environmentalists.
665
"How about Linux as organic software grown in utopia by spiritualists?"
he wonders. "If North America actually went back to the earth, close to
250 million people would die of starvation before you could say
agribusiness. When they bring organic fruit to market, you pay extra
for small apples with open sores--the Open Sores Movement."
666
The problem with this analogy is that no one is starving with open
source software. Data is not a physical good. Pesticides and
fertilizers can boost crop yields, but that doesn't matter with
software. If anything, free software ends up in even more people's
hands than proprietary software. Everyone in the free software world
has a copy of the image editing tool, GIMP, but only the richest
Americans have a copy of the very expensive Adobe Photoshop.
667
Of course, he has half a point about the polish of open source code.
The programmers often spend more time adding neat features they like
instead of making the code as accessible as possible. The tools are
often designed for programmers by programmers. There isn't much of a
quality assurance and human factors team trying to get them to engineer
it so the other 95 percent of humanity can use it.
668
But this problem is going away. Companies like Red Hat and Caldera have
a profit motive in making the software accessible to all. The tools
look nicer, and they are often just as presentable as the tools from
the proprietary firms. The programmers are also getting more sensitive
to these problems. In the past, the free software world was sort of an
alternative Eden where programmers went to escape from the rest of
programmatically challenged society. Now the world is open to free
software and the programmers are more open to taking everyone's needs
into account.
669
The problem with all of Metcalfe's analogies is that he assumes the
same rules that control the world of physical goods also govern the
world of ideas. The software industry likes to pretend that this isn't
true by packaging the software in big, empty boxes that look good on
shelves. Swapping ideas is easy and costs little. Of course, the Soviet
Union worried about the swapping of ideas and tried to control the
press and all forms of expression. The free software movement is the
exact opposite of this.
670
In fact, it is much easier to see the free software world as the
libertarian ideal of strong competition and personal freedom if you
remember that it exists in the realm of ideas. The landscape is similar
to universities, which usually boast that they're just big melting pots
where the marketplace of ideas stays open all night. The best ideas
gradually push out the worst ones and society gradually moves toward a
total understanding of the world.
671
Perhaps it's just not fair to characterize the politics of the open
source or free software world at all. Terms like communism,
libertarianism, liberalism, and Marxism all come from an age when large
portions of society did not have easy access to ample supplies of food
and housing.
672
Data and information are not limited goods that can only be consumed by
a limited group. One person or one million people can read a computer
file and the marginal costs aren't very different. Sharing is cheap, so
it makes sense to use it to all of its advantages. We're just learning
how to use the low cost of widespread cooperation.
673
Perhaps it's better to concentrate on the real political battles that
rage inside the open source code community. It may be better to see the
battle as one of GPL versus BSD instead of communist versus
libertarian. The license debate is tuned to the Internet world. It sets
out the debate in terms the computer user can understand.
674
675
The open source movement is filled with people who analyze software,
look for bugs, and search for fixes. These quiet workhorses are the
foundation of the movement's success. One member of this army is David
Baron, an undergraduate student who started out at Harvard in the fall
of 1998 and found, like most students, that he had a bit of spare time.
Some students turn to theater, some to the newspaper, some to
carousing, some to athletic teams, some to drinking, and most choose
one or more of the above. A few students search out some charitable
work for their spare time and volunteer at a homeless shelter or
hospital. Law students love to work at the free legal clinic for the
poor. Baron, however, is a bit of a nerd in all of the good senses of
the word. He's been working on cleaning up Netscape's open source
browser project known as Mozilla, and he thinks it's a great act of
charity.
676
Baron spends his spare time poking around the Mozilla layout engine
responsible for arranging the graphics, text, form slots, buttons, and
whatnot in a consistent way. Graphic designers want all web browsers on
the Net to behave in a consistent way and they've been agitating to try
and get the browser companies (Netscape, Microsoft, iCab, WebTV, and
Opera) to adhere to a set of standards developed by the W3C, the World
Wide Web Consortium based at MIT. These standards spell out exactly how
the browsers are supposed to handle complicated layout instructions
like cascading style sheets.
677
Baron looked at these standards and thought they were a good idea. If
all web browsers handled content in the same way, then little buttons
saying "Best Viewed with Microsoft IE" or "Best Viewed by Netscape"
would disappear. The browser companies would be able to compete on
features, not on their ability to display weirder web pages. It would
cut the web designers out of the battle between Microsoft and Netscape.
678
The standards also help users, especially users with different needs.
He told me, "Standards (particularly CSS) encourage accessibility for
users with all sorts of disabilities because they allow authors to use
HTML as it was originally intended--as a structural markup language
that can be interpreted by browsers that display things in nonvisual
media or in very large fonts for users with poor vision. Changing the
HTML on the web back to structural markup will also allow these
browsers to produce sensible output."
679
Handling standards like this is always a bit of a political problem for
companies. Every developer tries to stick their fingers in the wind and
see which standards will be important and which ones will fall by the
wayside. Microsoft, Netscape, iCab, WebTV, and Opera have all been
wondering about the cascading style sheets because they're sort of a
pain in the neck. Ideally, the graphics designers will be able to come
up with graphics rules for a set of web pages and they'll be applied
using the rules set out by the reader.
680
CSS is not about "total control by the author of the page," says Baron.
"The basic idea of the cascade is that user preferences (through the
browser's UI or possibly through a user CSS style sheet) and author
suggestions (contained in CSS style sheets) combine to produce the
formatting of the page."
681
A modern catalog conglomerate, for instance, may have two branches. One
would be aimed at middle-aged men who dote on their cars by giving them
endless wax jobs and cleaning them forever. Another might be aimed at
young mothers who dote on their children, in part by keeping the home
as clean as could be. Normally, the catalog company would use different
designers to create very different-looking catalogs. One would come
with retro, hard-edged graphics covered with racing stripes, and the
other with floral prints. What happens when these catalogs head to the
web? Normally two designers would give two different websites two
different looks.
682
What if there is one cleaning product, say a car wheel cleaner, that
appears in both catalogs? In the old days before cascading style
sheets, both designers would have to do up each page separately. A
well-designed system of cascading style sheets would let one web page
for the product display correctly on both sites. It would pick up
either the floral prints or the racing stripes automatically when
either site called it up.
683
These standards are notoriously difficult to enforce. Armies around the
world dream of turning out perfect privates that can be inserted into
any conflict in any platoon without any retraining. Newspapers dream of
having interchangeable reporters who can cover the White House or a
cricket match in India. It's no wonder that the web industry wants the
same thing.
684
Baron told me, "I got interested in Mozilla because I'm interested in
web standards." He noticed that a group known as the Web Standards
Project was running a political campaign to pressure the browser
companies to lay out pages the same way (www.webstandards.org).
685
"A group of developers got together and said, 'The browsers aren't
supporting the standards' and this makes it impossible to create
pages," Baron explained. "If every browser supports the standards in a
different way, then you have to design a different version of the site
for each browser. Or, more realistically, web designers resort to hacks
that make the page legible in all the 'major' browsers but not
accessible to people with disabilities or people with older computers."
686
Of course, it's one thing for a web designer or a web master to take up
this call. Baron, however, was just a college freshman who framed this
as volunteer work. When he happened upon the Web Standards Project, he
heard their message and saw an itch that he wanted to scratch.
687
"I want to see the standards supported correctly. Someone's got to do
it," he told me. "I might as well be doing this instead of playing
around and looking at websites all day. A lot of people do volunteer
work, but not a lot of people get to do volunteer work at this level.
It uses what I know pretty well. A lot of students who are very smart
end up doing volunteer work which doesn't use their skills. When you
can do volunteer work that uses what you know, it's even better."
688
So Baron would download the latest versions of the Mozilla layout
engine known as Gecko and play with web pages. He would create weird
web pages with strange style sheets, load them up, and watch where they
broke. When things went wrong, he would write up detailed bug reports
and mail them off to the folks doing the coding. He was part of a
quality control team that included some Netscape employees and a wide
variety of other users on the Net.
689
This community involvement was what Netscape wanted when it created
Mozilla. They hoped that more people would take it upon themselves to
test out the code and at least make complaints when things were going
wrong. One hacker named James Clark, who isn't related to the founder
of Netscape with the same name, actually kicked in a complete XML
parser, a tool for taking apart the latest superset of HTML that is
capturing the attention of software and web designers.
690
Baron is one of the few folks I met while writing this book who frames
his work on an open source project as charity. Most devotees get into
the projects because they offer them the freedom to mess with the
source code. Most also cite the practical strengths of open source,
like the relatively quick bug fixes and the stability of well-run
projects. Most people like to distance themselves from the more
political firebrands of the free software movement like Richard
Stallman by pointing out that they're not really in it to bring about
the second coming of the Communist Revolution. Few suggest that their
work is sort of a gift of their time that might make the world a better
place. Few compare their work to the folks cleaning up homeless
shelters or hospitals. Most don't disagree when it is pointed out to
them, but most free software hackers don't roll out the charitable
rhetoric to explain what they're up to.
691
This may just be a class difference. Baron is a sophomore, as this is
written, at Harvard and Harvard is, by definition, a finishing school
for the upper crust. Even the vast sea of kids from middle-class
families and public schools end up talking and acting as if they came
out of Choate or Exeter by the end of their time at Harvard. They pick
up the Kennedyesque noblesse oblige that somehow commands the rich and
fortunate to be out helping the poor with very public acts of
assistance. It just sort of seeps into all of those Harvard kids.
692
Most of the free software members, on the other hand, are kind of
outcasts. The hackers come from all parts of the globe and from all
corners of the social hierarchy, but few of them are from the beautiful
people who glide through life on golden rails. The programmers usually
have their heads in strange, obtuse mathematical clouds instead of the
overstuffed clouds of Olympus. They're concerned with building neat
software and spinning up wonderful abstract structures that interlock
in endlessly repeating, elegant patterns. If they were interested in
power or social prestige, they wouldn't be spending their nights in
front of a terminal waiting for some code to compile.
693
But if the free software movement doesn't use the charitable card very
often, it doesn't mean that the work is too different from that of the
homeless shelters. In fact, so little money changes hands that there
are not many reasons for people to take their donations off on their
taxes. Donations of time don't count. Maybe a few companies could write
it off their books, but that's about it.
694
In fact, Baron is right that work like his can make a difference for
people. Software is a growing part of the cost of a computer today. In
low-end PCs, the Microsoft OS may cost more than the processor or the
memory. A free OS with a free web browser that works correctly can help
the thousands of schools, homeless shelters, hospitals, and recreation
centers get on the web at a cheaper cost.
695
The free software charity is often a bit cleaner. Bill Gates and many
of the other Microsoft millionaires aren't shy about giving away real
money to schools and other needy organizations. Melinda Gates, Bill's
wife, runs a charitable foundation that is very generous. In 1999, for
instance, the foundation made a very real gift of tuition money for
minority students. The foundation has also given millions of dollars to
help fund medical research throughout the globe.
696
Still, at other times, there has been a sly edge to the Gates
benevolence. In some cases, the company gives away millions of dollars
in Microsoft software. This helps get kids used to Microsoft products
and acts like subtle advertising. Of course, there's nothing new about
this kind of charity. Most corporations insist that they receive some
publicity for their giving. It's how they justify the benevolence to
their shareholders.
697
The value of giving copies of software away is a difficult act to
measure. One million copies of Windows 95 might retail for about $100
million, but the cost to Microsoft is significantly lower. CD-ROMs cost
less than one dollar to duplicate, and many schools probably received
one CD-ROM for all of their machines. Giving the users support is an
important cost, but it can be controlled and limited by restricting the
number of employees dedicated to particular phone lines. Determining
the value of all of the benevolence must be a tough job for the tax
accountants. How Microsoft chose to account for its donations is a
private matter between Gates, the Internal Revenue Service, and his
God.
698
Consider the example of an imaginary proprietary software company
called SoftSoft that gives away one million copies of its $50
WidgetWare product to schools and charities across the United States.
This is, in many ways, generous because SoftSoft only sells 500,000
copies a year, giving them gross revenues of $25 million.
699
If SoftSoft values the gift at the full market value, they have a
deduction of $50 million, which clearly puts them well in the red and
beyond the reach of taxes for the year. They can probably carry the
loss forward and wipe out next year's earnings, too.
700
The accountants may not choose to be so adventurous. The IRS might
insist that they deduct the cost of the goods given, not their
potentially inflated market price. Imagine that the company's cost for
developing WidgetWare came to $21 million. If there were no gift, they
would have a nice profit of $4 million. SoftSoft could split the
development costs of $21 million between all of the 1.5 million units
that are shipped. Instead of deducting the market value of the
software, it would only deduct the costs allocated to it. Still, that
means they get a $14 million deduction, which is still far from shabby.
701
More conservative companies may come up with smaller deductions based
upon the cost of duplicating the additional copies and the cost of
supporting the schools and charities. Strict accounting measures would
be the most honest, but it's hard to know what companies do and what
they should do.
702
Free software, of course, avoids all that paperwork and accounting. The
software costs nothing, so giving it away generates no deduction.
There's no need for complicated cost accounting or great press
releases. It just sits on the web server and people download it.
703
Of course, it's possible to start counting up downloads and doing some
multiplication to come up with outrageous numbers. Windows NT can sell
for between $200 and $1,000. There are about 3.7 million web servers
running Apache, according to the latest Netcraft poll. If 1 percent
qualify as charitable sites, then 37,000 are served by Apache. Of
course, not all sites sit on separate machines. To correct for this,
assume that each server hosts 10 machines and there are only 3,700
machines using Apache. That's still about $3.7 million in donations.
704
But numbers like this can't really capture the depth of the gift. Linus
Torvalds always likes to say that he started writing Linux because he
couldn't afford a decent OS for his machine so he could do some
experiments. Who knows how many kids, grown-ups, and even retired
people are hacking Linux now and doing some sophisticated computer
science experiments because they can? How do we count this beneficence?
705
Free software essentially removes the red tape and the institutional
character of charity. There are no boards. There is no counting of
gifts. There's no fawning or flattering. There are no new J. Henry P.
Plutocrat Wings for the Franklin P. Moneysucker Museum of Philanthropy.
It's just a pure gift with no overhead.
706
There is also a smooth efficiency to the world of free software
charity. My economics professor used to joke that gifts were just very
inefficient. Grandmas always bought unhip sweaters for their grandkids.
Left on their own, children would give candy and stuffed animals to
their parents on their birthdays and Christmas. All of these bad
choices must be returned or thrown away, ruining the efficiency of the
economy. The professor concluded by saying, "So, guys, when you go out
on the date, don't bother with the flowers. Forget about the jewelry.
Just give her cash."
707
Free source software, of course, doesn't fit into many of the standard
models of economic theory. Giving the stuff away doesn't cost much
money, and accepting it often requires a bit of work. The old rules of
gift giving and charity don't really apply.
708
Imagine that some grandmother wrote some complicated software for
computing the patterns for knitting sweaters. Some probably have. If
they give the source code away, it ends up in the vast pool of free
source code and other knitters may find it. It might not help any
grandchildren, at least not for 20 or 30 years, but it will be moving
to the place where it can do the most good with as little friction as
possible. The software hacked by the kids, on the other hand, would
flow from child to child without reaching the parents. The software
tools for generating dumb jokes and sorting bubble gum cards would make
a generation of kids happy, and they would be able to exchange it
without their parents or grandparents getting in the way.
709
The inefficiencies of gift-giving can often affect charities, which
have less freedom to be picky than grandchildren. Charities can't look
a gift horse in the mouth. If a company wants to give a women's shelter
1,000 new men's raincoats, the shelter will probably take them.
Refusing them can offend potential contributors who might give them
something of value in the next quarter.
710
Free source code has none of these inefficiencies. Websites like
Slashdot, Freshmeat, Linux Weekly News, LinuxWorld, KernelTraffic, and
hundreds of other Linux or project-specific portals do a great job
moving the software to the people who can use its value. People write
the code and then other folks discover the value in it. Bad or unneeded
code isn't foisted on anyone.
711
Free software also avoids being painted as a cynical tax scheme. It is
not uncommon for drug manufacturers to donate some surplus pills to
disaster relief operations. In some cases, the manufacturers clear
their shelves of pills that are about to expire and thus about to be
destroyed. They take a liability and turn it into a tax-deductible
asset. This may be a good idea when the drugs are needed, but they are
often superfluous. In many cases, the drugs just end up in a landfill.
The relief organizations accept millions of dollars in drugs to get a
few thousand dollars' worth of ones they really need.
712
713
Of course, there are some open source charities. Richard Stallman's
Free Software Foundation is a tax-exempt 501(c)(3) charity that raises
money and solicits tax-deductible donations. This money is used to pay
for computers, overhead, and the salaries of young programmers who have
great ideas for free software. The Debian Project also has a charitable
arm known as Software in the Public Interest that raises money and
computer equipment to support the creation of more free software.
714
These organizations are certainly part of the world of tax deductions,
fund-raisers, and the charity-industrial complex. The Free Software
Foundation, for instance, notes that you can arrange for all or part of
your gift to the United Way to go to the Foundation.
715
But there are differences, too. Stallman, for instance, is proud of the
fact that he accepts no salary or travel reimbursement from the Free
Software Foundation. He works 2 months a year to support himself and
then donates the other 10 months a year to raising money to support
other programmers to work on Foundation projects.
716
Their budgets are pretty manageable as well. Perens notes that Debian's
budget is about $10,000 a year, and this is spent largely on
distributing the software. Servers that support plenty of traffic cost
a fair amount of money, but the group does get donations of hardware
and bandwidth. The group also presses a large number of CD-ROMs with
the software.
717
The groups also make a point of insisting that good code is more
valuable than money. The Free Software Foundation, for instance, lists
projects that need work next to its call for money. Volunteers are
needed to write documentation, test software, organize the office, and
also write more code.
718
Jordan Hubbard, the director of the FreeBSD project, says that money is
not always the best gift. "I'll take people over six-digit sums of
donations almost any day," he says, and explains that FreeBSD is
encouraging companies to donate some of the spare time of its
employees. He suggests that companies assign a worker to the FreeBSD
project for a month or two if there is time to spare.
719
"Employees also give us a window into what that company's needs are.
All of those co-opted employees bring back the needs of their jobsite.
Those are really valuable working relationships," he continues.
720
Hubbard has also found that money is often not the best motivator.
Hardware, it turns out, often works well at extracting work out of
programmers. He likes to ship a programmer one of the newest
peripherals like a DVD drive or a joystick and ask him to write a
driver for the technology in exchange. "It's so much more
cost-effective to buy someone a $500 piece of hardware, which in turn
motivates him to donate thousands of dollars worth of work, something
we probably couldn't pay for anyway," he says.
721
Money is still important, however, to take care of all the jobs that
can't be accomplished by piquing someone's curiosity. "The area we need
the most contributions for are infrastructure. Secretarial things are
no fun to do and you don't want to make volunteers do it," he says.
722
All of these charitable organizations are bound to grow in the next
several years as the free software movement becomes more sophisticated.
In some cases it will be because the hackers who loved playing with
computers will discover that the tax system is just another pile of
code filled with bugs looking to be hacked. In most cases, though, I
think it will be because large companies with their sophisticated tax
attorneys will become interested. I would not be surprised if a future
version of this book includes a very cynical treatment of the tax
habits of some open source organizations. Once an idea reaches a
critical mass, it is impossible to shield it from the forces of minor
and major corruption.
723
724
Marcel Mauss was an anthropologist who studied the tribes of the
northwestern corner of North America. His book Gift: The Form and
Reason for Exchange in Archaic Societies explained how the tribes like
the Chinook, the Tlinget, and the Kwakiutl would spend the months of
the fall giving and going to huge feasts. Each year, the members in the
tribe would take the bounty of the harvest and throw a feast for their
friends. The folks who attended might have a good time, but they were
then obligated to give a feast of equal or greater value next year.
725
Many anthropologists of the free software world like to draw parallels
between these feasts, known as potlatches in one tribe, and the
free-for-all world of free source software. The hackers are giving away
source code in much the same way that the tribe members gave away
salmon or deer meat.
726
The comparison does offer some insight into life in the free software
community. Some conventions like LinuxExpo and the hundreds of
install-fests are sort of like parties. One company at a LinuxExpo was
serving beer in its booth to attract attention. Of course, Netscape
celebrated its decision to launch the Mozilla project with a big party.
They then threw another one at the project's first birthday.
727
But the giving goes beyond the parties and the conferences. Giving
great software packages creates social standing in much the same way
that giving a lavish feast will establish you as a major member of the
tribe. There is a sort of pecking order, and the coders of great
systems like Perl or Linux are near the top. The folks at the top of
the pyramid often have better luck calling on other programmers for
help, making it possible for them to get their jobs done a little
better. Many managers justify letting their employees contribute to the
free software community because they build up a social network that
they can tap to finish their official jobs.
728
But there's a difference between tribal potlatch and free software. The
potlatch feasts built very strong individual bonds between people in
the same tribe who knew each other and worked together. The gifts
flowed between people who were part of each other's small community.
729
The free source world, on the other hand, is a big free-for-all in both
senses of the phrase. The code circulates for everyone to grab, and
only those who need it dig in. There's no great connection between
programmer and user. People grab software and take it without really
knowing to whom they owe any debt. I only know a few of the big names
who wrote the code running the Linux box on my desk, and I know that
there are thousands of people who also contributed. It would be
impossible for me to pay back any of these people because it's hard to
keep them straight.
730
This vast mass of contributors often negates the value and prestige
that comes from writing neat code. Since no one can keep track of it
all, people tend to treat all requests from unknown people equally. The
free source world tends to have many equals, just because there's no
hierarchy to make it easy for us to suss out each other's place.
Corporations have titles like executive vice president and super
executive vice president. The military labels people as private,
sergeant, or major. There are no guideposts in the free software world.
731
Still, good contributions pay off in good reputations. A bug fix here
and a bug fix there might not build a name, but after a year or two
they pay off. A good reputation opens doors, wins jobs, creates
friendships, and makes it possible to interest people in new projects.
732
The free source world is also a strange mirror image of the hierarchies
that emerge after a season of tribal potlatch ceremonies. In the
tribes, those who receive great gifts are required to return the favor
with even greater ones. So the skillful hunters and gatherers give good
gifts and receive something better in return. The rich get richer by
giving away their bounty. The less skillful end up at the bottom of the
list. The free source world, on the other hand, spreads its riches out
to everyone. There are many modest programmers who enjoy the source
code of the great programmers, and there may be billions of
non-programmers who also tag along. Many major websites run on free OSs
alone. Who knows which cheap Internet tools will come along in the
future? The poor get lifted along at no great cost to the economy. The
charity is broadcast to everyone, not narrowcast to a few.
733
The efficiency goes deeper. There's a whole class of products for the
home that are much fancier and sophisticated than what people need. One
company near me sells perfectly usable nonstick pans for $2.95. A fancy
department store sells hefty, industrial-grade pans that do the same
thing for more than $100. Why? They make great gifts for people getting
married. This wedding-industrial complex adds needless accoutrements,
doodads, and schmaltz just to give products enough caché to make
them great gifts.
734
The free source world, on the other hand, has no real incentive to
generate phony, chrome-plated glitz to make its gifts acceptable or
worthy enough of giving. People give away what they write for
themselves, and they tend to write what they need. The result is a very
efficient, usable collection of software that helps real people solve
real problems. The inefficiency of the wedding-industrial complex, the
Father's Day-industrial complex, the Christmas-industrial complex, and
their need to create acceptable gifts are gone.
735
Of course, there's also a certain element of selfishness to the
charity. The social prestige that comes from writing good free software
is worth a fair amount in the job market. People like to list
accomplishments like "wrote driver" or "contributed code to Linux
Kernel 2.2" on their résumé. Giving to the right project is a
badge of honor because serious folks doing serious work embraced the
gift. That's often more valuable and more telling than a plaque or an
award from a traditional boss.
736
Rob Newberry is a programmer at Group Logic, a small software house in
northern Virginia where I once did some consulting. His official title
is "Director of Fajita Technology," and he is sometimes known as "The
Dude," a reference to a character in the movie The Big Lebowski .
Technically, his job is building and supporting their products, which
are used to automate the prepress industry. One of their products,
known as Mass Transit, will move files over the Internet and execute a
number of automated programs to them before moving them on. Printers
use them to take in new jobs, massage the data to their needs by
performing tasks like color separation, and then send the jobs to the
presses. This work requires great understanding of the various network
protocols like FTP of NFS.
737
Newberry is also a Linux fan. He reads the Kernel list but rarely
contributes much to it. He runs various versions of Linux around the
house, and none of them were working as well as he wanted with his
Macintosh. So he poked around in the software, fixed it, and sent his
code off to Alan Cox, who watches over the part of the kernel where his
fixes belonged.
738
"I contributed some changes to the Appletalk stack that's in the Linux
Kernel that make it easier for a Linux machine to offer dial-in
services for Macintosh users," he said in an article published in
Salon. "As it stands, Mac users have always been able to dial into a
Linux box and use IP protocols, but if they wanted to use Appletalk
over PPP, the support wasn't really there."
739
Newberry, of course, is doing all of this on his own time because he
enjoys it. But his boss, Derick Naef, still thinks it's pretty cool
that he's spending some of his programming energy on a project that
won't add anything immediately to the bottom line.
740
"He's plugged into that community and mailing lists a lot more,"
explains Naef. "There are other people here who are, too, but there are
all these tools out there in the open source world. There's code out
there that can be incorporated into our computer projects. It can cut
your development costs if you can find stuff you can use."
741
Of course, all of this justification and rationalization aren't the
main reason why Newberry spends so much of his time hacking on Linux.
Sure, it may help his company's bottom line. Sure, it might beef up his
résumé by letting him brag that he got some code in the Linux
kernel. But he also sees this as a bit of charity.
742
"I get a certain amount of satisfaction from the work . . . but I get a
certain amount of satisfaction out of helping people. Improving Linux
and especially its integration with Macs has been a pet project of mine
for some time," he says. Still, he sums up his real motivation by
saying, "I write software because I just love doing it." Perhaps we're
just lucky that so many people love writing open source software and
giving it away.
743
744
It's not hard to find bad stories about people who write good code. One
person at a Linux conference told me, "The strange thing about Linus
Torvalds is that he hasn't really offended everyone yet. All of the
other leaders have managed to piss off someone at one time or another.
It's hard to find someone who isn't hated by someone else." While he
meant it as a compliment for Torvalds, he sounded as if he wouldn't be
surprised if Torvalds did a snotty, selfish, petulant thing. It would
just be par for the course.
745
There are thousands of examples of why people in the open source
community hate each other and there are millions of examples of why
they annoy each other. The group is filled with many strong-minded,
independent individuals who aren't afraid to express their opinions.
Flame wars spring up again and again as people try to decide technical
questions like whether it makes more sense to use long integers or
floating point numbers to hold a person's wealth in dollars.
746
Of course, hate is really too strong a word. If you manage to pin down
some of the people and ask them, point blank, whether they really hate
someone, they'll say, "No." They really just don't like a few of that
person's technical decisions. These points of friction fester and turn
into what might more commonly be called hate.
747
These technical debates are terrible tar pits for the community, and
they eat up the energy. The debates turn frustrating because they have
the strange distinction of being both technically important and utterly
trivial. Everyone would like to just sail through life and not worry
about tiny details like the type of integer used in a calculation.
There are millions of these decisions that take up time that might be
better spent imagining grand dreams of a seamless information noosphere
that provides the wisdom of the ages in a simple graphical interface.
But every programmer learns that it's the details that count. NASA lost
a spacecraft when some programmer used English units instead of the
metric system. So the work needs to get done.
748
Occasionally, the fights get interesting. Eric Raymond and Bruce Perens
are both great contributors to the open source movement. In fact, both
worked together to try to define the meaning of the term. Perens worked
with the community that creates the Debian distribution of Linux to
come up with a definition of what was acceptable for the community.
This definition morphed into a more official version used by the Open
Source Initiative. When they got a definition they liked, they
published it and tried to trademark the term "open source" in order to
make sure it was applied with some consistency. It should be no
surprise that all of that hard work brought them farther apart.
749
In early April 1999, soon after Apple Computer joined the free source
world by releasing some of the source code to their operating system,
Raymond and Perens found themselves at each other's throats. Raymond
had worked closely with Apple on developing their license and blessed
it soon after it emerged. Apple was so pleased that it put Raymond's
endorsement on their web page. The decision was a big coup for the open
source movement and strong proof that corporations were embracing the
movement. Big executives from big companies like Apple were knocking on
the open source movement's door. Raymond thought the victory would
bring more attention to the cause.
750
Others thought Raymond had given away the farm. Perens and many others
looked at the license and spotted a small clause that seemed dangerous.
The license for their open source code could be withdrawn at a moment's
notice. Someone pointed out that it would be a real bummer to do lots
of work on Apple's system and then find out that some neb-nosed lawyer
at Apple could just pull the license. No one wanted to take that
chance. Flame wars erupted and Perens started publicly disagreeing with
Raymond. To Perens, the Apple license just wasn't open enough to be
called "open source."
751
Raymond didn't take this too well. He had worked hard to build a strong
coalition. He had worked hard to convince corporations that open source
was much more than a way for teenagers to experiment with communism
while they were living on their parents' dime. He wanted the open
source world to be a smoothly running, suave machine that gracefully
welcomed Apple into its fold. Now his buddy Bruce Perens was
effectively aping Lloyd Bentsen's famous putdown of Dan Quayle: "I've
known open source; I've worked with open source; and Eric, this license
isn't open source." His whole announcement was supposed to unroll with
the clockwork precision of great corporate PR, and now someone had
lobbed a grenade.
752
Raymond fired back a terse e-mail that said, "If you ever again behave
like that kind of disruptive asshole in public, insult me, and
jeopardize the interests of our entire tribe, I'll take it just as
personally and I will find a way to make you regret it. Watch your
step."
753
This note rattled Perens, so he started sending copies around the Net.
Then he got serious and called the police. Officially, he was
publicizing the disagreement to preserve his health because Raymond is
quite vocal about his support for the second amendment. Therefore the
phrase "Watch your step" should be taken as a veiled threat of
violence.
754
Perens defended his decision to call the police and told me afterward,
"When I don't like something, I write about it. Well, gee, maybe Eric
was threatening to just write about me. In the signature at the bottom
of the page was a Thomas Jefferson quote, which claimed the pistol was
the best form of exercise. The next day, Perens decided that he was
overreacting a bit and posted a new note: "Eric says he only meant to
threaten me with 'defamation of character,' not with any kind of
violence. Thus, I think I'll just let this issue drop now."
755
When I asked him about the matter several months later after tempers
had cooled, Raymond said that the disagreement began several months
before the Apple event when Perens and Raymond clashed over whether the
book publisher O'Reilly should be allowed to use the term "open source"
in the name of their conference. "He was *flaming*, and not the
initiative itself but a critical supporter," says Raymond.
756
"Sometime back I had to accept Bruce's resignation from the OSI because
he was flaming public allies on a mailing list. If you're going to go
public, you can't run your mouth like a rabid attack dog. When the APSL
[Apple Public Source License] came along, he convinced people that
everybody should go mug Eric and the OSI," Raymond said. It caused more
grief.
757
Perens, for his part, said, "I was disappointed in Eric because
certainly open source is about freedom of speech. He should be able to
tolerate a dissenting voice. The entire argument was about my not
deferring to his leadership. He felt that my dissent was damaging. The
actual result was that Apple took my criticism seriously and took all
of the suggestions."
758
Raymond is still critical. He says, "Apple was more diplomatic to Bruce
in public than they should have been. The truth is that his meddling
got the people inside Apple who were pushing open source into
considerable political trouble, and they considered him a disruptive
asshole. Their bosses wanted to know, quite reasonably, why Apple
should bother trying to do an open source license if all it meant was
that they'd be attacked by every flake case with an agenda. By
undermining OSI's status as trusted representatives of the whole
community, Bruce nearly scuttled the whole process."
759
For now, the two work apart. Perens says he'll make up with Raymond,
but doesn't see it happening too soon. Raymond is happy to focus on the
future of open source and write more analysis of the movement. They've
been separated, and the tempers are cool.
760
Giving away software seems like an entirely altruistic act. Writing
code is hard work, and simply casting it onto the net with no
restrictions is a pretty nice gift outright, especially if the code
took months or years to write. This image of selflessness is so strong
that many people assume that the free software world is inhabited by
saints who are constantly doing nice things for each other. It seems
like a big love-in.
761
But love is more than a many splendored thing. It's a strange commodity
that binds us together emotionally in ways that run deeper than placid
pools reflecting starry eyes. After the flush of infatuation, strong
love lasts if and only if it answers everyone's needs. The hippie
culture of free love lasted only a few years, but the institution of
marriage continues to live on despite the battle scars and wounds that
are almost mortal. Half may fail, but half succeed.
762
The free software community also flourishes by creating a strong,
transcendent version of love and binding it with a legal document that
sets out the rules of the compact. Stallman wrote his first copyleft
virus more than 15 years before this book began, and the movement is
just beginning to gain real strength. The free software world isn't
just a groovy love nest, it's a good example of how strong fences,
freedom, and mutual respect can build strong relationships.
763
The important thing to realize is that free software people aren't any
closer to being saints than the folks in the proprietary software
companies. They're just as given to emotion, greed, and the lust for
power. It's just that the free software rules tend to restrain their
worst instincts and prevent them from acting upon them.
764
The rules are often quite necessary. E-mail and the news services give
people the ability to vent their anger quickly. Many of the programmers
are very proficient writers, so they can tear each other apart with
verbal scalpels. The free source world is cut up into hundreds if not
thousands of political camps and many dislike each other immensely. One
group begged with me not to ask them questions about another group
because just hearing someone's name brought up terrible memories of
pain and discord.
765
Despite these quick-raging arguments, despite the powerful
disagreements, despite the personal animosities, the principles of the
public licenses keep everything running smoothly. The people are just
as human as the rats running around in the maze of the proprietary
software business, but the license keeps them in line.
766
The various public licenses counter human behavior in two key ways.
First, they encourage debate by making everyone a principal in the
project. Everyone has a right to read, change, and of course make
comments about the software. Making everything available opens the
doors for discussion, and discussion usually leads to arguments.
767
But when the arguments come to blows, as they often do, the second
effect of free source licenses kicks in and moderates the fallout by
treating everyone equally. If Bob and John don't like each other, then
there's still nothing they can do to stop each other from working on
the project. The code is freely available to all and shutting off the
distribution to your enemy just isn't allowed. You can't shut out
anyone, even someone you hate.
768
Anyone familiar with corporate politics should immediately see the
difference. Keeping rivals in the dark is just standard practice in a
corporation. Information is a powerful commodity, and folks competing
for the same budget will use it to the best of their ability. Bosses
often move to keep their workers locked away from other groups to keep
some control over the flow of information.
769
Retribution is also common in the corporate world. Many managers
quickly develop enemies in the ranks, and the groups constantly spend
time sabotaging projects. Requests will be answered quickly or slowly
depending on who makes them. Work will be done or put off depending on
which division is asking for it to be done. Managers will often
complain that their job is keeping their underlings from killing each
other and then turn around and start battling the other managers at
their level.
770
The people in the free source world aren't any nicer than the people in
the corporate cubicle farms, but their powers of secrecy and
retribution are severely limited. The GNU General Public License
requires that anyone who makes changes to a program and then releases
the program must also release the source code to the world. No shutting
off your enemies allowed.
771
This effect could be called a number of different things. It isn't much
different from the mutual disarmament treaties signed by nations.
Athletic teams strive for this sort of pure focus when they hire
referees to make the tough calls and keep everyone playing by the same
rules. The government sometimes tries to enforce some discipline in the
free market through regulation.
772
Now, compare this disarmament with a story about the poor folks who
stayed behind at the Hotmail website after Microsoft bought them. It's
really just one of a million stories about corporate politics. The
workers at Hotmail went from being supreme lords of their Hotmail
domain to soldiers in the Microsoft army. Their decisions needed to
further Microsoft's relentless growth in wealth, not the good of the
Hotmail site. This probably didn't really bother the Hotmail people as
much as the fact that the people at Microsoft couldn't decide what they
wanted from Hotmail.
773
Robert X. Cringely described the situation in an article in PBS Online,
and he quoted one Hotmail worker as saying, "They send a new top-level
group down to see us every week, yet it really means nothing. The plan
is constantly changing. Today Hotmail is primarily a way of shoveling
new users into the MSN portal. We had for a short time a feature called
Centerpoint for communicating directly with our users, but that was
killed as a possible competitor with the MSN portal. No new features
could be added because the Outlook Express team saw us as competition
and sabotaged everything."
774
Cringely explained the corporate friction and gridlock this way:
775
"What Hotmail learned is that at Microsoft almost anyone can say 'no,'
but hardly anyone can say 'yes.' The way it specifically works at
Microsoft is that everyone says 'no' to anyone below them on the
organizational structure or on the same level, and 'yes' to anyone
above. Since the vertical lines of authority are narrow this means
people tend to agree only with their bosses and their boss's boss and
try to kick and gouge everyone else."
776
The free software world, of course, removes these barriers. If the
Hotmail folks had joined the Linux team instead of Microsoft, they
would be free to do whatever they wanted with their website even if it
annoyed Linus Torvalds, Richard Stallman, and the pope. They wouldn't
be rich, but there's always a price.
777
Using the word "love" is a bit dangerous because the word manages to
include the head-over-heels infatuation of teenagers and the affection
people feel for a new car or a restaurant's food. The love that's
embodied by the GPL, on the other hand, isn't anywhere near as much fun
and it isn't particularly noteworthy. It just encompasses the mutual
responsibility and respect that mature folks occasionally feel for each
other. It's St. Paul's version of unconditional, everlasting love, not
the pangs of desire that kept St. Augustine up late in his youth.
778
Anyone who has spent time in the trenches in a corporate cubicle farm
knows how wasteful the battles between groups and divisions can be.
While the competition can sometimes produce healthy rivalries, it often
just promotes discord. Any veteran of these wars should see the
immediate value of disarmament treaties like the GPL. They permit
healthy rivalries to continue while preventing secrecy and selfishness
from erupting. The free source movement may not have money to move
mountains, but it does have this love.
779
This love also has a more traditional effect on the hackers who create
the free source code. They do it because they love what they're doing.
Many of the people in the free source movement are motivated by writing
great software, and they judge their success by the recognition they
get from equally talented peers. A "nice job" from the right
person--like Richard Stallman, Alan Cox, or Linus Torvalds--can be
worth more than $100,000 for some folks. It's a strange way to keep
score, but for most of the programmers in the free source world it's
more of a challenge than money. Any schmoe in Silicon Valley can make a
couple of million dollars, but only a few select folks can rewrite the
network interface code of the Linux kernel to improve the throughput of
the Apache server by 20 percent.
780
Keeping score by counting the number of people who dig your work is a
strange system, but one that offers the same incentives as business. A
good store doesn't insult people who could be repeat customers. A good
free software project doesn't insult people who have a choice of which
package to use. A good businessman makes it easy for people to get to
the store, park, and make a purchase. A good free software project
makes it simple for people to download the code, compile it, modify it,
understand it, and use it.
781
There's even some research to support the notion that rewards can
diminish the creativity of people. Stallman likes to circulate a 1987
article from the Boston Globe that describes a number of different
scientific experiments that show how people who get paid are less
creative than those who produce things from their love of the art. The
studies evaluated the success of poets, artists, and teachers who did
their job for the fun of it and compared it with those who were
rewarded for their efforts. In many cases, these were short-bounded
exercises that could be evaluated fairly easily.
782
One scientist, Theresa Amabile, told the Globe that her work
"definitely refutes the notion that creativity can be operantly
conditioned." That is, you can't turn it on by just pouring some money
on it. Many free software folks point out that this is why the free
source movement is just as likely to succeed as a massively funded
corporate juggernaut.
783
Many people don't need scientists to tell them that you can't throw
money at many problems and expect them to go away. This is a hard
lesson that managers and businesses learn quickly. But this doesn't
mean that the lack of money means that the free source movement will
beat the thousands of shackled programmers in their corporate rabbit
hutches. These studies just measured "creativity" and found that the
unpaid folks were more "creative." That's not necessarily a compliment.
In fact, the word is often used as a euphemism for "strange," "weird,"
or just plain "bad." It's more often a measure of just how different
something is instead of how good it is. Would you rather eat at the
house of a creative chef or a good chef?
784
This love of creativity can be a problem for the free source world.
Most people don't want to use a creative spreadsheet to do their
accounting--it could get them in trouble with the SEC or the IRS. They
want a solid team player for many of their jobs, not a way cool
creative one.
785
The free source world is often seen as too artistic and temperamental
to undertake the long, arduous task of creating good, solid software
that solves the jobs of banks, pharmacies, airlines, and everyone else.
Many of these tasks are both mind-numbingly boring and difficult to do.
While they just involve adding a few numbers and matching up some data,
the tasks have to be done right or airplanes will crash. The free
source world can't rely on love or creativity to motivate people to
take on these tasks. The only solution might be money.
786
Of course, it's important to recognize that even seemingly boring jobs
can have very creative solutions. Stallman's GNU Emacs is a fascinating
and over-the-top, creative solution to the simple job of manipulating
text. Word processors and text editors might not be that exciting
anymore, but finding creative ways to accomplish the task is still
possible.
787
788
Many movies about teenagers follow a time-proven formula: once the
magic summer is over, the gang is going to split up and it will never
be the same again. Bob's going to college; Rick is getting married; and
Harry is going to be stuck in the old town forever. Right now, the free
software world is playing out the same emotions and dramas as the
greater world discovers open source software. In the fall, the
corporations are coming and the old, cool world of late-night hackfests
fueled by pizza and Jolt are in danger. Some people in the realm of
free source software are going to grow up, get educated, and join the
establishment; some will get married; and some will get left behind
wondering why the old game isn't as cool anymore.
789
The free source world is suffering from an acute case of success. Many
of the great projects like Apache and Sendmail are growing up and being
taken over by corporations with balance sheets. Well, not exactly taken
over, but the corporations will exist and they'll try to shepherd
development. Other corporations like Apple, Sun, and Netscape are
experimenting with open source licenses and trying to make money while
sharing code. Some quaint open source companies like Red Hat are
growing wealthy by floating IPOs to raise some money and maybe buy a
few Porsches for their stakeholders. There's a lot of coming of age
going on.
790
On the face of it, none of this rampant corporatization should scare
the guys who built the free software world in their spare cycles. The
corporations are coming to free source because it's a success. They
want to grab some of the open software mojo and use it to drive their
own companies. The suits on the plane are all tuning into Slashdot,
buying T-shirts, and reading Eric Raymond's essay "The Cathedral and
the Bazaar" in the hopes of glomming on to a great idea. The suits have
given up their usual quid pro quo: be a good nerd, keep the code
running, and we'll let you wear a T-shirt in your basement office. Now
they want to try to move in and live the life, too. If Eric Raymond
were selling Kool-Aid, they would be fighting to drink it.
791
The talk is serious, and it's affecting many of the old-line companies
as well. Netscape started the game by releasing the source code to a
development version of their browser in March of 1998. Apple and Sun
followed and began giving away the source code to part of their OS. Of
course, Apple got part of the core of their OS from the open source
world, but that's sort of beside the point. They're still sharing some
of their new, Apple-only code. Some, not all. But that's a lot more
than they shared before. Sun is even sharing the source code to their
Java system. If you sign the right papers or click the right buttons,
you can download the code right now. Its license is more restrictive,
but they're joining the club, getting religion, and hopping on the
bandwagon.
792
Most of the true devotees are nervous about all of this attention. The
free software world was easy to understand when it was just late-night
hackfests and endless railing against AT&T and UNIX. It was simple
when it was just messing around with grungy code that did way cool
things. It was a great, he-man, Windoze-hating clubhouse back then.
793
Well, the truth is that some of the free software world is going to go
off to college, graduate with a business degree, and turn respectable.
Eric Allman, for instance, is trying to build a commercial version of
his popular free package Sendmail. The free version will still be free,
but you can get a nicer interface and some cooler features for managing
accounts if you buy in. If things work out, some of the folks with the
free version will want all of the extra features he's tacking on and
they'll pay him. No one knows what this will do to the long-term
development of Sendmail, of course. Will he only make new improvements
in the proprietary code? Will other folks stop contributing to the
project because they see a company involved? There's some evidence that
Allman's not the same guy who hung around the pizza joint. When I
contacted him for an interview, he passed me along to his public
relations expert, who wrote back wanting to "make sure this is a
profitable way to spend Eric's time." For all we know, Eric may have
even been wearing a suit when he hired a corporate PR team.
794
Some of the other free software folks are going to get married. The
Apache group has leveraged its success with small server organizations
into connections with the best companies selling high-powered products.
IBM is now a firm supporter of Apache, and they run it on many of their
systems. Brian Behlendorf still schedules his own appointments, jokes
often, and speaks freely about his vision for Apache, but he's as
serious as any married man with several kids to support. It's not just
about serving up a few web pages filled with song lyrics or Star Wars
trivia. People are using Apache for business--serious business. There
can still be fun, but Apache needs to be even more certain that they're
not screwing up.
795
And of course there are thousands of free software projects that are
going to get left behind hanging out at the same old pizza joint. There
were always going to be thousands left behind. People get excited about
new projects, better protocols, and neater code all the time. The old
code just sort of withers away. Occasionally someone rediscovers it,
but it is usually just forgotten and superseded. But this natural
evolution wasn't painful until the successful projects started ending
up on the covers of magazines and generating million-dollar deals with
venture capitalists. People will always be wondering why their project
isn't as big as Linux.
796
There will also be thousands of almost great projects that just sail on
being almost great. All of the distributions come with lots of programs
that do some neat things. But there's no way that the spotlight can be
bright enough to cover them all. There will be only one Torvalds and
everyone is just going to be happy that he's so gracious when he
reminds the adoring press that most of the work was done by thousands
of other nameless folks.
797
Most of the teen movies don't bother trying to figure out what happens
after that last fateful summer. It's just better to end the movie with
a dramatic race or stage show that crystallizes all the unity and
passion that built up among this group during their formative years.
They sing, they dance, they win the big game, they go to the prom, and
then cameras love to freeze the moment at the end of the film. The free
software movement, on the other hand, is just too important and
powerful to stop this book on a climactic note. It would be fun to just
pause the book at the moment in time when Linus Torvalds and Bob Young
were all over the magazines. Their big show was a success, but the real
question is what will happen when some folks go to school, some folks
get married, and some folks are left behind.
798
To some extent, the influx of money and corporations is old news. Very
old news. Richard Stallman faced the same problem in the 1980s when he
realized that he needed to find a way to live without a university
paycheck. He came up with the clever notion that the software and the
source must always be free, but that anyone could charge whatever the
market would bear for the copies. The Free Software Foundation itself
continues to fund much of its development by creating and selling both
CD-ROMs and printed manuals.
799
This decision to welcome money into the fold didn't wreck free
software. If anything, it made it possible for companies like Red Hat
to emerge and sell easier-to-use versions of the free software. The
companies competed to put out the best distributions and didn't use
copyright and other intellectual property laws to constrain each other.
This helped attract more good programmers to the realm because most
folks would rather spend their time writing code than juggling drivers
on their machine. Good distributions like Red Hat, Slackware, Debian,
FreeBSD, and SuSE made it possible for everyone to get their machines
up and running faster.
800
There's no reason why the latest push into the mainstream is going to
be any different. Sure, Red Hat is charging more and creating better
packages, but most of the distribution is still governed by the GPL.
Whenever people complain that Red Hat costs too much, Bob Young just
points people to the companies that rip off his CDs and charge only $2
or $3 per copy. The GPL keeps many people from straying too far from
the ideal.
801
The source is also still available. Sure, the corporate suits can come
in, cut deals, issue press releases, raise venture capital, and do some
IPOs, but that doesn't change the fact that the source code is now
widely distributed. Wasn't that the goal of Stallman's revolution?
Didn't he want to be able to get at the guts of software and fix it?
The source is now more omnipresent than ever. The corporations are
practically begging folks to download it and send in bug fixes.
802
Of course, access to the source was only half of Stallman's battle. A
cynic might growl that the corporations seem to be begging folks to do
their research, testing, and development work for them. They're looking
for free beers. Stallman wanted freedom to do whatever he wanted with
the source and many of the companies aren't ready to throw away all of
their control.
803
Apple sells its brand, and it was careful not to open up the source
code to its classic desktop interface. They kept that locked away. Most
of the source code that Apple released is from its next version of the
operating system, Mac OS X, which came from the folks at NeXT when
Apple acquired that company. Where did that code come from? Large
portions came from the various free versions of BSD like NetBSD or
Mach. It's easy to be generous when you only wrote a fraction of the
code.
804
Ernest Prabhakar, the project manager for Apple's first open source
effort known as Darwin, describes the tack he took to get Apple's
management to embrace this small core version of the BSD operating
system tuned to the Macintosh hardware platform.
805
"The first catalysts were the universities. There were a lot of
universities like MIT and University of Michigan that had some
specialized network infrastructure needs," he said.
806
"We realized that the pieces they're most interested in are the most
commoditized. There wasn't really any proprietary technology added that
we had to worry about them copying. There are people who know them
better than we do like the BSD community. We started making the case,
if we really want to partner with the universities we should just open
the source code and release it as a complete BSD-style operating
system.
807
"We wanted people to use this in classes, really embed it in the whole
educational process without constraining teaching to fit some corporate
model," he finishes.
808
Of course, Prabhakar suggests that there is some self-interest as well.
Apple wants to be a full partner with the BSD community. It wants the
code it shares to mingle and cross-pollinate with the code from the BSD
trees. In the long run, Apple's Darwin and the BSDs will grow closer
together. In an ideal world, both groups will flourish as they avoid
duplicating each other's efforts.
809
Prabhakar says, "This reduces our reintegration costs. The ability to
take the standard version of FreeBSD and dump it into our OS was a big
win. Prior to doing the open source, we had done a small scale of
givebacks."
810
This view is echoed by other companies. IBM is a great hardware company
and an even greater service company that's never had much luck selling
software, at least in the same way that Microsoft sells software. Their
OS/2 never got far off the ground. They've sold plenty of software to
companies by bundling it with handholding and long-term service, but
they've never had great success in the shrink-wrapped software
business. Open source gives them the opportunity to cut software
development costs and concentrate on providing service and hardware.
They get free development help from everyone and the customers get more
flexibility.
811
Sun's Community Source License is also not without some self-interest.
The company would like to make sure that Java continues to be "Write
Once, Run Anywhere," and that means carefully controlling the APIs and
the code to make sure no idiosyncrasies or other glitches emerge.
People and companies that want to be part of the community must abide
by Sun's fairly generous, but not complete, gift to the world.
812
The company's web page points out the restriction Sun places on its
source code fairly clearly. "Modified source code cannot be distributed
without the express written permission of Sun" and "Binary programs
built using modified Java 2 SDK source code may not be distributed,
internally or externally, without meeting the compatibility and royalty
requirements described in the License Agreement."
813
While some see this clause as a pair of manacles, Bill Joy explains
that the Community Source License is closer to our definition of a real
community. "It's a community in a stronger sense," he told an audience
at Stanford. "If you make improvements, you can own them." After you
negotiate a license with Sun, you can sell them. Joy also points out
that Sun's license does require some of the GNU-like sharing by
requiring everyone to report bugs.
814
Some customers may like a dictator demanding complete obeisance to
Sun's definition of Java, but some users are chaffing a bit. The
freedom to look at the code isn't enough. They want the freedom to add
their own features that are best tuned to their own needs, a process
that may start to Balkanize the realm by creating more and more
slightly different versions of Java. Sun clearly worries that the
benefits of all this tuning aren't worth living through the cacophony
of having thousands of slightly different versions. Releasing the
source code allows all of the users to see more information about the
structure of Sun's Java and helps them work off the same page. This is
still a great use of the source code, but it isn't as free as the use
imagined by Stallman.
815
Alan Baratz, the former president of Sun's Java division, says that
their Community Source License has been a large success. Sure, some
folks would like the ability to take the code and fork off their own
versions as they might be able to do with software protected by a BSD-
or GNU-style license, but Java developers really want the assurance
that it's all compatible. As many said, "Microsoft wanted to fork Java
so it could destroy it."
816
Baratz said, "We now have forty thousand community source licensees.
The developers and the systems builders and the users all want the
branded Java technology. They want to know that all of the apps are
going to be there. That's the number-one reason that developers are
writing to the platform." Their more restrictive license may not make
Stallman and other free software devotees happy, but at least Java will
run everywhere.
817
Maybe in this case, the quality and strength of the unity Sun brings to
the marketplace is more important than the complete freedom to do
whatever you want. There are already several Java clones available,
like Kaffe. They were created without the help of Sun, so their
creators aren't bound by Sun's licenses. But they also go out of their
way to avoid splitting with Sun. Tim Wilkinson, the CEO of
Transvirtual, the creators of Kaffe, says that he plans to continue to
make Kaffe 100 percent Java compatible without paying royalties or
abiding by the Community Source License. If his project or other
similar ones continue to thrive and grow, then people will know that
the freedom of open source can be as important as blind allegiance to
Sun.
818
These corporate efforts are largely welcomed by the open source world,
but the welcome does not come with open arms or a great deal of warmth.
819
Source code with some restrictions is generally better than no source
at all, but there is still a great deal of suspicion. Theo de Raadt,
the leader of the OpenBSD project, says, "Is that free? We will not
look at Apple source code because we'll have contaminated ourselves."
De Raadt is probably overreacting, but he may have reason to worry.
AT&T's USL tied up the BSD project for more than a year with a
lawsuit that it eventually lost. Who knows what Apple could do to the
folks at OpenBSD if there were a some debate over whether some code
should be constrained by the Apple license? It's just easier for
everyone at OpenBSD to avoid looking at the Apple code so they can be
sure that the Apple license won't give some lawyers a toehold on
OpenBSD's code base.
820
Richard Stallman says, "Sun wants to be thought of as having joined our
club, without paying the dues or complying with the public service
requirements. They want the users to settle for the fragments of
freedom Sun will let them have."
821
He continues, "Sun has intentionally rejected the free software
community by using a license that is much too restrictive. You are not
allowed to redistribute modified versions of Sun's Java software. It is
not free software."
822
823
The corporations could also sow discord and grief by creating two
different classes: the haves and the have-nots. The people who work at
the company and draw a salary would get paid for working on the
software while others would get a cheery grin and some thanks.
Everyone's code would still be free, but some of the contributors might
get much more than others. In the past, everyone was just hanging out
on the Net and adding their contributions because it was fun.
824
This split is already growing. Red Hat software employs some of the
major Linux contributors like Alan Cox. They get a salary while the
rest of the contributors get nothing. Sun, Apple, and IBM employees get
salaries, but folks who work on Apache or the open versions of BSD get
nothing but the opportunity to hack cool code.
825
One employee from Microsoft, who spoke on background, predicted
complete and utter disaster. "Those folks are going to see the guys
from Red Hat driving around in the Porsches and they're just going to
quit writing code. Why help someone else get rich?" he said. I pointed
out that jealousy wasn't just a problem for free software projects.
Didn't many contract employees from Microsoft gather together and sue
to receive stock options? Weren't they locked out, too?
826
Still, he raises an interesting point. Getting people to join together
for the sake of a group is easy to do when no one is getting rich. What
will happen when more money starts pouring into some folks' pockets?
Will people defect? Will they stop contributing?
827
Naysayers are quick to point to experiments like Netscape's Mozilla
project, which distributed the source code to the next generation of
its browser. The project received plenty of hype because it was the
first big open source project created by a major company. They set up
their own website and built serious tools for keeping track of bugs.
Still, the project has not generated any great browser that would allow
it to be deemed a success. At this writing, about 15 months after the
release, they're still circulating better and better beta versions, but
none are as complete or feature-rich as the regular version of
Netscape, which remains proprietary.11
11. At this writing, version M13 of Mozilla looks very impressive. It's
getting quite close to the proprietary version of Netscape.
828
The naysayers like to point out that Netscape never really got much
outside help on the Mozilla project. Many of the project's core group
were Netscape employees and most of the work was done by Netscape
employees. There were some shining examples like Jim Clark (no relation
to the founder of Netscape with the same name), who contributed an
entire XML parser to the project. David Baron began hacking and testing
the Mozilla code when he was a freshman at Harvard. But beyond that,
there was no great groundswell of enthusiasm. The masses didn't rise up
and write hundreds of thousands of lines of code and save Netscape.
829
But it's just as easy to cast the project as a success. Mozilla was the
first big corporate-sponsored project. Nothing came before it, so it
isn't possible to compare it with anything. It is both the best and the
worst example. The civilian devotees could just as well be said to have
broken the world record for source code contributed to a
semi-commercial project. Yes, most of the work was officially done by
Netscape employees, but how do you measure work? Many programmers think
a good bug report is more valuable than a thousand lines of code. Sure,
some folks like Baron spend most of their time testing the source code
and looking for incompatibilities, but that's still very valuable. He
might not have added new code himself, but his insight may be worth
much more to the folks who eventually rely on the product to be
bug-free.
830
It's also important to measure the scope of the project. Mozilla set
out to rewrite most of the Netscape code. In the early days, Netscape
grew by leaps and bounds as the company struggled to add more and more
features to keep ahead of Microsoft. The company often didn't have the
time to rebuild and reengineer the product, and many of the new
features were not added in the best possible way. The Mozilla team
started off by trying to rebuild the code and put it on a stable
foundation for the future. This hard-core, structural work often isn't
as dramatic. Casual observers just note that the Mozilla browser
doesn't have as many features as plain old Netscape. They don't realize
that it's completely redesigned inside.
831
Jeff Bates, an editor at Slashdot, says that Mozilla may have suffered
because Netscape was so successful. The Netscape browser was already
available for free for Linux. "There wasn't a big itch to scratch," he
says. "We already had Netscape, which was fine for most people. This
project interested a smaller group than if we'd not had Netscape-hence
why it didn't get as much attention."
832
The experiences at other companies like Apple and Sun have been more
muted. These two companies also released the source code to their major
products, but they did not frame the releases as big barn-raising
projects where all of the users would rise up and do the development
work for the company. Some people portrayed the Mozilla project as a
bit of a failure because Netscape employees continued to do the bulk of
code writing. Apple and Sun have done a better job emphasizing the
value of having the source available while avoiding the impossible
dream of getting the folks who buy the computers to write the OS, too.
833
Not all interactions between open source projects and corporations
involve corporations releasing their source code under a new open
source license. Much more code flows from the open source community
into corporations. Free things are just as tempting to companies as to
people.
834
In most cases, the flow is not particularly novel. The companies just
choose FreeBSD or some version of Linux for their machines like any
normal human being. Many web companies use a free OS like Linux or
FreeBSD because they're both cheap and reliable. This is going to grow
much more common as companies realize they can save a substantial
amount of money over buying seat licenses from companies like
Microsoft.
835
In some cases, the interactions between the open source realm and the
corporate cubicle farm become fairly novel. When the Apache web server
grew popular, the developers at IBM recognized that they had an
interesting opportunity at hand. If IBM could get the Apache server to
work on its platforms, it might sell more machines. Apache was growing
more common, and common software often sold machines. When people came
looking for a new web server, the IBM salesmen thought it might be nice
to offer something that was well known.
836
Apache's license is pretty loose. IBM could have taken the Apache code,
added some modifications, and simply released it under their own name.
The license only required that IBM give some credit by saying the
version was derived from Apache itself. This isn't hard to do when
you're getting something for free.
837
Other companies have done the same thing. Brian Behlendorf, one of the
Apache core group, says, "There's a company that's taken the Apache
code and ported it to Mac. They didn't contribute anything back to the
Apache group, but it didn't really hurt us to do that." He suggested
that the karma came back to haunt them because Apple began releasing
their own version of Apache with the new OS, effectively limiting the
company's market.
838
IBM is, of course, an old master at creating smooth relationships with
customers and suppliers. They chose to build a deeper relationship with
Apache by hiring one of the core developers, Ken Coar, and paying him
to keep everyone happy.
839
"My job is multifaceted," says Coar. "I don't work on the IBM
addedvalue stuff. I work on the base Apache code on whatever platforms
are available to me. I serve as a liaison between IBM and the Apache
group, basically advising IBM on whether the things that they want to
do are appropriate. It's an interesting yet unique role. All of my code
makes it back into the base Apache code."
840
Coar ended up with the job because he helped IBM and Apache negotiate
the original relationship. He said there was a considerable amount of
uncertainty on both sides. IBM wondered how they could get something
without paying for it, and Apache wondered whether IBM would come in
and simply absorb Apache.
841
"There were questions about it from the Apache side that any sort of
IBM partnership would make it seem as if IBM had acquired Apache. It
was something that Apache didn't want to see happen or seem to see
happen," Coar said.
842
Today, Coar says IBM tries to participate in the Apache project as a
peer. Some of the code IBM develops will flow into the group and other
bits may remain proprietary. When the Apache group incorporated, Coar
and another IBM employee, Ken Stoddard, were members. This sort of
long-term involvement can help ensure that the Apache group doesn't
start developing the server in ways that will hurt its performance on
IBM's machine. If you pay several guys who contribute frequently to the
project, you can be certain that your needs will be heard by the group.
It doesn't guarantee anything, but it can buy a substantial amount of
goodwill.
843
Of course, it's important to realize that the Apache group was always
fairly business-oriented. Many of the original developers ran web
servers and wanted access to the source code. They made money by
selling the service of maintaining a website to the customers, not a
shrink-wrapped copy of Apache itself. The deal with IBM didn't mean
that Apache changed many of its ways; it just started working with some
bigger fish.
844
At first glance, each of these examples doesn't really suggest that the
coming of the corporations is going to change much in the free source
world. Many of the changes were made long ago when people realized that
some money flowing around made the free software world a much better
place. The strongest principles still survive: (1) hackers thrive when
the source code is available, and (2) people can create their own
versions at will.
845
The arrival of companies like IBM doesn't change this. The core Apache
code is still available and still running smoothly. The modules still
plug in and work well. There's no code that requires IBM hardware to
run and the committee seems determined to make sure that any IBM
takeover doesn't occur. In fact, it still seems to be in everyone's
best interest to keep the old development model. The marketplace loves
standards, and IBM could sell many machines just offering a standard
version of Apache. When the customers walk in looking for a web server,
IBM's sales force can just say "This little baby handles X billion hits
a day and it runs the industry-leading Apache server." IBM's arrival
isn't much different from the arrival of a straightlaced, no-nonsense
guy who strolls in from the Net and wants to contribute to Apache so he
can get ahead in his job as a webmaster. In this case, it's just a
corporation, not a person.
846
Many suggest that IBM will gradually try to absorb more and more
control over Apache because that's what corporations do. They generate
inscrutable contracts and unleash armies of lawyers. This view is
shortsighted because it ignores how much IBM gains by maintaining an
arm'slength relationship. If Apache is a general program used on
machines throughout the industry, then IBM doesn't need to educate
customers on how to use it. Many of them learned in college or in their
spare time on their home machines. Many of them read books published by
third parties, and some took courses offered by others. IBM is
effectively offloading much of its education and support costs onto a
marketplace of third-party providers.
847
Would IBM be happier if Apache was both the leading product in the
market and completely owned by IBM? Sure, but that's not how it turned
out. IBM designed the PC, but they couldn't push OS/2 on everyone. They
can make great computers, however, and that's not a bad business to be
in. At least Apache isn't controlled by anyone else, and that makes the
compromise pretty easy on the ego.
848
Some worry that there's a greater question left unanswered by the
arrival of corporations. In the past, there was a general link between
the creator of a product and the consumer. If the creator didn't do a
good job, then the consumer could punish the creator by not buying
another version. This marketplace would ensure that only the best
survived.
849
Patrick Reilly writes, "In a free market, identifiable manufacturers
own the product. They are responsible for product performance, and they
can be held liable for inexcusable flaws."
850
What happens if a bug emerges in some version of the Linux kernel and
it makes it into several distributions? It's not really the fault of
the distribution creators, because they were just shipping the latest
version of the kernel. And it's not really the kernel creators' fault,
because they weren't marketing the kernel as ready for everyone to run.
They were just floating some cool software on the Net for free. Who's
responsible for the bug? Who gets sued?
851
Reilly takes the scenario even further. Imagine that one clever
distribution company finds a fix for the bug and puts it into their
distribution. They get no long-term reward because any of the other
distribution companies can come along and grab the bug fix.
852
He writes, "Consumers concerned about software compatibility would
probably purchase the standard versions. But companies would lose
profit as other consumers would freely download improved versions of
the software from the Internet. Eventually the companies would suffer
from widespread confusion over the wide variety of software versions of
each product, including standard versions pirated by profiteers."
853
There's no doubt that Reilly points toward a true breakdown in the
feedback loop that is supposed to keep free markets honest and
efficient. Brand names are important, and the free source world is a
pretty confusing stew of brand names.
854
But he also overestimates the quality of the software emerging from
proprietary companies that can supposedly be punished by the
marketplace. Many users complain frequently about bugs that never get
fixed in proprietary code, in part because the proprietary companies
are frantically trying to glom on more features so they can convince
more people to buy another version of the software. Bugs don't always
get fixed in the proprietary model, either.
855
Richard Stallman understands Reilly's point, but he suggests that the
facts don't bear him out. If this feedback loop is so important, why do
so many people brag about free software's reliability?
856
Stallman says, "He has pointed out a theoretical problem, but if you
look at the empirical facts, we do not have a real problem. So it is
only a problem for the theory, not a problem for the users. Economists
may have a challenge explaining why we DO produce such reliable
software, but users have no reason to worry."
857
858
The biggest effect of the free software revolution may be to shift the
power between the hardware and software companies. The biggest
corporate proponents of open source are IBM, Apple, Netscape/AOL, Sun,
and Hewlett-Packard. All except Netscape are major hardware companies
that watched Microsoft turn the PC world into a software monopoly that
ruled a commodity hardware business.
859
Free source code changes the equation and shifts power away from
software companies like Microsoft. IBM and Hewlett-Packard are no
longer as beholden to Microsoft if they can ship machines running a
free OS. Apple is borrowing open source software and using it for the
core of their new OS. These companies know that the customers come to
them looking for a computer that works nicely when it comes from the
factory. Who cares whether the software is free or not? If it does what
the customer wants, then they can make their money on hardware.
860
The free software movement pushes software into the public realm, and
this makes it easier for the hardware companies to operate. Car
companies don't sit around and argue about who owns the locations of
the pedals or the position of the dials on the dashboard. Those notions
and design solutions are freely available to all car companies equally.
The lawyers don't need to get involved in that level of car creation.
861
Of course, the free software movement could lead to more consolidation
in the hardware business. The car business coalesced over the years
because the large companies were able to use their economies of scale
to push out the small companies. No one had dominion over the idea of
putting four wheels on a car or building an engine with pistons, so the
most efficient companies grew big.
862
This is also a threat for the computer business. Microsoft licensed
their OS to all companies, big or small, that were willing to prostrate
themselves before the master. It was in Microsoft's best interests to
foster free competition between the computer companies. Free software
takes this one step further. If no company has control over the
dominant OS, then competition will shift to the most efficient
producers. The same forces that brought GM to the center of the car
industry could help aggregate the hardware business.
863
This vision would be more worrisome if it hadn't happened already.
Intel dominates the market for CPU chips and takes home the lion's
share of the price of a PC. The marketplace already chose a winner of
that battle. Now, free software could unshackle Intel from its need to
maintain a partnership with Microsoft by making Intel stronger.
864
Of course, the free OSs could also weaken Intel by opening it up to
competition. Windows 3.1, 95, and 98 always ran only on Intel
platforms. This made it easier for Intel to dominate the PC world
because the OS that was most in demand would only run on Intel or Intel
compatible chips. Microsoft made some attempt to break out of this
tight partnership by creating versions of Windows NT that ran on the
Alpha chip, but these were never an important part of the market.
865
The free OS also puts Intel's lion's share up for grabs. Linux runs
well on Intel chips, but it also runs on chips made by IBM, Motorola,
Compaq, and many others. The NetBSD team loves to brag that its
software runs on almost all platforms available and is dedicated to
porting it to as many as possible. Someone using Linux or NetBSD
doesn't care who made the chip inside because the OS behaves similarly
on all of them.
866
Free source code also threatens one of the traditional ways computer
manufacturers differentiated their products. The Apple Macintosh lost
market share and potential customers because it was said that there
wasn't much software available for it. The software written for the PC
would run on the Mac only using a slow program that converted it. Now,
if everyone has access to the source code, they can convert the
software to run on their machine. In many cases, it's as simple as just
recompiling it, a step that takes less than a minute. Someone using an
Amiga version of NetBSD could take software running on an Intel chip
version and recompile it.
867
This threat shows that the emergence of the free OSs ensures that
hardware companies will also face increased competitive pressure. Sure,
they may be able to get Microsoft off their back, but Linux may make
things a bit worse.
868
In the end, the coming of age of free software may be just as big a
threat to the old way of life for corporations as it is to the free
software community. Sure, the hackers will lose the easy camaraderie of
swapping code with others, but the corporations will need to learn to
live without complete control. Software companies will be under
increasing pressure from free versions, and hardware companies will be
shocked to discover that their product will become more of a commodity
than it was before. Everyone is going to have to find a way to compete
and pay the rent when much of the intellectual property is free.
869
These are big changes that affect big players. But what will the
changes mean to the programmers who stay up late spinning mountains of
code? Will they be disenfranchised? Will they quit in despair? Will
they move on to open source experiments on the human genome?
870
"The money flowing in won't turn people off or break up the community,
and here's why," says Eric Raymond. "The demand for programmers has
been so high for the last decade that anyone who really cared about
money is already gone. We've been selected for artistic passion."
871
872
Everyone who's made it past high school knows that money changes
everything. Jobs disappear, love crumbles, and wars begin when money
gets tight. Of course, a good number of free source believers aren't
out of high school, but they'll figure this out soon enough. Money is
just the way that we pay for things we need like food, clothing,
housing, and of course newer, bigger, and faster computers.
873
The concept of money has always been the Achilles heel of the free
software world. Everyone quickly realizes the advantages of sharing the
source code with everyone else. As they say in the software business,
"It's a no-brainer." But figuring out a way to keep the fridge stocked
with Jolt Cola confounds some of the best advocates for free software.
874
Stallman carefully tried to spell out his solution in the GNU
Manifesto. He wrote, "There's nothing wrong with wanting pay for work,
or seeking to maximize one's income, as long as one does not use means
that are destructive. But the means customary in the field of software
today are based on destruction.
875
"Extracting money from users of a program by restricting their use of
it is destructive because the restrictions reduce the amount and the
way that the program can be used. This reduces the amount of wealth
that humanity derives from the program. When there is a deliberate
choice to restrict, the harmful consequences are deliberate
destruction."
876
At first glance, Richard Stallman doesn't have to worry too much about
making ends meet. MIT gave him an office. He got a genius grant from
the MacArthur Foundation. Companies pay him to help port his free
software to their platforms. His golden reputation combined with a
frugal lifestyle means that he can support himself with two months of
paid work a year. The rest of the time he donates to the Free Software
Foundation. It's not in the same league as running Microsoft, but he
gets by.
877
Still, Stallman's existence is far from certain. He had to work hard to
develop the funding lines he has. In order to avoid any conflicts of
interest, the Free Software Foundation doesn't pay Stallman a salary or
cover his travel expenses. He says that getting paid by corporations to
port software helped make ends meet, but it didn't help create new
software. Stallman works hard to raise new funds for the FSF, and the
money goes right out the door to pay programmers on new projects. This
daily struggle for some form of income is one of the greatest
challenges in the free source world today.
878
Many other free software folks are following Stallman's tack by selling
the services, not the software. Many of the members of the Apache
Webserver Core, for instance, make their money by running websites.
They get paid because their customers are able to type in
www.website.com and see something pop up. The customer doesn't care
whether it is free software or something from Microsoft that is
juggling the requests. They just want the graphics and text to keep
moving.
879
Some consultants are following in the same footsteps. Several now offer
discounts of something like 25 percent if the customer agrees to
release the source code from the project as free software. If there's
no great proprietary information in the project, then customers often
take the deal. At first glance, the consultant looks like he's cutting
his rates by 25 percent, but at second glance, he might be just making
things a bit more efficient for all of his customers. He can reuse the
software his clients release, and no one knows it better than he does.
In time, all of his clients share code and enjoy lower development
costs.
880
The model of selling services instead of source code works well for
many people, but it is still far from perfect. Software that is sold as
part of a shrink-wrapped license is easy for people to understand and
budget. If you pay the price, you get the software. Services are often
billed by the hour and they're often very open-ended. Managing these
relationships can be just as difficult as raising some capital to write
the software and then marketing it as shrink-wrapped code.
881
882
There have been a number of different success stories of companies
built around selling free software. One of the better-known examples is
Cygnus, a company that specializes in maintaining and porting the GNU C
Compiler. The company originally began by selling support contracts for
the free software before realizing that there was a great demand for
compiler development.
883
The philosophy in the beginning was simple. John Gilmore, one of the
founders, said, "We make free software affordable." They felt that free
software offered many great tools that people needed and wanted, but
realized that the software did not come with guaranteed support. Cygnus
would sell people contracts that would pay for an engineer who would
learn the source code inside and out while waiting to answer questions.
The engineer could also rewrite code and help out.
884
David Henkel-Wallace, one of the other founders, says, "We started in
1989 technically, 1990 really. Our first offices were in my house on
University Avenue [in Palo Alto]. We didn't have a garage, we had a
carport. It was an apartment complex. We got another apartment and
etherneted them together. By the time we left, we had six apartments."
885
While the Bay Area was very technically sophisticated, the Internet was
mainly used at that time by universities and research labs. Commercial
hookups were rare and only found in special corners like the corporate
research playpen, Xerox PARC. In order to get Net service, Cygnus came
up with a novel plan to wire the apartment complex and sell off some of
the extra bandwidth to their neighbors. HenkelWallace says, "We started
our own ISP [Internet Service Provider] as a cooperative because there
weren't those things in those days. Then people moved into those
apartments because they were on the Internet."
886
At the beginning, the company hoped that the free software would allow
them to offer something the major manufacturers didn't: cross-platform
consistency. The GNU software would perform the same on a DEC Alpha, a
Sun SPARC, and even a Microsoft box. The manufacturers, on the other
hand, were locked up in their proprietary worlds where there was little
cross-pollination. Each company developed its own editors, compilers,
and source code tools, and each took slightly different approaches.
887
One of the other founders, Michael Tiemann, writes of the time: "When
it came to tools for programmers in 1989, proprietary software was in a
dismal state. First, the tools were primitive in the features they
offered. Second, the features, when available, often had built-in
limitations that tended to break when projects started to get
complicated. Third, support from proprietary vendors was terrible . . .
finally, every vendor implemented their own proprietary extensions, so
that when you did use the meager features of one platform, you became,
imperceptibly at first, then more obviously later, inextricably tied to
that platform."
888
The solution was to clean up the GNU tools, add some features, and sell
the package to people who had shops filled with different machines.
Henkel-Wallace said, "We were going to have two products: compiler
tools and shell tools. Open systems people will buy a bunch of SGIs, a
bunch of HPs, a bunch of Unix machines. Well, we thought people who
have the same environment would want to have the same tools."
889
This vision didn't work out. They sold no contracts that offered that
kind of support. They did find, however, that people wanted them to
move the compiler to other platforms. "The compilers people got from
the vendors weren't as good and the compiler side of the business was
making money from day one," says Henkel-Wallace.
890
The company began to specialize in porting GCC, the GNU compiler
written first by Richard Stallman, to new chips that came along. While
much of the visible world of computers was frantically standardizing on
Intel chips running Microsoft operating systems, an invisible world was
fragmenting as competition for the embedded systems blossomed. Everyone
was making different chips to run the guts of microwave ovens, cell
phones, laser printers, network routers, and other devices. These
manufacturers didn't care whether a chip ran the latest MS software,
they just wanted it to run. The appliance makers would set up the chip
makers to compete against each other to provide the best solution with
the cheapest price, and the chip manufacturers responded by churning
out a stream of new, smaller, faster, and cheaper chips.
891
Cygnus began porting the GCC to each of these new chips, usually after
being paid by the manufacturer. In the past, the chip companies would
write or license their own proprietary compilers in the hope of
generating something unique that would attract sales. Cygnus undercut
this idea by offering something standard and significantly cheaper. The
chip companies would save themselves the trouble of coming up with
their own compiler tools and also get something that was fairly
familiar to their customers. Folks who used GCC on Motorola's chip last
year were open to trying out National Semiconductor's new chip if it
also ran GCC. Supporting free software may not have found many takers,
but Cygnus found more than enough people who wanted standard systems
for their embedded processors.
892
Selling processor manufacturers on the conversion contracts was also a
bit easier. Businesses wondered what they were doing paying good money
for free software. It just didn't compute. The chip manufacturers
stopped worrying about this when they realized that the free compilers
were just incentives to get people to use their chips. The companies
spent millions buying pens, T-shirts, and other doodads that they gave
away to market the chips. What was different about buying software? If
it made the customers happy, great. The chip companies didn't worry as
much about losing a competitive advantage by giving away their work. It
was just lagniappe.
893
Cygnus, of course, had to worry about competition. There was usually
some guy who worked at the chip company or knew someone who worked at
the chip company who would say, "Hey, I know compilers as well as those
guys at Cygnus. I can download GCC too and underbid them."
894
Henkel-Wallace says, "Cygnus was rarely the lowest bidder. People who
cared about price more than anyone else were often the hardest
customers anyway. We did deals on a fair price and I think people were
happy with the result. We rarely competed on price. What really matters
to you? Getting a working tool set or a cheap price?"
895
896
The GNU General Public License was also a bit of a secret weapon for
Cygnus. When their competitors won a contract, they had to release the
source code for their version when they were done with it. All of the
new features and insights developed by competitors would flow directly
back to Cygnus.
897
Michael Tiemann sounds surprisingly like Bill Gates when he speaks
about this power: "Fortunately, the open source model comes to the
rescue again. Unless and until a competitor can match the one
hundred-plus engineers we have on staff today, most of whom are primary
authors or maintainers of the software we support, they cannot displace
us from our position as the 'true GNU' source. The best they can hope
to do is add incremental features that their customers might pay them
to add. But because the software is open source, whatever value they
add comes back to Cygnus. . . ."
898
Seeing these effects is something that only a truely devoted fan of
free software can do. Most people rarely get beyond identifying the
problems with giving up the source code to a project. They don't
realize that the GPL affects all users and also hobbles the potential
competitors. It's like a mutual disarmament or mutual armament treaty
that fixes the rules for all comers and disarmament treaties are often
favored by the most powerful.
899
The money Cygnus makes by selling this support has been quite
outstanding. The company continues to grow every year, and it has been
listed as one of the largest and fastest-growing private software
companies. The operation was also a bootstrap business where the
company used the funds from existing contracts to fund the research and
development of new tools. They didn't take funding from outside venture
capital firms until 1995. This let the founders and the workers keep a
large portion of the company, one of the dreams of every Silicon Valley
start-up. In 1999, Red Hot merged with Cygnus to "create an open source
powerhouse."
900
The success of Cygnus doesn't mean that others have found ways of
duplicating the model. While Cygnus has found some success and venture
capital, Gilmore says, "The free software business gives many MBAs the
willies."Many programmers have found that free software is just a free
gift for others. They haven't found an easy way to charge for their
work.
901
902
Larry McVoy is one programmer who looks at the free source world and
cringes. He's an old hand from the UNIX world who is now trying to
build a new system for storing the source code. To him, giving away
source code is a one-way train to no money. Sure, companies like Cygnus
and Red Hat can make money by adding some extra service, but the
competition means that the price of this value will steadily go to
zero. There are no regulatory or large capital costs to restrain entry,
so he feels that the free software world will eventually push out all
but the independently wealthy and the precollege teens who can live at
home. "We need to find a sustainable method. People need to write code
and raise families, pay mortgages, and all of that stuff," he says.
903
McVoy's solution is a strange license that some call "snitchware." He's
developing a product known as BitKeeper and he's giving it away, with
several very different hooks attached. He approached this
philosophically. He says, "In order to make money, I need to find
something that the free software guys don't value that the
businesspeople do value. Then I take it away from the free software
guys. The thing I found is your privacy."
904
BitKeeper is an interesting type of product that became essential as
software projects grew larger and more unwieldy. In the beginning,
programmers wrote a program that was just one coherent file with a
beginning, a middle, some digressions, and then an end. These were very
self-contained and easily managed by one person.
905
When more than one programmer started working on a project together,
however, everyone needed to work on coordinating their work with each
other. One person couldn't start tearing apart the menus because
another might be trying to hook up the menus to a new file system. If
both started working on the same part, the changes would be difficult
if not impossible to sort out when both were done. Once a team of
programmers digs out from a major mess like that, they look for some
software like BitKeeper to keep the source code organized.
906
BitKeeper is sophisticated and well-integrated with the Internet. Teams
of programmers can be spread out throughout the world. At particular
times, programmers can call each other up and synchronize their
projects. Both tightly controlled, large corporate teams and loose and
uncoordinated open source development teams can use the tool.
907
The synchronization creates change logs that summarize the differences
between two versions of the project. These change logs are optimized to
move the least amount of information. If two programmers don't do too
much work, then synchronizing them doesn't take too long. The change
logs build up a complete history of the project and make it possible to
roll back the project to earlier points if it turns out that
development took the wrong path.
908
McVoy's snitchware solution is to post the change logs of the people
who don't buy a professional license. These logs include detailed
information on how two programs are synchronized, and he figures that
this information should be valuable enough for a commercial company to
keep secret. They might say, "Moved auction control structure to Bob's
version from Caroline's version. Moved new PostScript graphics engine
to Caroline's version from Bob's."
909
McVoy says, "If you're Sun or Boeing, you don't want the Internet to be
posting a message like 'I just added the bomb bay.' But for the free
software guys, not only is that acceptable, but it's desirable. If
you're doing open source, what do you have to hide?"
910
BitKeeper is free for anyone to use, revise, and extend as long as they
don't mess with the part that tattles. If you don't care about the
world reading your change logs, then it's not much different from the
traditional open source license. The user has the same rights to
extend, revise, and modify BitKeeper as they do GNU Emacs, with one
small exception: you can't disable the snitch feature.
911
McVoy thinks this is an understandable trade-off. "From the business
guys you can extract money. You can hope that they'll pay you. This is
an important point I learned consulting at Schwab and Morgan Stanley.
They insist that they pay for the software they get. They don't want to
pay nothing. I used to think that they were idiots. Now I think they're
very smart," he says.
912
The matter is simple economics, he explains. "They believe that if
enough money is going to their supplier, it won't be a total disaster.
I call this an insurance model of software."
913
Companies that pay for the privacy with BitKeeper will also be funding
further development. The work won't be done in someone's spare time
between exams and the homecoming game. It won't be done between keeping
the network running and helping the new secretary learn Microsoft Word.
It will be developed by folks who get paid to do the work.
914
"There's enough money going back to the corporation so it can be
supported," McVoy says. "This is the crux of the problem with the open
source model. It's possible to abuse the proprietary model, too. They
get you in there, they lock you in, and then they rape you. This
business of hoping that it will be okay is unacceptable. You need to
have a lock. The MIS directors insist you have a lock."
915
He has a point. Linux is a lot of fun to play with and it is now a very
stable OS, but it took a fair number of years to get to this point.
Many folks in the free source world like to say things like, "It used
to be that the most fun in Linux was just getting it to work."
Companies like Morgan Stanley, Schwab, American Airlines, and most
others live and die on the quality of their computer systems. They're
quite willing to pay money if it helps ensure that things don't go
wrong.
916
McVoy's solution hasn't rubbed everyone the right way. The Open Source
Initiative doesn't include his snitchware license in a list of
acceptable solutions. "The consensus of the license police is that my
license is NOT open source," he says. "The consensus of my lawyer is
that it is. But I don't call it open source anymore."
917
He's going his own way. "I made my own determination of what people
value in the OS community: they have to be able to get the source,
modify the source, and redistribute the source for no fee. All of the
other crap is yeah, yeah whatever," he says.
918
"The problem with the GPL is the GPL has an ax to grind, and in order
to grind that ax it takes away all of the rights of the person who
wrote the code. It serves the need of everyone in the community except
the person who wrote it."
919
McVoy has also considered a number of other alternatives. Instead of
taking away something that the free software folks don't value, he
considered putting in something that the businesses would pay to get
rid of. The product could show ads it downloaded from a central
location. This solution is already well known on the Internet, where
companies give away e-mail, searching solutions, directories, and tons
of information in order to sell ads. This solution, however, tends to
wreck the usability of the software. Eudora, the popular e-mail
program, is distributed with this option.
920
McVoy also considered finding a way to charge for changes and support
to BitKeeper. "The Cygnus model isn't working well because it turns
them into a contracting shop. That means you actually have to do
something for every hour of work."
921
To him, writing software and charging for each version can generate
money without work--that is, without doing further work. The support
house has to have someone answering the phone every moment. A company
that is selling shrink-wrapped software can collect money as people buy
new copies. McVoy doesn't want this cash to spend tipping bartenders on
cruise ships, although he doesn't rule it out. He wants the capital to
reinvest in other neat ideas. He wants to have some cash coming in so
he can start up development teams looking at new and bigger projects.
922
The Cygnus model is too constraining for him. He argues that a company
relying on support contracts must look for a customer to fund each
project. Cygnus, for instance, had to convince Intel that they could do
a good job porting the GCC to the i960. They found few people
interested in general support of GNU, so they ended up concentrating on
GCC.
923
McVoy argues that it's the engineers who come up with the dreams first.
The customers are often more conservative and less able to see how some
new tool or piece of software could be really useful. Someone needs to
hole up in a garage for a bit to create a convincing demonstration of
the idea. Funding a dream takes capital.
924
To him, the absence of money in the free software world can be a real
limitation because money is a way to store value. It's not just about
affording a new Range Rover and balsamic vinegars that cost more than
cocaine by weight. Money can be a nice way to store up effort and
transport it across time. Someone can work like a dog for a six months,
turn out a great product, and sell it for a pile of cash. Ten years
later, the cash can be spent on something else. The work is effectively
stored for the future.
925
Of course, this vision isn't exactly true. Cygnus has managed to charge
enough for their contracts to fund the development of extra tools.
Adding new features and rolling them out into the general distribution
of some GNU tool is part of the job that the Cygnus team took on for
themselves. These new features also mean that the users need more
support. On one level, it's not much different from a traditional
software development cycle. Cygnus is doing its work by subscription
while a traditional house is creating its new features on spec.
926
In fact, Cygnus did so well over such a long period of time that it
found it could raise capital. "Once Cygnus had a track record of making
money and delivering on time, investors wanted a piece of it," says
Gilmore.
927
Red Hat has managed to sell enough CD-ROM disks to fund the development
of new projects. They've created a good selection of installation tools
that make it relatively easy for people to use Linux. They also help
pay salaries for people like Alan Cox who contribute a great deal to
the evolution of the kernel. They do all of this while others are free
to copy their distribution disks verbatim.
928
McVoy doesn't argue with these facts, but feels that they're just a
temporary occurrence. The huge growth of interest in Linux means that
many new folks are exploring the operating system. There's a great
demand for the hand-holding and packaging that Red Hat offers. In time,
though, everyone will figure out how to use the product and the revenue
stream should disappear as competition drives out the ability to charge
$50 for each disk.
929
Of course, the folks at Cygnus or Red Hat might not disagree with McVoy
either. They know it's a competitive world and they figure that their
only choice is to remain competitive by finding something that people
will want to pay for. They've done it in the past and they should
probably be able to do it in the future. There are always new features.
930
931
Some developers are starting to explore a third way of blending capital
with open source development by trying to let companies and people put
bounties out on source code. The concept is pretty simple and tuned to
the open software world. Let's say you have an annoying habit of
placing French bon mots in the middle of sentences. Although this looks
stupide to your friends, you think it's quite chic. The problem is that
your old word processor's spell checker isn't quite à la mode and
it only operates avec une seule langue. The problem is that you've
spent too much time studying français and drinking de café
and not enough time studying Java, the programming language. You're
très désolé by your word processor's inability to grok
just how BCBG you can be and spell-check in deux languages.
932
The bounty system could be your savior. You would post a message
saying, "Attention! I will reward with a check for $100 anyone who
creates a two-language spell-checker." If you're lucky, someone who
knows something about the spell-checker's source code will add the
feature in a few minutes. One hundred dollars for a few minutes' work
isn't too shabby.
933
It is entirely possible that another person out there is having the
same problem getting their word processor to verstehen their needs.
They might chip in $50 to the pool. If the problem is truly grande,
then the pot could grow quite large.
934
This solution is blessed with the wide-open, free-market sensibility
that many people in the open software community like. The bounties are
posted in the open and anyone is free to try to claim the bounties by
going to work. Ideally, the most knowledgeable will be the first to
complete the job and nab the payoff.
935
Several developers are trying to create a firm infrastructure for the
plan. Brian Behlendorf, one of the founding members of the Apache web
server development team, is working with Tim O'Reilly's company to
build a website known as SourceXchange. Another group known as CoSource
is led by Bernie Thompson and his wife, Laurie. Both will work to
create more software that is released with free source.
936
Of course, these projects are more than websites. They're really a
process, and how the process will work is still unclear right now.
While it is easy to circulate a notice that some guy will pay some
money for some software, it is another thing to actually make it work.
Writing software is a frustrating process and there are many chances
for disagreement. The biggest question on every developer's mind is
"How can I be sure I'll be paid?" and the biggest question on every
sugar daddy's mind is "How can I be sure that the software works?"
937
These questions are part of any software development experience. There
is often a large gap between the expectations of the person
commissioning the software and the person writing the code. In this
shadow are confusion, betrayal, and turmoil.
938
The normal solution is to break the project up into milestones and
require payment after each milestone passes. If the coder is doing
something unsatisfactory, the message is transmitted when payment
doesn't arrive. Both SourceXchange and CoSource plan on carrying over
the same structure to the world of bounty-hunting programmers. Each
project might be broken into a number of different steps and a price
for each step might be posted in advance.
939
Both systems try to alleviate the danger of nonpayment by requiring
that someone step in and referee the end of the project. A peer
reviewer must be able to look over the specs of the project and the
final code and then determine whether money should be paid. Ideally,
this person should be someone both sides respect.
940
A neutral party with the ability to make respectable decisions is
something many programmers and consultants would welcome. In many
normal situations, the contractors can only turn to the courts to solve
disagreements, and the legal system is not really schooled in making
these kinds of decisions. The company with the money is often able to
dangle payment in front of the programmers and use this as a lever to
extract more work. Many programmers have at least one horror story to
tell about overly ambitious expectations.
941
Of course, the existence of a wise neutral party who can see deeply
into the problems and provide a fair solution is close to a myth.
Judging takes time. SourceXchange promises that these peer reviewers
will be paid, and this money will probably have to come from the people
offering the bounty. They're the only ones putting money into the
system in the long run. Plus, the system must make the people offering
bounties happy in the long run or it will fail.
942
The CoSource project suggests that the developers must come up with
their own authority who will judge the end of the job and present this
person with their bid. The sponsors then decide whether to trust the
peer reviewer when they okay the job. The authorities will be judged
like the developers, and summaries of their reputation will be posted
on the site. While it isn't clear how the reviewers will be paid, it is
not too much to expect that there will be some people out there who
will do it just for the pleasure of having their finger in the stew.
They might, for instance, want to offer the bounty themselves but be
unable to put up much money. Acting as a reviewer would give them the
chance to make sure the software did what they wanted without putting
up much cash.
943
One of the most difficult questions is how to run the marketplace. A
wide-open solution would let the sponsors pay when the job was done
satisfactorily. The first person to the door with running code that met
the specs would be the one to be paid. Any other team that showed up
later would get nothing.
944
This approach would offer the greatest guarantees of creating
well-running code as quickly as possible. The programmers would have a
strong incentive to meet the specs quickly in order to win the cash.
The downside is that the price would be driven up because the
programmers would be taking on more risk. They would need to capitalize
their own development and take the chance that someone might beat them
to the door. Anxious sponsors who need some code quickly should be
willing to pay the price.
945
Another solution is to award contracts before any work is done.
Developers would essentially bid on the project and the sponsor would
choose one to start work. The process would be fairly formal and favor
the seasoned, connected programmers. A couple of kids working in their
spare time might be able to win an open bounty, but they would be at a
great disadvantage in this system. Both CoSource and SourceXchange say
that they'll favor this sort of preliminary negotiation.
946
If the contracts are awarded before work begins, the bounty system
looks less like a wild free-for-all and more like just a neutral
marketplace for contract programmers to make their deals. Companies
like Cygnus already bid to be paid for jobs that produce open source.
These market-places for bounties will need to provide some structure
and efficiencies to make it worth people's time to use them.
947
One possible benefit of the bounty system is to aggregate the desires
of many small groups. While some bounties will only serve the person
who asks for them, many have the potential to help people who are
willing to pay. An efficient system should be able to join these people
together into one group and put their money into one pot.
948
CoSource says that it will try to put together the bounties of many
small groups and allow people to pay them with credit cards. It uses
the example of a group of Linux developers who would gather together to
fund the creation of an open source version of their favorite game.
They would each chip in $10, $20, or $50 and when the pot got big
enough, someone would step forward. Creating a cohesive political group
that could effectively offer a large bounty is a great job for these
sites.
949
Of course, there are deeper questions about the flow of capital and the
nature of risks in these bounty-based approaches. In traditional
software development, one group pays for the creation of the software
in the hope that they'll be able to sell it for more than it cost to
create. Here, the programmer would be guaranteed a fixed payment if he
accomplished the job. The developer's risk is not completely eliminated
because the job might take longer than they expected, but there is
little of the traditional risk of a start-up firm. It may not be a good
idea to separate the risk-taking from the people doing the work. That
is often the best way to keep people focused and devoted.
950
Each of these three systems shows how hard the free software industry
is working at finding a way for people to pay their bills and share
information successfully. Companies like Cygnus or BitKeeper are real
efforts built by serious people who can't live off the largesse of a
university or a steady stream of government grants. Their success shows
that it is quite possible to make money and give the source code away
for free, but it isn't easy.
951
Still, there is no way to know how well these companies will survive
the brutal competition that comes from the free flow of the source
code. There are no barriers to entry, so each corporation must be
constantly on its toes. The business becomes one of service, not
manufacturing, and that changes everything. There are no grand slam
home runs in that world. There are no billion-dollar explosions.
Service businesses grow by careful attention to detail and plenty of
focused effort.
952
953
A T-shirt once offered this wisdom to the world: "If you love someone,
set them free. If they come back to you, it was meant to be. If they
don't come back, hunt them down and kill them." The world of free
software revolves around letting your source code go off into the
world. If things go well, others will love the source code, shower it
with bug fixes, and send all of this hard work flowing back to you. It
will be a shining example of harmony and another reason why the free
software world is great. But if things don't work out, someone might
fork you and there's nothing you can do about it.
954
"Fork" is a UNIX command that allows you to split a job in half. UNIX
is an operating system that allows several people to use the same
computer to do different tasks, and the operating system pretends to
run them simultaneously by quickly jumping from task to task. A typical
UNIX computer has at least 100 different tasks running. Some watch the
network for incoming data, some run programs for the user, some watch
over the file system, and others do many menial tasks.
955
If you "fork a job," you arrange to split it into two parts that the
computer treats as two separate jobs. This can be quite useful if both
jobs are often interrupted, because one can continue while the other
one stalls. This solution is great if two tasks, A and B, need to be
accomplished independently of each other. If you use one task and try
to accomplish A first, then B won't start until A finishes. This can be
quite inefficient if A stalls. A better solution is to fork the job and
treat A and B as two separate tasks.
956
Most programmers don't spend much time talking about these kinds of
forks. They're mainly concerned about forks in the political process.
957
Programmers use "fork" to describe a similar process in the
organization of a project, but the meaning is quite different. Forks of
a team mean that the group splits and goes in different directions. One
part might concentrate on adding support for buzzword Alpha while the
other might aim for full buzzword Beta compatibility.
958
In some cases, there are deep divisions behind the decision to fork.
One group thinks buzzword Alpha is a sloppy, brain-dead kludge job
that's going to blow up in a few years. The other group hates buzzword
Beta with a passion. Disputes like this happen all the time. They often
get resolved peacefully when someone comes up with buzzword Gamma,
which eclipses them both. When no Gamma arrives, people start talking
about going their separate ways and forking the source. If the dust
settles, two different versions start appearing on the Net competing
with each other for the hearts and CPUs of the folks out there.
Sometimes the differences between the versions are great and sometimes
they're small. But there's now a fork in the evolution of the source
code, and people have to start making choices.
959
The free software community has a strange attitude toward forks. On one
hand, forking is the whole reason Stallman wrote the free software
manifesto. He wanted the right and the ability to mess around with the
software on his computer. He wanted to be free to change it, modify it,
and tear it to shreds if he felt like doing it one afternoon. No one
should be able to stop him from doing that. He wanted to be totally
free.
960
On the other hand, forking can hurt the community by duplicating
efforts, splitting alliances, and sowing confusion in the minds of
users. If Bob starts writing and publishing his own version of Linux
out of his house, then he's taking some energy away from the main
version. People start wondering if the version they're running is the
Missouri Synod version of Emacs or the Christian Baptist version. Where
do they send bug fixes? Who's in charge? Distribution groups like
Debian or Red Hat have to spend a few moments trying to decide whether
they want to include one version or the other. If they include both,
they have to choose one as the default. Sometimes they just throw up
their hands and forget about both. It's a civil war, and those are
always worse than a plain old war.
961
Some forks evolve out of personalities that just rub each other the
wrong way. I've heard time and time again, "Oh, we had to kick him out
of the group because he was offending people." Many members of the
community consider this kind of forking bad. They use the same tone of
voice to describe a fork of the source code as they use to describe the
breakup of two lovers. It is sad, unfortunate, unpleasant, and
something we'll never really understand because we weren't there.
Sometimes people take sides because they have a strong opinion about
who is right. They'll usually go off and start contributing to that
code fork. In other cases, people don't know which to pick and they
just close their eyes and join the one with the cutest logo.
962
963
Eric Raymond once got in a big fight with Richard Stallman about the
structure of Emacs Lisp. Raymond said, "The Lisp libraries were in bad
shape in a number of ways. They were poorly documented. There was a lot
of work that had gone on outside the FSF that should be integrated and
I wanted to merge in the best work from outside."
964
The problem is that Stallman didn't want any part of Raymond's work.
"He just said, 'I won't take those changes into the distribution.'
That's his privilege to do," Raymond said.
965
That put Raymond in an awkward position. He could continue to do the
work, create his own distribution of Emacs, and publicly break with
Stallman. If he were right and the Lisp code really needed work, then
he would probably find more than a few folks who would cheer his work.
They might start following him by downloading his distribution and
sending their bug fixes his way. Of course, if he were wrong, he would
set up his own web server, do all the work, put his Lisp fixes out
there, and find that no one would show up. He would be ignored because
people found it easier to just download Stallman's version of Emacs,
which everyone thought was sort of the official version, if one could
be said to exist. They didn't use the Lisp feature too much so it
wasn't worth thinking about how some guy in Pennsylvania had fixed it.
They were getting the real thing from the big man himself.
966
Of course, something in between would probably happen. Some folks who
cared about Lisp would make a point of downloading Raymond's version.
The rest of the world would just go on using the regular version. In
time, Stallman might soften and embrace the changes, but he might not.
Perhaps someone would come along and create a third distribution that
melded Raymond's changes with Stallman's into a harmonious version.
That would be a great thing, except that it would force everyone to
choose from among three different versions.
967
In the end, Raymond decided to forget about his improvements. "Emacs is
too large and too complicated and forking is bad. There was in fact one
group that got so fed up with working with him that they did fork
Emacs. That's why X Emacs exists. But major forks like that are rare
events and I didn't want to be part of perpetrating another one," he
said. Someone else was going to have to start the civil war by firing
those shots at Fort Sumter.
968
969
Some forks aren't so bad. There often comes a time when people have
legitimate reasons to go down different paths. What's legitimate and
what's not is often decided after a big argument, but the standard
reasons are the same ones that drive programming projects. A good fork
should make a computer run software a gazillion times faster. Or it
might make the code much easier to port to a new platform. Or it might
make the code more secure. There are a thousand different reasons, and
it's impossible to really measure which is the right one. The only true
measure is the number of people who follow each branch of the fork. If
a project has a number of good disciples and the bug fixes are coming
quickly, then people tend to assume it is legitimate.
970
The various versions of the BSD software distribution are some of the
more famous splits around. All are descended, in one way or another,
from the original versions of UNIX that came out of Berkeley. Most of
the current ones evolved from the 4.3BSD version and the Network
Release 2 and some integrated code from the 4.4BSD release after it
became free. All benefited from the work of the hundreds of folks who
spent their free time cloning the features controlled by AT&T. All
of them are controlled by the same loose BSD license that gives people
the right to do pretty much anything they want to the code. All of them
share the same cute daemon as a mascot.
971
That's where the similarities end. The FreeBSD project is arguably the
most successful version. It gets a fairly wide distribution because its
developers have a good deal with Walnut Creek CD-ROM Distributors, a
company that packages up large bundles of freeware and shareware on the
Net and then sells them on CD-ROM. The system is well known and widely
used because the FreeBSD team concentrates on making the software easy
to use and install on Intel computers. Lately, they've created an Alpha
version, but most of the users run the software on x86 chips. Yahoo!
uses FreeBSD.
972
FreeBSD, of course, began as a fork of an earlier project known as
386BSD, started by Bill Jolitz. This version of BSD was more of an
academic example or a proof-of-concept than a big open source project
designed to take over the world.
973
Jordan Hubbard, someone who would come along later to create a fork of
386BSD, said of Jolitz's decision to create a 386-based fork of BSD,
"Bill's real contribution was working with the 386 port. He was kind of
an outsider. No one else saw the 386 as interesting. Berkeley had a
myopic attitude toward PCs. They were just toys. No one would support
Intel. That was the climate at the time. No one really took PCs
seriously. Bill's contribution was to realize that PCs were going
places."
974
From the beginning, Hubbard and several others saw the genius in
creating a 386 version of BSD that ran on the cheapest hardware
available. They started adding features and gluing in bug fixes, which
they distributed as a file that modified the main 386BSD distribution
from Jolitz. This was practical at the beginning when the changes were
few, but it continued out of respect for the original creator, even
after the patches grew complicated.
975
Finally, a tussle flared up in 1993. Jordan Hubbard, one of the
forkers, writes in his history of the project,
976
386BSD was Bill Jolitz's operating system, which had been up to that
point suffering rather severely from almost a year's worth of neglect.
As the patchkit swelled ever more uncomfortably with each passing day,
we were in unanimous agreement that something had to be done and
decided to try and assist Bill by providing this interim "cleanup"
snapshot. Those plans came to a rude halt when Bill Jolitz suddenly
decided to withdraw his sanction from the project and without any clear
indication of what would be done instead.
977
The FreeBSD team pressed on despite the denial. They decided to fork.
Today, 386BSD is largely part of the history of computing while FreeBSD
is a living, current OS, at least at the time this book was written.
The FreeBSD team has done a good job distributing bug-free versions,
and they've been paid off in loyalty, disciples, and money and
computers from Walnut Creek. Forking can often be good for society
because it prevents one person or clique from thwarting another group.
The free software world is filled with many of the same stories of
politics that float across the watercoolers of corporations, but the
stories don't have to end the same way. If one boss or group tries to
shut down a free software project, it really can't. The source code is
freely available, and people are free to carry on. The FreeBSD project
is one example.
978
Of course, good software can have anti-forking effects. Linus Torvalds
said in one interview, "Actually, I have never even checked 386BSD out;
when I started on Linux it wasn't available (although Bill Jolitz's
series on it in Dr. Dobbs Journal had started and were interesting),
and when 386BSD finally came out, Linux was already in a state where it
was so usable that I never really thought about switching. If 386BSD
had been available when I started on Linux, Linux would probably never
have happened." So if 386BSD had been easier to find on the Net and
better supported, Linux might never have begun.
979
Once someone starts forking BSD, one fork is rarely enough. Another
group known as NetBSD also grew fed up with the progress of 386BSD in
1993. This group, however, wanted to build a platform that ran well on
many different machines, not just the Intel 386. The FreeBSD folks
concentrated on doing a good job on Intel boxes, while the NetBSD
wanted to create a version that ran on many different machines. Their
slogan became "Of course it runs NetBSD."
980
NetBSD runs on practically every machine you can imagine, including
older, less up-to-date machines like the Amiga and the Atari. It has
also been embraced by companies like NeXT, which bundled parts of it
into the version of the OS for the Macintosh known as Rhapsody. Of
course, the most common chips like the Intel line and the Alpha are
also well supported.
981
The NetBSD community emerged at the same time as the FreeBSD world.
They didn't realize that each team was working on the same project at
the same time. But once they started releasing their own versions, they
stayed apart.
982
"The NetBSD group has always been the purest. They saw it as an OS
research vehicle. That was what CSRG was doing. Their only mandate was
to do interesting research," said Hubbard. "It's a very different set
of goals than we concentrated on for the 386. The important thing for
us was to polish it up. We put all of our efforts into polishing, not
porting. This was part of our bringing BSD to the masses kind of thing.
We're going for numbers. We're going for mass penetration."
983
This orientation meant that NetBSD never really achieved the same
market domination as FreeBSD. The group only recently began shipping
versions of NetBSD on CD-ROM. FreeBSD, on the other hand, has always
excelled at attracting new and curious users thanks to their
relationship with Walnut Creek. Many experimenters and open-minded
users picked up one of the disks, and a few became excited enough to
actually make some contributions. The Walnut Creek partnership also
helped the FreeBSD team understand what it needed to do to make their
distribution easier to install and simpler to use. That was Walnut
Creek's business, after all.
984
985
The forking did not stop with NetBSD. Soon one member of the NetBSD
world, Theo de Raadt, began to rub some people the wrong way. One
member of the OpenBSD team told me, "The reason for the split from
NetBSD was that Theo got kicked out. I don't understand it completely.
More or less they say he was treating users on the mailing list badly.
He does tend to be short and terse, but there's nothing wrong with
that. He was one of the founding members of NetBSD and they asked him
to resign."
986
Now, four years after the split began in 1995, de Raadt is still a bit
hurt by their decision. He says about his decision to fork BSD again,
"I had no choice. I really like what I do. I really like working with a
community. At the time it all happened, I was the second most active
developer in their source tree. They took the second most active
developer and kicked him off."
987
Well, they didn't kick him out completely, but they did take away his
ability to "commit" changes to the source tree and make them permanent.
After the split, de Raadt had to e-mail his contributions to a member
of the team so they could check them in. This didn't sit well with de
Raadt, who saw it as both a demotion and a real impediment to doing
work.
988
The root of the split is easy to see. De Raadt is energetic. He thinks
and speaks quickly about everything. He has a clear view about most
free software and isn't afraid to share it. While some BSD members are
charitable and conciliatory to Richard Stallman, de Raadt doesn't
bother to hide his contempt for the organization. "The Free Software
Foundation is one of the most misnamed organizations," he says,
explaining that only BSD-style licensees have the true freedom to do
whatever they want with the software. The GNU General Public License is
a pair of handcuffs to him.
989
De Raadt lives in Calgary and dresses up his personal web page with a
picture of himself on top of a mountain wearing a bandanna. If you want
to send him a pizza for any reason, he's posted the phone number of his
favorite local shop (403/531-3131). Unfortunately, he reports that they
don't take foreign credit card numbers anymore.
990
He even manages to come up with strong opinions about simple things
that he ostensibly loves. Mountain biking is a big obsession, but, he
says, "I like mud and despise 'wooded back-alleys' (what most people
call logging roads)." That's not the best way to make friends with less
extreme folks who enjoy a Sunday ride down logging roads.
991
If you like cats, don't read what he had to say about his pets: "I own
cats. Their names are Galileo and Kepler--they're still kittens.
Kepler-the little bitch--can apparently teleport through walls. Galileo
is a rather cool monster. When they become full-grown cats I will make
stew & soup out of them. (Kepler is only good for soup)."
992
Throwaway comments like this have strange effects on the Net, where
text is the only way people can communicate. There are no facial
gestures or tonal clues to tell people someone is joking around, and
some people don't have well-developed scanners for irony or sarcasm.
Some love the sniping and baiting, while others just get annoyed. They
can't let snide comments slide off their back. Eventually, the good
gentlefolk who feel that personal kindness and politeness should still
count for something in this world get annoyed and start trying to do
something.
993
It's easy to see how this affected the NetBSD folks, who conduct their
business in a much more proper way. Charles Hannum, for instance,
refused to talk to me about the schism unless I promised that he would
be able to review the parts of the book that mentioned NetBSD. He also
suggested that forks weren't particularly interesting and shouldn't be
part of the book. Others begged off the questions with more polite
letters saying that the split happened a long time ago and wasn't worth
talking about anymore. Some pointed out that most of the members of the
current NetBSD team weren't even around when the split happened.
994
While their silence may be quite prudent and a better way to spend a
life, it certainly didn't help me get both sides of the story. I
pointed out that they wouldn't accept code into the NetBSD tree if the
author demanded the right to review the final distribution. I said they
could issue a statement or conduct the interview by e-mail. One argued
that there was no great problem if a few paragraphs had to be deleted
from the book in the end. I pointed out that I couldn't give the
hundreds of people I spoke with veto power over the manuscript. It
would be impossible to complete. The book wasn't being written by a
committee. No one at NetBSD budged.
995
De Raadt, on the other hand, spoke quite freely with no preconditions
or limitations. He still keeps a log file with a good number of email
letters exchanged during the separation and makes it easy to read them
on his personal website. That's about as open as you can get. The
NetBSD folks who refused to talk to me, on the other hand, seemed
intent on keeping control of the story. Their silence came from a
different world than the website offering the phone number of the local
pizza place as a hint. They were Dragnet; de Raadt was Politically
Incorrect.
996
When the NetBSD folks decided to do something, they took away de
Raadt's access to the source tree. He couldn't just poke around the
code making changes as he went along. Well, he could poke around and
make changes, but not to the official tree with the latest version. The
project was open source, after all. He could download the latest
release and start fiddling, but he couldn't make quasi-official
decisions about what source was part of the latest official unreleased
version.
997
De Raadt thought this was a real barrier to work. He couldn't view the
latest version of the code because it was kept out of his view. He was
stuck with the last release, which might be several months old. That
put him at an extreme disadvantage because he might start working on a
problem only to discover that someone had either fixed it or changed
it.
998
Chris Demetriou found himself with the task of kicking de Raadt off of
the team. His letter, which can still be found on the OpenBSD site,
said that de Raadt's rough behavior and abusive messages had driven
away people who might have contributed to the project. Demetriou also
refused to talk about NetBSD unless he could review the sections of the
book that contained his comments. He also threatened to take all
possible action against anyone who even quoted his letters in a
commercial book without his permission.
999
De Raadt collected this note from Demetriou and the firestorm that
followed in a 300k file that he keeps on his website. The NetBSD core
tried to be polite and firm, but the matter soon degenerated into a
seven-month-long flame war. After some time, people started having
meta-arguments, debating whether the real argument was more or less
like the bickering of a husband and wife who happen to work at the same
company. Husbands and wives should keep their personal fights out of
the workplace, they argued. And so they bickered over whether de
Raadt's nastygrams were part of his "job" or just part of his social
time.
1000
Through it all, de Raadt tried to get back his access to the source
tree of NetBSD and the group tried to propose all sorts of mechanisms
for making sure he was making a "positive" contribution and getting
along with everyone. At one time, they offered him a letter to sign.
These negotiations went nowhere, as de Raadt objected to being forced
to make promises that other contributors didn't have to.
1001
De Raadt wrote free software because he wanted to be free to make
changes or write code the way he wanted to do it. If he had wanted to
wear the happy-face of a positive contributor, he could have gotten a
job at a corporation. Giving up the right to get in flame wars and
speak at will may not be that much of a trade-off for normal people
with fulltime jobs. Normal folks swallow their pride daily. Normal
people don't joke about turning their cats into soup. But de Raadt
figured it was like losing a bit of his humanity and signing up
willingly for a set of manacles. It just wasn't livable.
1002
The argument lasted months. De Raadt felt that he tried and tried to
rejoin the project without giving away his honor. The core NetBSD team
argued that they just wanted to make sure he would be positive. They
wanted to make sure he wouldn't drive away perfectly good contributors
with brash antics. No one ever gained any ground in the negotiations
and in the end, de Raadt was gone.
1003
The good news is that the fork didn't end badly. De Raadt decided he
wasn't going to take the demotion. He just couldn't do good work if he
had to run all of his changes by one of the team that kicked him off
the project. It took too long to ask "Mother, may I?" to fix every
little bug. If he was going to have to run his own tree, he might as
well go whole hog and start his own version of BSD. He called it
OpenBSD. It was going to be completely open. There were going to be
relatively few controls on the members. If the NetBSD core ran its
world like the Puritan villagers in a Nathaniel Hawthorne story, then
de Raadt was going to run his like Club Med.
1004
OpenBSD struggled for several months as de Raadt tried to attract more
designers and coders to his project. It was a battle for popularity in
many ways, not unlike high school. When the cliques split, everyone had
to pick and choose. De Raadt had to get some folks in his camp if he
was going to make some lemonade.
1005
The inspiration came to de Raadt one day when he discovered that the
flame war archive on his web page was missing a few letters. He says
that someone broke into his machine and made a few subtle deletions.
Someone who had an intimate knowledge of the NetBSD system. Someone who
cared about the image portrayed by the raw emotions in the supposedly
private letters.
1006
He clarifies his comments to make it clear that he's not sure it was
someone from the NetBSD core. "I never pursued it. If it happens, it's
your own fault. It's not their fault," he said. Of course, the folks
from NetBSD refused to discuss this matter or answer questions unless
they could review the chapter.
1007
This break-in gave him a focus. De Raadt looked at NetBSD and decided
that it was too insecure. He gathered a group of like-minded people and
began to comb the code for potential insecurities.
1008
"About the same time, I got involved with a company that wrote a
network security scanner. Three of the people over there started
playing with the source tree and searching for security holes. We
started finding problems all over the place, so we started a
comprehensive security audit. We started from the beginning. Our task
load increased massively. At one time, I had five pieces of paper on my
desk full of things to look for," he said.
1009
Security holes in operating systems are strange beasts that usually
appear by mistake when the programmer makes an unfounded assumption.
One of the best-known holes is the buffer overflow, which became famous
in 1988 after Robert Morris, then a graduate student at Cornell,
unleashed a program that used the loophole to bring several important
parts of the Internet to a crawl.
1010
In this case, the programmer creates a buffer to hold all of the
information that someone on the net might send. Web browsers, for
instance, send requests like "GET <
1011
Before the attack became well known, programmers would often ignore the
length of the request and assume that 512 bytes was more than enough
for anything. Who would ever type a URL that long?
1012
Who had an e-mail address that long? Attackers soon figured out that
they could send more than 512 bytes and started writing over the rest
of the computer's memory. The program would dutifully take in 100,000
bytes and keep writing it to memory. An attacker could download any
software and start it running. And attackers did this.
1013
De Raadt and many others started combing the code for loopholes. They
made sure every program that used a buffer included a bit of code that
would check to ensure that no hacker was trying to sneak in more than
the buffer could hold. They checked thousands of other possibilities.
Every line was checked and changes were made even if there was no
practical way for someone to get at the potential hole. Many buffers,
for instance, only accept information from the person sitting at the
terminal. The OpenBSD folks changed them, too.
1014
This audit began soon after the fork in 1995 and continues to this day.
Most of the major work is done and the group likes to brag that they
haven't had a hole that could be exploited remotely to gain root access
in over two years. The latest logo boasts the tag line "Sending kiddies
to /dev/null since 1995." That is, any attacker is going to go nowhere
with OpenBSD because all of the extra information from the attacks
would be routed to /dev/null, a UNIX conceit for being erased, ignored,
and forgotten.
1015
The OpenBSD fork is a good example of how bad political battles can end
up solving some important technical problems. Everyone fretted and
worried when de Raadt announced that he was forking the BSD world one
more time. This would further dilute the resources and sow confusion
among users. The concentration on security, however, gave OpenBSD a
brand identity, and the other BSD distributions keep at least one eye
on the bug fixes distributed by the OpenBSD team. These often lead to
surreptitious fixes in their own distribution.
1016
The focus also helped him attract new coders who were interested in
security. "Some of them used to be crackers and they were really cool
people. When they become eighteen, it becomes a federal offense, you
know," de Raadt says.
1017
This fork may have made the BSD community stronger because it
effectively elevated the focus on security and cryptography to the
highest level. In the corporate world, it's like taking the leader of
the development team responsible for security and promoting him from
senior manager to senior executive vice president of a separate
division. The autonomy also gave the OpenBSD team the ability to make
bold technical decisions for their own reasons. If they saw a potential
security problem that might hurt usability or portability, the OpenBSD
team could make the change without worrying that other team members
would complain. OpenBSD was about security. If you wanted to work on
portability, go to NetBSD. If you cared about ease-of-use on Intel
boxes, go to FreeBSD. Creating a separate OpenBSD world made it
possible to give security a strong focus.
1018
1019
It's a mistake to see these forks as absolute splits that never
intermingle again. While NetBSD and OpenBSD continue to glower at each
other across the Internet ether, the groups share code frequently
because the licenses prevent one group from freezing out another.
1020
Jason Wright, one of the OpenBSD developers, says, "We do watch each
other's source trees. One of the things I do for fun is take drivers
out of FreeBSD and port them to OpenBSD. Then we have support for a new
piece of hardware."
1021
He says he often looks for drivers written by Bill Paul, because "I've
gotten used to his style. So I know what to change when I receive his
code. I can do it in about five to six hours. That is, at least a rough
port to test if it works."
1022
Still, the work is not always simple. He says some device drivers are
much harder to handle because both groups have taken different
approaches to the problem. "SCSI drivers are harder," he says. "There's
been some divergence in the layering for SCSI. They're using something
called CAM. We've got an older implementation that we've stuck to."
That is, the FreeBSD has reworked the structure of the way that the
SCSI information is shipped to the parts of the system asking for
information. The OpenBSD hasn't adopted their changes, perhaps because
of security reasons or perhaps because of inertia or perhaps because no
one has gotten around to thinking about it. The intermingling isn't
perfect.
1023
Both NetBSD and FreeBSD work on security, too. They also watch the
change logs of OpenBSD and note when security holes are fixed. They
also discover their own holes, and OpenBSD may use them as an
inspiration to plug their own code. The discoveries and plugs go both
ways as the groups compete to make a perfect OS.
1024
Kirk McKusick says, "The NetBSD and the OpenBSD have extremely strong
personalities. Each one is absolutely terrified the other will gain an
inch."
1025
While the three forks of BSD may cooperate more than they compete, the
Linux world still likes to look at the BSD world with a bit of
contempt. All of the forks look somewhat messy, even if having the
freedom to fork is what Stallman and GNU are ostensibly fighting to
achieve. The Linux enthusiasts seem to think, "We've got our ducks in a
single row. What's your problem?" It's sort of like the Army mentality.
If it's green, uniform, and the same everywhere, then it must be good.
1026
The BSD lacks the monomaniacal cohesion of Linux, and this seems to
hurt their image. The BSD community has always felt that Linux is
stealing the limelight that should be shared at least equally between
the groups. Linux is really built around a cult of Linus Torvalds, and
that makes great press. It's very easy for the press to take photos of
one man and put him on the cover of a magazine. It's simple, clean,
neat, and perfectly amenable to a 30-second sound bite. Explaining that
there's FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, and who knows what smaller versions
waiting in the wings just isn't as manageable.
1027
Eric Raymond, a true disciple of Linus Torvalds and Linux, sees it in
technical terms. The BSD community is proud of the fact that each
distribution is built out of one big source tree. They get all the
source code for all the parts of the kernel, the utilities, the
editors, and whatnot together in one place. Then they push the compile
button and let people work. This is a crisp, effective, well-managed
approach to the project.
1028
The Linux groups, however, are not that coordinated at all. Torvalds
only really worries about the kernel, which is his baby. Someone else
worries about GCC. Everyone comes up with their own source trees for
the parts. The distribution companies like Red Hat worry about gluing
the mess together. It's not unusual to find version 2.0 of the kernel
in one distribution while another is sporting version 2.2.
1029
"In BSD, you can do a unified make. They're fairly proud of that," says
Raymond. "But this creates rigidities that give people incentives to
fork. The BSD things that are built that way develop new spin-off
groups each week, while Linux, which is more loosely coupled, doesn't
fork."
1030
He elaborates, "Somebody pointed out that there's a parallel of
politics. Rigid political and social institutions tend to change
violently if they change at all, while ones with more play in them tend
to change peacefully."
1031
But this distinction may be semantic. Forking does occur in the Linux
realm, but it happens as small diversions that get explained away with
other words. Red Hat may choose to use GNOME, while another
distribution like SuSE might choose KDE. The users will see a big
difference because both tools create virtual desktop environments. You
can't miss them. But people won't label this a fork. Both distributions
are using the same Linux kernel and no one has gone off and said, "To
hell with Linus, I'm going to build my own version of Linux."
Everyone's technically still calling themselves Linux, even if they're
building something that looks fairly different on the surface.
1032
Jason Wright, one of the developers on the OpenBSD team, sees the
organization as a good thing. "The one thing that all of the BSDs have
over Linux is a unified source tree. We don't have Joe Blow's tree or
Bob's tree," he says. In other words, when they fork, they do it
officially, with great ceremony, and make sure the world knows of their
separate creations. They make a clear break, and this makes it easier
for developers.
1033
Wright says that this single source tree made it much easier for them
to turn OpenBSD into a very secure OS."We've got the security over
Linux. They've recently been doing a security audit for Linux, but
they're going to have a lot more trouble. There's not one place to go
for the source code."
1034
To extend this to political terms, the Linux world is like the 1980s
when Ronald Reagan ran the Republican party with the maxim that no one
should ever criticize another Republican. Sure, people argued
internally about taxes, abortion, crime, and the usual controversies,
but they displayed a rare public cohesion. No one criticizes Torvalds,
and everyone is careful to pay lip service to the importance of Linux
cohesion even as they're essentially forking by choosing different
packages.
1035
The BSD world, on the other hand, is like the biblical realm in Monty
Python's film The Life of Brian. In it, one character enumerates the
various splinter groups opposing the occupation by the Romans. There is
the People's Front of Judea, the Judean People's Front, the Front of
Judean People, and several others. All are after the same thing and all
are manifestly separate. The BSD world may share a fair amount of code;
it may share the same goals, but it just presents it as coming from
three different camps.
1036
John Gilmore, one of the founders of the free software company Cygnus
and a firm believer in the advantages of the GNU General Public
License, says, "In Linux, each package has a maintainer, and patches
from all distributions go back through that maintainer. There is a
sense of cohesion. People at each distribution work to reduce their
differences from the version released by the maintainer. In the BSD
world, each tree thinks they own each program--they don't send changes
back to a central place because that violates the ego model."
1037
Jordan Hubbard, the leader of FreeBSD, is critical of Raymond's
characterization of the BSD world. "I've always had a special place in
my heart for that paper because he painted positions that didn't
exist," Hubbard said of Raymond's piece "The Cathedral and the Bazaar."
"You could point to just the Linux community and decide which part was
cathedral-oriented and which part was bazaar-oriented.
1038
"Every single OS has cathedral parts and bazaar parts. There are some
aspects of development that you leave deliberately unfocused and you
let people contribute at their own pace. It's sort of a bubble-up model
and that's the bazaar part. Then you have the organizational part of
every project. That's the cathedral part. They're the gatekeepers and
the standards setters. They're necessary, too," he said.
1039
When it comes right down to it, there's even plenty of forking going on
about the definition of a fork. When some of the Linux team point at
the BSD world and start making fun about the forks, the BSD team gets
defensive. The BSD guys always get defensive because their founder
isn't on the cover of all the magazines. The Linux team hints that
maybe, if they weren't forking, they would have someone with a name in
lights, too.
1040
Hubbard is right. Linux forks just as much, they just call it a
distribution or an experimental kernel or a patch kit. No one has the
chutzpah to spin off their own rival political organization. No one has
the political clout.
1041
1042
Now, after all of the nasty stories of backstabbing and bickering, it
is important to realize that there are actually some happy stories of
forks that merge back together. One of the best stories comes from the
halls of an Internet security company, C2Net, that dealt with a fork in
a very peaceful way.
1043
C2Net is a Berkeley-based company run by some hard-core advocates of
online privacy and anonymity. The company began by offering a remailing
service that allowed people to send anonymous e-mails to one another.
Their site would strip off the return address and pass it along to the
recipient with no trace of who sent it. They aimed to fulfill the need
of people like whistleblowers, leakers, and other people in positions
of weakness who wanted to use anonymity to avoid reprisals.
1044
The company soon took on a bigger goal when it decided to modify the
popular Apache web server by adding strong encryption to make it
possible for people to process credit cards over the web. The
technology, known as SSL for "secure sockets layer," automatically
arranged for all of the traffic between a remote web server and the
user to be scrambled so that no one could eavesdrop. SSL is a very
popular technology on the web today because many companies use it to
scramble credit card numbers to defeat eavesdroppers.
1045
C2Net drew a fair deal of attention when one of its founders, Sameer
Parekh, appeared on the cover of Forbes magazine with a headline
teasing that he wanted to "overthrow the government." In reality, C2Net
wanted to move development operations overseas, where there were no
regulations on the creation of cryptographically secure software. C2Net
went where the talent was available and priced right.
1046
In this case, C2Net chose a free version of SSL written by Eric Young
known as SSLeay. Young's work is another of the open source success
stories. He wrote the original version as a hobby and released it with
a BSD-like license. Everyone liked his code, downloaded it,
experimented with it, and used it to explore the boundaries of the
protocol. Young was just swapping code with the Net and having a good
time.
1047
Parekh and C2Net saw an opportunity. They would merge two free
products, the Apache web server and Young's SSLeay, and make a secure
version so people could easily set up secure commerce sites for the
Internet. They called this product Stronghold and put it on the market
commercially.
1048
C2Net's decision to charge for the software rubbed some folks the wrong
way. They were taking two free software packages and making something
commercial out of them. This wasn't just a fork, it seemed like robbery
to some. Of course, these complaints weren't really fair. Both
collections of code emerged with a BSD-style license that gave everyone
the right to create and sell commercial additions to the product. There
wasn't any GPL-like requirement that they give back to the community.
If no one wanted a commercial version, they shouldn't have released the
code with a very open license in the first place.
1049
Parekh understands these objections and says that he has weathered
plenty of criticism on the internal mailing lists. Still, he feels that
the Stronghold product contributed a great deal to the strength of
Apache by legitimizing it.
1050
"I don't feel guilty about it. I don't think we've contributed a whole
lot of source code, which is one of the key metrics that the people in
the Apache group are using. In my perspective, the greatest
contribution we've made is market acceptance," he said.
1051
Parekh doesn't mean that he had to build market acceptance among web
developers. The Apache group was doing a good job of accomplishing that
through their guerrilla tactics, excellent product, and free price tag.
But no one was sending a message to the higher levels of the computer
industry, where long-term plans were being made and corporate deals
were being cut. Parekh feels that he built first-class respectability
for the Apache name by creating and supporting a first-class product
that big corporations could use successfully. He made sure that
everyone knew that Apache was at the core of Stronghold, and people
took notice.
1052
Parekh's first job was getting a patent license from RSA Data Security.
Secure software like SSL relies on the RSA algorithm, an idea that was
patented by three MIT professors in the 1970s. This patent is
controlled by RSA Data Security. While the company publicized some of
its licensing terms and went out of its way to market the technology,
negotiating a license was not a trivial detail that could be handled by
some free software team. Who's going to pay the license? Who's going to
compute what some percentage of free is? Who's going to come up with
the money? These questions are much easier to answer if you're a
corporation charging customers to buy a product. C2Net was doing that.
People who bought Stronghold got a license from RSA that ensured they
could use the method without being sued.
1053
The patent was only the first hurdle. SSL is a technology that tries to
bring some security to web connections by encrypting the connections
between the browser and the server. Netscape added one feature that
allows a connection to be established only if the server has a digital
certificate that identifies it. These certificates are only issued to a
company after it pays a fee to a registered certificate agent like
Verisign.
1054
In the beginning, certificate agents like Verisign would issue the
certificates only for servers created by big companies like Netscape or
Microsoft. Apache was just an amorphous group on the Net. Verisign and
the other authorities weren't paying attention to it.
1055
Parekh went to them and convinced them to start issuing the
certificates so he could start selling Stronghold.
1056
"We became number three, right behind Microsoft and Netscape. Then they
saw how much money they were making from us, so they started signing
certificates for everyone," he said. Other Apache projects that used
SSL found life much easier once Parekh showed Verisign that there was
plenty of money to be made from folks using free software.
1057
Parekh does not deny that C2Net has not made many contributions to the
code base of Apache, but he doesn't feel that this is the best measure.
The political and marketing work of establishing Apache as a worthwhile
tool is something that he feels may have been more crucial to its
long-term health. When he started putting money in the hands of
Verisign, he got those folks to realize that Apache had a real market
share. That cash talked.
1058
The Stronghold fork, however, did not make everyone happy. SSL is an
important tool and someone was going to start creating another free
version. C2Net hired Eric Young and his collaborator Tim Hudson and
paid them to do some work for Stronghold. The core version of Young's
original SSLeay stayed open, and both continued to add bug fixes and
other enhancements over time. Parekh felt comfortable with this
relationship. Although Stronghold was paying the salaries of Young and
Hudson, they were also spending some of their spare time keeping their
SSLeay toolkit up to date.
1059
Still, the notion of a free version of SSL was a tempting project for
someone to undertake. Many people wanted it. Secure digital commerce
demanded it. There were plenty of economic incentives pushing for it to
happen. Eventually, a German named Ralf S. Engelschall stepped up and
wrote a new version he called mod_SSL. Engelschall is a well-regarded
contributor to the Apache effort, and he has written or contributed to
a number of different modules that could be added to Apache. He calls
one the "all-dancing-all-singing mod_rewrite module" for handling URLs
easily.
1060
Suddenly, Engelschall's new version meant that there were dueling
forks. One version came out of Australia, where the creators worked for
a company selling a proprietary version of the code. C2Net distributed
the Australian version and concentrated on making their product easy to
install. The other came out of Europe, distributed for free by someone
committed to an open source license. The interface may have been a bit
rougher, but it didn't cost any money and it came with the source code.
The potential for battle between SSLeay and mod_SSL could have been
great.
1061
The two sides reviewed their options. Parekh must have felt a bit
frustrated and at a disadvantage. He had a company that was making a
good product with repeat buyers. Then an open source solution came
along. C2Net's Stronghold cost money and didn't come with source code,
while Engelschall's mod_SSL cost nothing and came with code. Those were
major negatives that he could combat only by increasing service. When
Engelschall was asked whether his free version was pushing C2Net, he
sent back the e-mail with the typed message, "[grin]."
1062
In essence, C2Net faced the same situation as many major companies like
Microsoft and Apple do today. The customers now had a viable open
source solution to their problems. No one had to pay C2Net for the
software. The users in the United States needed a patent license, but
that would expire in late 2000. Luckily, Parekh is a true devotee to
the open source world, even though he has been running a proprietary
source company for the last several years. He looked at the problem and
decided that the only way to stay alive was to join forces and mend the
fork.
1063
To make matters worse, Hudson and Young left C2Net to work for RSA Data
Security. Parekh lost two important members of his team, and he faced
intense competition. Luckily, his devotion to open source came to the
rescue. Hudson and Young couldn't take back any of the work they did on
SSLeay. It was open source and available to everyone.
1064
Parekh, Engelschall, several C2Net employees, and several others sat
down (via e-mail) and created a new project they called OpenSSL. This
group would carry the torch of SSLeay and keep it up-to-date. Young and
Hudson stopped contributing and devoted their time to creating a
commercial version for RSA Data Security.
1065
Parekh says of the time, "Even though it was a serious setback for
C2Net to have RSA pirate our people, it was good for the public.
Development really accelerated when we started OpenSSL. More people
became involved and control became less centralized. It became more
like the Apache group. It's a lot bigger than it was before and it's
much easier for anyone to contribute."
1066
Parekh also worked on mending fences with Engelschall. C2Net began to
adopt some of the mod_SSL code and blend it into their latest version
of Stronghold. To make this blending easier, C2Net began sending some
of their formerly proprietary code back to Engelschall so he could mix
it with mod_SSL by releasing it as open source. In essence, C2Net was
averting a disastrous competition by making nice and sharing with this
competitor. It is a surprising move that might not happen in regular
business.
1067
Parekh's decision seems open and beneficent, but it has a certain
amount of self-interest behind it. He explains, "We just decided to
contribute all of the features we had into mod_SSL so we could start
using mod_SSL internally, because it makes our maintenance of that
easier. We don't have to maintain our own proprietary version of
mod_SSL. Granted, we've made the public version better, but those
features weren't significant."
1068
This mixing wasn't particularly complicated--most of it focused on the
structure of the parts of the source code that handle the interface.
Programmers call these the "hooks" or the "API." If Stronghold and
mod_SSL use the same hook structure, then connecting them is a piece of
cake. If Engelschall had changed the hook structure of mod_SSL, then
the C2Net would have had to do more work.
1069
The decision to contribute the code stopped Engelschall from doing the
work himself in a way that might have caused more grief for C2Net. "He
was actually planning on implementing them himself, so we were better
off contributing ours to avoid compatibility issues," says Parekh. That
is to say, Parekh was worried that Engelschall was going to go off and
implement all the features C2Net used, and there was a very real danger
that Engelschall would implement them in a way that was unusable to
Parekh. Then there would be a more serious fork that would further
split the two groups. C2Net wouldn't be able to borrow code from the
free version of OpenSSL very easily. So it decided to contribute its
own code. It was easier to give their code and guarantee that OpenSSL
fit neatly into Stronghold. In essence, C2Net chose to give a little so
it could continue to get all of the future improvements.
1070
It's not much different from the car industry. There's nothing
inherently better or worse about cars that have their steering wheel on
the right-hand side. They're much easier to use in England. But if some
free car engineering development team emerged in England, it might make
sense for a U.S. company to donate work early to ensure that the final
product could have the steering wheel on either side of the car without
extensive redesign. If Ford just sat by and hoped to grab the final
free product, it might find that the British engineers happily designed
for the only roads they knew.
1071
Engelschall is happy about this change. He wrote in an e-mail message,
"They do the only reasonable approach: They base their server on
mod_SSL because they know they cannot survive against the Open Source
solution with their old proprietary code. And by contributing stuff to
mod_SSL they implicitly make their own product better. This way both
sides benefit."
1072
Parekh and C2Net now have a challenge. They must continue to make the
Stronghold package better than the free version to justify the cost
people are paying.
1073
Not all forks end with such a happy-faced story of mutual cooperation.
Nor do all stories in the free software world end with the moneymaking
corporation turning around and giving back their proprietary code to
the general effort. But the C2Net/OpenSSL case illustrates how the
nature of software development encourages companies and people to give
and cooperate to satisfy their own selfish needs. Software can do a
variety of wonderful things, but the structure often governs how easy
it is for some of us to use. It makes sense to spend some extra time
and make donations to a free software project if you want to make sure
that the final product fits your specs.
1074
The good news is that most people don't have much incentive to break
off and fork their own project. If you stay on the same team, then you
can easily use all the results produced by the other members.
Cooperating is so much easier than fighting that people have a big
incentive to stay together. If it weren't so selfish, it would be
heartwarming.
1075
1076
Projects in corporations have managers who report to other managers who
report to the CEO who reports to the board. It's all very simple in
theory, although it never really works that way in practice. The lines
of control get crossed as people form alliances and struggle to keep
their bosses happy.
1077
Projects in the world of open source software, on the other hand, give
everyone a copy of the source code and let them be the master of the
code running on their machine. Everyone gets to be the Board of
Directors, the CEO, and the cubicle serfs rolled into one. If a free
software user doesn't like something, then he has the power to change
it. You don't like that icon? Boom, it's gone. You don't want KDE on
your desktop? Whoosh, it's out of there. No vice president in charge of
MSN marketing in Redmond is going to force you to have an icon for easy
connection to the Microsoft Network on your desktop. No graphic
designer at Apple is going to force you to look at that two-faced
Picasso-esque MacOS logo every morning of your life just because their
marketing studies show that they need to build a strong brand identity.
You're the captain of your free software ship and you decide the menu,
the course, the arrangement of the deck chairs, the placement of
lookouts from which to watch for icebergs, the type of soap, and the
number of toothpicks per passenger to order. In theory, you're the Lord
High Master and Most Exalted Ruler of all Software Big and Small, Wild
and Wonderful, and Interpreted and Compiled on your machine.
1078
In practice, no one has the time to use all of that power. It's
downright boring to worry about soap and toothpicks. It's exhausting to
rebuild window systems when they fail to meet your caviar-grade tastes
in software.
1079
No one has the disk space to maintain an Imelda Marcos-like collection
of screen savers, window managers, layout engines, and games for your
computer. So you start hanging around with some friends who want
similar things and the next thing you know, you've got a group. A group
needs leadership, so the alpha dog emerges. Pretty soon, it all begins
to look like a corporate development team. Well, kind of.
1080
Many neophytes in the free software world are often surprised to
discover that most of the best free source code out there comes from
teams that look surprisingly like corporate development groups. While
the licenses and the rhetoric promise the freedom to go your own way,
groups coalesce for many of the same reasons that wagon trains and
convoys emerge. There's power in numbers. Sometimes these groups even
get so serious that they incorporate. The Apache group recently formed
the Apache Foundation, which has the job of guiding and supporting the
development of the Apache web server. It's all very official looking.
For all we know, they're putting cubicles in the foundation offices
right now.
1081
This instinct to work together is just as powerful a force in the free
software world as the instinct to grab as much freedom as possible and
use it every day. If anything, it's just an essential feature of human
life. The founders of the United States of America created an entire
constitution without mentioning political parties, but once they pushed
the start button, the parties appeared out of nowhere.
1082
These parties also emerged in the world of free source software. When
projects grew larger than one person could safely handle, they usually
evolved into development teams. The path for each group is somewhat
different, and each one develops its own particular style. The strength
of this organization is often the most important determinant of the
strength of the software because if the people can work together well,
then the problems in the software will be well fixed.
1083
The most prevalent form of government in these communities is the
benign dictatorship. Richard Stallman wrote some of the most important
code in the GNU pantheon, and he continues to write new code and help
maintain the old software. The world of the Linux kernel is dominated
by Linus Torvalds. The original founders always seem to hold a strong
sway over the group. Most of the code in the Linux kernel is written by
others and checked out by a tight circle of friends, but Torvalds still
has the final word on many changes.
1084
The two of them are, of course, benign dictators, and the two of them
don't really have any other choice. Both have a seemingly absolute
amount of power, but this power is based on a mixture of personal
affection and technical respect. There are no legal bounds that keep
all of the developers in line. There are no rules about intellectual
property or non-disclosure. Anyone can grab all of the Linux kernel or
GNU source code, run off, and start making whatever changes they want.
They could rename it FU, Bobux, Fredux, or Meganux and no one could
stop them. The old threats of lawyers, guns, and money aren't anywhere
to be seen.
1085
1086
The Debian group has a wonderful pedigree and many praise it as the
purest version of Linux around, but it began as a bunch of outlaws who
cried mutiny and tossed Richard Stallman overboard. Well, it wasn't
really so dramatic. In fact, "mutiny" isn't really the right word when
everyone is free to use the source code however they want.
1087
Bruce Perens remembers the split occurred less than a year after the
project began and says, "Debian had already started. The FSF had been
funding Ian Murdock for a few months. Richard at that time wanted us to
make all of the executables unstripped."
1088
When programmers compile software and convert it from human-readable
source code into machine-readable binary code, they often leave in some
human readable information to help debug the program. Another way to
say this is that the programmers don't strip the debugging tags out of
the code. These tags are just the names of the variables used in the
software, and a programmer can use them to analyze what each variable
held when the software started going berserk.
1089
Perens continued, "His idea was if there was a problem, someone can
send a stacktrace back without having to recompile a program and then
making it break again. The problem with this was distributing
executables unstripped makes them four times as large. It was a lot of
extra expense and trouble. And our software didn't dump core anyway.
That was really the bottom line. That sort of bug did not come up so
often that it was necessary for us to distribute things that way
anyways."
1090
Still, Stallman insisted it was a good idea. Debian resisted and said
it took up too much space and raised duplication costs. Eventually, the
debate ended as the Debian group went their own way. Although Stallman
paid Murdock and wrote much of the GNU code on the disk, the GPL
prevented him from doing much. The project continued. The source code
lived on. And the Debian disks kept shipping. Stallman was no longer
titular leader of Debian.
1091
The rift between the group has largely healed. Perens now praises
Stallman and says that the two of them are still very close
philosophically on the most important issues in the free software
world. Stallman, for his part, uses Debian on his machines because he
feels the closest kinship with it.
1092
Perens says, "Richard's actually grown up a lot in the last few years.
He's learned a lot more about what to do to a volunteer because
obviously we're free to walk away at any time."
1093
Stallman himself remembers the argument rather eloquently."The fact is,
I wanted to influence them, but I did not want to force them. Forcing
them would go against my moral beliefs. I believe that people are
entitled to freedom in these matters, which means that I cannot tell
them what to do," he told me. "I wrote the GPL to give everyone freedom
from domination by authors of software, and that includes me on both
sides."
1094
There's much debate over the best way to be a benign dictator. Eric
Raymond and many others feel that Torvalds's greatest claim to success
was creating a good development model. Torvalds released new versions
of his kernel often and he tried to share the news about the
development as openly as possible. Most of this news travels through a
mailing list that is open to all and archived on a website. The mailing
list is sort of like a perpetual congress where people debate the
technical issues behind the latest changes to the kernel. It's often
much better than the real United States Congress because the debate
floor is open to all and there are no glaring special interests who try
to steer the debate in their direction. After some period of debate,
eventually Torvalds makes a decision and this becomes final. Usually he
doesn't need to do anything. The answer is pretty obvious to everyone
who's followed the discussion.
1095
This army is a diverse bunch. At a recent Linux conference, Jeff Bates,
one of the editors of the influential website Slashdot
(www.slashdot.org), pointed me toward the Debian booth, which was next
to theirs. "If you look in the booth, you can see that map. They put a
pushpin in the board for every developer and project leader they have
around the world. China, Netherlands, Somalia, there are people coming
from all over."
1096
James Lewis-Moss is one of the members, who just happened to be in the
Debian booth next door. He lives in Asheville, North Carolina, which is
four hours west of the Convention Center in downtown Raleigh. The
Debian group normally relies upon local volunteers to staff the booth,
answer questions, distribute CD-ROMs, and keep people interested in the
project.
1097
Lewis-Moss is officially in charge of maintaining several packages,
including the X Emacs, a program that is used to edit text files, read
email and news, and do a number of other tasks. A package is the
official name for a bundle of smaller programs, files, data, and
documentation. These parts are normally installed together because the
software won't work without all of its component parts.
1098
The packager's job is to download the latest software from the
programmer and make sure that it runs well with the latest version of
the other software to go in the Debian distribution. This crucial task
is why groups like Debian are so necessary. If Lewis-Moss does his job
well, someone who installs Debian on his computer will not have any
trouble using X Emacs.
1099
Lewis-Moss's job isn't exactly programming, but it's close. He has to
download the source code, compile the program, run it, and make sure
that the latest version of the source works correctly with the latest
version of the Linux kernel and the other parts of the OS that keep a
system running. The packager must also ensure that the program works
well with the Debian-specific tools that make installation easier. If
there are obvious bugs, he'll fix them himself. Otherwise, he'll work
with the author on tracking down and fixing the problems.
1100
He's quite modest about this effort and says, "Most Debian developers
don't write a whole lot of code for Debian. We just test things to make
sure it works well together. It would be offensive to some of the
actual programmers to hear that some of the Debian folks are writing
the programs when they're actually not."
1101
He added that many of the packagers are also programmers in other
projects. In his case, he writes Java programs during the day for a
company that makes point-of-sale terminals for stores.
1102
Lewis-Moss ended up with this job in the time-honored tradition of
committees and volunteer organizations everywhere. "I reported a bug in
X Emacs to Debian. The guy who had the package at that time said, 'I
don't want this anymore. Do you want it?' I guess it was random. It was
sort of an accident. I didn't intend to become involved in it, but it
was something I was interested in. I figured 'Hell, might as well.'"
1103
The Linux development effort moves slowly forward with thousands of
stories like Lewis-Moss's. Folks come along, check out the code, and
toss in a few contributions that make it a bit better for themselves.
The mailing list debates some of the changes if they're controversial
or if they'll affect many people. It's a very efficient system in many
ways, if you can stand the heat of the debates.
1104
Most Americans are pretty divorced from the heated arguments that boil
through the corridors of Washington. The view of the House and Senate
floor is largely just for show because most members don't attend the
debates. The real decisions are made in back rooms.
1105
The mailing lists that form the core of the different free software
projects take all of this debate and pipe it right through to the
members. While some discussions occur in private letters and even in
the occasional phone call, much of the problem and controversy is
dissected for everyone to read. This is crucial because most of the
decisions are made largely by consensus.
1106
"Most of the decisions are technical and most of them will have the
right answer or the best possible one at the moment," says Lewis-Moss.
"Often things back down to who is willing to do the work. If you're
willing to do the work and the person on the other side isn't willing,
then yours is the right one by definition."
1107
While the mailing list looks like an idealized notion of a congress for
the Linux kernel development, it is not as perfect as it may seem. Not
all comments are taken equally because friendships and political
alliances have evolved through time. The Debian group elected a
president to make crucial decisions that can't be made by deep argument
and consensus. The president doesn't have many other powers in other
cases.
1108
While the Linux and GNU worlds are dominated by their one great Sun
King, many other open source projects have adopted a more modern
government structure that is more like Debian. The groups are still
fairly ad hoc and unofficial, but they are more democratic. There's
less idolatry and less dependence on one person.
1109
The Debian group is a good example of a very loose-knit structure with
less reliance on the central leader. In the beginning, Ian Murdock
started the distribution and did much of the coordination. In time, the
mailing list grew and attracted other developers like Bruce Perens. As
Murdock grew busier, he started handing off work to others. Eventually,
he handed off central control to Perens, who slowly delegated more of
the control until there was no key maintainer left. If someone dies in
a bus crash, the group will live on.
1110
Now a large group of people act as maintainers for the different
packages. Anyone who wants to work on the project can take
responsibility for a particular package. This might be a small tool
like a game or a bigger tool like the C compiler. In most cases, the
maintainer isn't the author of the software or even a hard-core
programmer. The maintainer's job is to make sure that the particular
package continues to work with all the rest. In many cases, this is a
pretty easy job. Most changes in the system don't affect simple
programs. But in some cases it's a real challenge and the maintainer
must act as a liaison between Debian and the original programmer.
Sometimes the maintainers fix the bugs themselves. Sometimes they just
report them. But in either case, the maintainer must make sure that the
code works.
1111
Every once and a bit, Debian takes the latest stable kernel from
Torvalds's team and mixes it together with all of the other packages.
The maintainers check out their packages and when everything works
well, Debian presses another CD-ROM and places the pile of code on the
net. This is a stable "freeze" that the Debian group does to make sure
they've got a stable platform that people can always turn to.
1112
"Making a whole OS with just a crew of volunteers and no money is a
pretty big achievement. You can never discount that. It's easy for Red
Hat to do it. They're all getting paid. The fact is that Debian makes a
good system and still continues to do so. I don't think that there've
been that many unpaid, collaborative projects that complex before,"
says Perens.
1113
When Perens took over at Debian he brought about two major changes. The
first was to create a nonprofit corporation called Software in the
Public Interest and arrange for the IRS to recognize it as a bona fide
charitable organization. People and companies who donate money and
equipment can take them off their taxes.
1114
Perens says that the group's budget is about $10,000 a year. "We pay
for hardware sometimes. Although a lot of our hardware is donated. We
fly people to conferences so they can promote Debian. We have a trade
show booth. In general we get the trade show space from the show for
free or severely discounted. We also have the conventional PO boxes,
accounting, phone calls. The project doesn't have a ton of money, but
it doesn't spend a lot, either."
1115
The Debian group also wrote the first guidelines for acceptable open
source software during Perens's time in charge. These eventually
mutated to become the definition endorsed by the Open Source
Initiative. This isn't too surprising, since Perens was one of the
founders of the Open Source Initiative.
1116
Debian's success has inspired many others. Red Hat, for instance,
borrowed a significant amount of work done by Debian when they put
together their distribution, and Debian borrows some of Red Hat's
tools. When Red Hat went public, it arranged for Debian members to get
a chance to buy some of the company's stock reserved for friends and
family members. They recognized that Debian's team of package
maintainers helped get their job done.
1117
Debian's constitution and strong political structure have also inspired
Sun, which is trying to unite its Java and Jini customers into a
community. The company is framing its efforts to support customers as
the creation of a community that's protected by a constitution. The old
paradigm of customer support is being replaced by a more active world
of customer participation and representation.
1118
Of course, Sun is keeping a close hand on all of these changes. They
protect their source code with a Community Source License that places
crucial restrictions on the ability of these community members to
stray. There's no real freedom to fork. Sun's not willing to embrace
Debian's lead on that point, in part because they say they're afraid
that Microsoft will use that freedom to scuttle Java.
1119
1120
The Apache group is one of the more businesslike development teams in
the free source world. It emerged in the mid-1990s when the World Wide
Web was just blossoming. In the early years, many sites relied on web
servers like the free version that came from the NCSA, the
supercomputer center at the University of Illinois that helped spark
the web revolution by writing a server and a browser. This code was
great, but it rarely served all of the purposes of the new webmasters
who were starting new sites and building new tools as quickly as they
could.
1121
Brian Behlendorf, one of the founders of the Apache group, remembers
the time. "It wasn't just a hobbyist kind of thing. We had need for
commercial-quality software and this was before Netscape released its
software. We had developed our own set of patches that we traded like
baseball cards. Finally we said, 'We had so many paths that overlap.
Why don't we create our own version and continue on our own.'"
1122
These developers then coalesced into a core group and set up a
structure for the code. They chose the basic, BSD-style license for
their software, which allowed anyone to use the code for whatever
purpose without distributing the source code to any changes. Many of
the group lived in Berkeley then and still live in the area today. Of
course, the BSD-style license also made sense for many of the
developers who were involved in businesses and often didn't want to
jump into the open source world with what they saw as Stallman's
absolutist fervor. Businesses could adopt the Apache code without fear
that some license would force them to reveal their source code later.
The only catch was that they couldn't call the product Apache unless it
was an unmodified copy of something approved by the Apache group.
1123
Several members of the group went off and formed their own companies
and used the code as the basis for their products. Sameer Parekh based
the Stronghold server product on Apache after his company added the
encryption tools used to protect credit card information. Others just
used versions of Apache to serve up websites and billed others for the
cost of development.
1124
In 1999, the group decided to formalize its membership and create a
not-for-profit corporation that was devoted to advancing the Apache
server source code and the open source world in general. New members
can apply to join the corporation, and they must be approved by a
majority of the current members. This membership gets together and
votes on a board of directors who make the substantive decisions about
the group.
1125
This world isn't much different from the world before the corporation.
A mailing list still carries debate and acts as the social glue for the
group. But now the decision-making process is formalized. Before, the
members of the core group would assign responsibility to different
people but the decisions could only be made by rough consensus. This
mechanism could be bruising and fractious if the consensus was not
easy. This forced the board to work hard to develop potential
compromises, but pushed them to shy away from tougher decisions. Now
the board can vote and a pure majority can win.
1126
This seriousness and corporatization are probably the only possible
steps that the Apache group could take. They've always been devoted to
advancing the members' interests. Many of the other open source
projects like Linux were hobbies that became serious. The Apache
project was always filled with people who were in the business of
building the web. While some might miss the small-town kind of feel of
the early years, the corporate structure is bringing more certainty and
predictability to the realm. The people don't have to wear suits now
that it's a corporation. It just ensures that tough decisions will be
made at a predictable pace.
1127
Still, the formalism adds plenty of rigidity to the structure. An
excited newcomer can join the mailing lists, write plenty of code, and
move mountains for the Apache group, but he won't be a full member
before he is voted in. In the past, an energetic outsider could easily
convert hard work into political clout in the organization. Now, a
majority of the current members could keep interlopers out of the inner
circle. This bureaucracy doesn't have to be a problem, but it has the
potential to fragment the community by creating an institution where
some people are more equal than others. Keeping the organization open
in practice will be a real challenge for the new corporation.
1128
1129
If there's a pantheon for marketing geniuses, then it must include the
guy who realized people would pay $1 for several cents' worth of sugar
water if it came in a shapely bottle blessed by the brand name
CocaCola. It might also include the guy who first figured out that
adding new blue crystals to detergent would increase sales. It is a
rare breed that understands how to get people to spend money they don't
need to spend.
1130
The next induction ceremony for this pantheon should include Robert
Young, the CEO of Red Hat Software, who helped the Linux and the open
source world immeasurably by finding a way to charge people for
something they could get for free. This discovery made the man rich,
which isn't exactly what the free software world is supposed to do. But
his company also contributed a sense of stability and certainty to the
Linux marketplace, and that was sorely needed. Many hard-core
programmers, who know enough to get all of the software for free, are
willing to pay $70 to Red Hat just because it is easier. While some may
be forever jealous of the millions of dollars in Young's pocket,
everyone should realize that bringing Linux to a larger world of
computer illiterates requires good packaging and hand-holding. Free
software wouldn't be anywhere if someone couldn't find a good way to
charge for it.
1131
The best way to understand why Young ranks with the folks who
discovered how to sell sugar water is to go to a conference like
LinuxExpo. In the center of the floor is the booth manned by Red Hat
Software, the company Young started in Raleigh, North Carolina, after
he got through working in the computer-leasing business. Young is in
his fifties now and manages to survive despite the fact that most of
his company's devotees are much closer to 13. Red Hat bundles together
some of the free software made by the community and distributed over
the Net and puts it on one relatively easy-to-use CD-ROM. Anyone who
wants to install Linux or some of its packages can simply buy a disk
from Red Hat and push a bunch of keys. All of the information is on one
CD-ROM, and it's relatively tested and pretty much ready to go. If
things go wrong, Red Hat promises to answer questions by e-mail or
telephone to help people get the product working.
1132
Red Hat sells their disk at prices that range from $29.95 to $149.95.
That buys the user a pretty box, three CD-ROMs including some
demonstration versions of other software, all of the source code, a
manual, and some telephone or e-mail support. That is pretty much like
the same stuff that comes in software boxes from a normal company. The
manual isn't as nice as the manuals produced by Apple or Microsoft, but
it's not too bad.
1133
The big difference is that no one needs to buy the CD-ROM from Red Hat.
Anyone can download all of the software from the Net. A friend of mine,
Hal Skinner, did it yesterday and told me, "I just plugged it in and
the software downloaded everything from the Net. I got everything in
the Red Hat 6.0 distribution, and it didn't cost me anything."
1134
Of course, Red Hat isn't hurt too much by folks who grab copies without
paying for them. In fact, the company maintains a website that makes it
relatively easy for people to do just that. Red Hat didn't write most
of the code. They also just grabbed it from various authors throughout
the Net who published it under the GNU General Public License. They
grabbed it without paying for it, so they're not really put out if
someone grabs from them.
1135
The ability to snag GPL'ed software from around the Net keeps their
development costs much lower than Sun, Apple, or Microsoft. They never
paid most of the authors of the code they ship. They just package it
up. Anyone else can just go find it on the Net and grab it themselves.
This pretty much guarantees that Red Hat will be in a commodity
business.
1136
To make matters worse for Red Hat, the potential competitors don't have
to go out onto the Net and reassemble the collection of software for
themselves. The GPL specifically forbids people from placing
limitations on redistributing the source code. That means that a
potential competitor doesn't have to do much more than buy a copy of
Red Hat's disk and send it off to the CD-ROM pressing plant. People do
this all the time. One company at the exposition was selling copies of
all the major Linux distributions like Red Hat, Slackware, and OpenBSD
for about $3 per disk. If you bought in bulk, you could get 11 disks
for $25. Not a bad deal if you're a consumer.
1137
So, on one side of the floor, Young had a flashy booth filled with
workers talking about what you could get if you paid $50 or more for
Red Hat's version 6.0 with new enhancements like GNOME. Just a few
hundred feet away, a company was selling ripoff copies of the same CDs
for $3. Any company that is able to stay in business in a climate like
that must be doing something right.
1138
It's not much different from the supermarket. Someone can pay $1 or
more for two liters of Coca-Cola, or they can walk over a few aisles
and buy Kool-Aid and raw sugar. It may be much cheaper to buy the raw
ingredients, but many people don't.
1139
Young is also smart enough to use the competition from other cheap disk
vendors to his advantage. He can't do anything about the GPL
restrictions that force him to share with knockoff competitors, so he
makes the best of them. "When people complain about how much we're
charging for free software, I tell them to just go to CheapBytes.com,"
he said at the Expo. This is just one of the companies that regularly
duplicates the CDs of Red Hat and resells them. Red Hat often gets some
heat from people saying that the company is merely profiting off the
hard work of others who've shared their software with the GPL. What
gives them the right to charge so much for other people's software? But
Young points out that people can get the software for $3. There must be
a rational reason why they're buying Red Hat.
1140
Of course, the two packages aren't exactly equal. Both the original and
the knockoff CD-ROM may have exactly the same contents, but the extras
are different. The Red Hat package comes with "support," a rather
amorphous concept in the software business. In theory, Red Hat has a
team of people sitting around their offices diligently waiting to
answer the questions of customers who can't get Red Hat software to do
the right thing.
1141
In practice, the questions are often so hard or nebulous that even the
support team can't answer them. When I first tried to get Red Hat to
run on an old PC, the support team could only tell me that they never
promised that their package would run on my funky, slightly obscure
Cyrix MediaGX chip. That wasn't much help. Others probably have had
better luck because they were using a more standard computer. Of
course, I had no trouble installing Red Hat on my latest machine, and I
didn't even need to contact tech support.
1142
The Red Hat packages also come with a book that tries to answer some of
the questions in advance. This manual describes the basic installation
procedure, but it doesn't go into any detail about the software
included in the distribution. If you want to know how to run the
database package, you need to dig into the online support provided by
the database's developers.
1143
Many people enjoy buying these extra packages like the manual and the
support, even if they never use them. Red Hat has blossomed by
providing some hand-holding. Sure, some programmers could download the
software from the Internet on their own, but most people don't want to
spend the time needed to develop the expertise.
1144
When I say "Red Hat software," I really mean free source software that
Red Hat picked up from the Net and knit into a coherent set of packages
that should be, in theory, pretty bug free, tested, and ready for use.
Red Hat is selling some hand-holding and filtering for the average user
who doesn't want to spend time poking around the Net, checking out the
different versions of the software, and ensuring that they work well
together. Red Hat programmers have spent some time examining the
software on the CD-ROM. They've tested it and occasionally improved it
by adding new code to make it run better.
1145
Red Hat also added a custom installation utility to make life easier
for people who want to add Red Hat to their computer.12 They
could have made this package installation tool proprietary. After all,
Red Hat programmers wrote the tool on company time. But Young released
it with the GNU General Public License, recognizing that the political
value of giving something back was worth much more than the price they
could charge for the tool.
12. Er, I mean to say "add Linux" or "add GNU/Linux." "Red Hat" is now
one of the synonyms for free software.
1146
This is part of a deliberate political strategy to build goodwill among
the programmers who distribute their software. Many Linux users compare
the different companies putting together free source software CDROMs
and test their commitment to the free software ideals. Debian, for
instance, is very popular because it is a largely volunteer project
that is careful to only include certified free source software on their
CD-ROMs. Debian, however, isn't run like a business and it doesn't have
the same attitude. This volunteer effort and enlightened pursuit of the
essence of free software make the Debian distribution popular among the
purists.
1147
Distributors like Caldera, on the other hand, include nonfree software
with their disk. You pay $29.95 to $149.95 for a CD-ROM and get some
nonfree software like a word processor tossed in as a bonus. This is a
great deal if you're only going to install the software once, but the
copyright on the nonfree software prevents you from distributing the
CD-ROM to friends. Caldera is hoping that the extras it throws in will
steer people toward its disk and get them to choose Caldera's version
of Linux. Many of the purists, like Richard Stallman, hate this
practice and think it is just a not very subtle way to privatize the
free software. If the average user isn't free to redistribute all the
code, then there's something evil afoot. Of course, Stallman or any of
the other software authors can't do anything about this because they
made their software freely distributable.
1148
Young is trying to walk the line between these two approaches. Red Hat
is very much in the business of selling CD-ROMs. The company has a
payroll with more than a handful of programmers who are drawing
nonvolunteer salaries to keep the distributions fresh and the code
clean. But he's avoided the temptation of adding not-so-free code to
his disks. This gives him more credibility with the programmers who
create the software and give it away. In theory, Young doesn't need to
ingratiate himself to the various authors of GPL-protected software
packages. They've already given the code away. Their power is gone. In
practice, he gains plenty of political goodwill by playing the game by
their rules.
1149
Several companies are already making PCs with Linux software installed
at the factory. While they could simply download the software from the
Net themselves and create their own package, several have chosen to
bundle Red Hat's version with their machines. Sam Ockman, the president
of Penguin Computing, runs one of those companies.
1150
Ockman is a recent Stanford graduate in his early twenties and a strong
devotee of the Linux and GPL world. He says he started his company to
prove that Linux could deliver solid, dependable servers that could
compete with the best that Sun and Microsoft have to offer.
1151
Ockman has mixed feelings about life at Stanford. While he fondly
remembers the "golf course-like campus," he says the classes were too
easy. He graduated with two majors despite spending plenty of time
playing around with the Linux kernel. He says that the computer science
department's hobbled curriculum drove him to Linux. "Their whole CS
community is using a stupid compiler for C on the Macintosh," he
says."Why don't they start you off on Linux? By the time you get to
[course] 248, you could hack on the Linux kernel or your own
replacement kernel. It's just a tragedy that you're sitting there
writing virtual kernels on a Sun system that you're not allowed to
reboot."
1152
In essence, the computer science department was keeping their kids
penned up in the shallow end of the pool instead of taking them out
into the ocean. Ockman found the ocean on his own time and started
writing GPL-protected code and contributing to the political emergence
of free software.
1153
When Ockman had to choose a version of Linux for his Penguin computers,
he chose Red Hat. Bob Young's company made the sale because it was
playing by the rules of the game and giving software back with a GPL.
Ockman says, "We actually buy the box set for every single one.
Partially because the customers like to get the books, but also to
support Red Hat. That's also why we picked Red Hat. They're the most
free of all of the distributions."
1154
Debian, Ockman concedes, is also very free and politically interesting,
but says that his company is too small to support multiple
distributions. "We only do Red Hat. That was a very strategic decision
on our part. All of the distributions are pretty much the same, but
there are slight differences in this and that. We could have a
twelve-person Debian group, but it would just be a nightmare for us to
support all of these different versions of Linux."
1155
Of course, Penguin Computing could have just bought one Red Hat CD-ROM
and installed their software on all of the machines going out the door.
That would have let them cut their costs by about $50. The GPL lets
anyone install the software as often as they wish. But this wouldn't be
pure savings because Ockman is also offloading some of his own work
when he bundles a Red Hat package with his computers. He adds,
"Technically the box set I include allows customers to call Red Hat,
but no one ever does, nor do we expect them or want them to call anyone
but us." In essence, his company is adding some extra support with the
Red Hat box.
1156
The support is an important add-on that Young is selling, but he
realized long ago that much more was on sale. Red Hat was selling an
image, the sense of belonging, and the indeterminant essence of cool.
Soda manufacturers realized that anyone could put sugar and water in a
bottle, but only the best could rise above the humdrum nature of life
by employing the best artists in the land to give their sugar water the
right hip feeling. So Young invested in image. His T-shirts and
packages have always been some of the most graphically sophisticated on
the market. While some folks would get girlfriends or neighbors to draw
the images that covered their books and CDs, Red Hat used a talented
team to develop their packaging.
1157
Young jokes about this. He said he was at a trade show talking to a
small software company that was trying to give him one of their free
promotional T-shirts. He said, "Why don't you try giving away the
source code and selling the T-shirts?"
1158
At the LinuxExpo, Red Hat was selling T-shirts, too. One slick number
retailing for $19 just said "The Revolution of Choice" in Red Hat's
signature old typewriter font. Others for sale at the company's site
routinely run for $15 or more. They sucked me in. When I ordered my
first Red Hat disk from them, I bought an extra T-shirt to go with the
mix.
1159
The technology folks at Red Hat may be working with some cuttingedge
software that makes the software easy to install, but the marketing
group was stealing its plays from Nike, Pepsi, and Disney. They weren't
selling running shoes, sugar water, or a ride on a roller coaster--they
were selling an experience. Red Hat wasn't repackaging some hacker's
science project from the Net, it was offering folks a ticket to a
revolution. If the old 1960s radicals had realized this, they might
have been able to fund their movement without borrowing money from
their square parents. Selling enough groovy, tie-died T-shirts would
have been enough.13
13. Apple is an old hand at the T-shirt game, and internal projects
create T-shirts to celebrate milestones in development. These images
were collected in a book, which may be as good a technical history of
Apple as might exist. Many projects, including ones that failed, are
part of the record.
1160
Many of the other groups are part of the game. The OpenBSD project sold
out of their very fashionable T-shirts with wireframe versions of its
little daemon logo soon after the beginning of the LinuxExpo. They
continue to sell more T-shirts from their website. Users can also buy
CD-ROMs from OpenBSD.
1161
Several attendees wear yellow copyleft shirts that hold an upsidedown
copyright logo
1162
The most expensive T-shirt at the show came with a logo that imitated
one of the early marketing images of the first Star Wars movie. The
shirt showed Torvalds and Stallman instead of Han Solo and Luke
Skywalker under a banner headline of "OS Wars." The shirt cost only
$100, but "came with free admission to the upcoming Linux convention in
Atlanta."
1163
The corporate suits, of course, have adjusted as best they can. The IBM
folks at the show wore identical khaki outfits with nicely cut and
relatively expensive polo shirts with IBM logos. A regular suit would
probably stick out less than the crisp, clean attempt to split the
difference between casual cool and button-down business droid.
1164
Of course, the T-shirts weren't just about pretty packaging and slick
images. The shirts also conveyed some information about someone's
political affiliations in the community and showed something about the
person's technical tastes. Sure, someone could wear an OpenBSD shirt
because they liked the cute little daemon logo, but also because they
wanted to show that they cared about security. The OpenBSD project
began because some users wanted to build a version of UNIX that was
much more secure. The group prides itself on fixing bugs early and
well. Wearing an OpenBSD shirt proclaims a certain alliance with this
team's commitment to security. After all, some of the profits from the
shirts went to pay for the development of the software. Wearing the
right T-shirt meant choosing an alliance. It meant joining a tribe.
1165
Young is keenly aware that much of his target market is 13-year-old
boys who are flexing their minds and independence for the first time.
The same images of rebellion that brought James Dean his stardom are
painted on the T-shirts. Some wear shirts proclaiming TOTAL WORLD
DOMINATION SOON. Raging against Microsoft is a cliché that is
avoided as much as it is still used. The shirts are a mixture of
parody, bluster, wit, and confidence. Of course, they're usually black.
Everyone wears black.
1166
Ockman looks at this market competition for T-shirts and sees a genius.
He says, "I think Bob Young's absolutely brilliant. Suddenly he
realized that there's no future in releasing mainframes. He made a jump
after finding college kids in Carolina [using Linux]. For him to make
that jump is just amazing. He's a marketing guy. He sat down and
figured it out.
1167
"Every time I hear him talk," Ockman says about Young, "he tells a
different story about ketchup. If you take people who've never had
ketchup before in their life and you blindly feed them ketchup, they
have no taste for ketchup. They don't like it." If you feed them
ketchup over time, they begin to demand it on their hamburgers.
1168
"No one who's never had Coca-Cola before would like it," Ockman
continues. "These things are purely a branding issue. It has to be
branded for cool in order for people to sit down and learn everything
they have to know."
1169
In essence, Young looked around and saw that a bunch of scruffy kids
were creating an OS that was just as good, if not better, than the
major OSs costing major sums of money. This OS was, best of all, free
for all comers. The OS had a problem, though. The scruffy kids never
marketed their software. The deeply intelligent, free-thinking hackers
picked up on how cool it was, but the rest of society couldn't make the
jump. The scruffy kids didn't bother to try to market it to the rest of
society. They were artists.
1170
Most people who looked at such a situation would have concluded that
this strange clan of techno-outsiders was doomed to inhabit the
periphery of society forever. There was no marketing of the product
because there was no money in the budget and there would never be money
in the budget because the software was free. Young recognized that you
could still market the software without owning it. You could still slap
on a veneer of cool without writing the code yourself. Sugar water
costs practically nothing, too.
1171
Young's plan to brand the OS with a veneer of cool produced more
success than anyone could imagine. Red Hat is by far the market leader
in providing Linux to the masses, despite the fact that many can and do
"steal" a low-cost version. Of course, "steal" isn't the right word,
because Red Hat did the same thing. "Borrow" isn't right, "grab" is a
bit casual, and "join in everlasting communion with the great free
software continuum" is just too enthusiastic to be cool.
1172
In August 1999, Red Hat completed an initial public offering of the
shares of its stock, the common benchmark for success in the
cash-driven world of Silicon Valley. Many of the principals at Red Hat
got rich when the stock opened at $14 a share on August 11 and closed
the day at $52. Bob Young, the CEO of Red Hat, started the day with a
bit more than 9 million shares or 15 percent of the company.
Technically, not all of this was his because he had distributed some
(3,222,746 shares, to be exact) to his wife, Nancy, and put some more
(1,418,160) in various trusts for his children. Still, this cut adds up
to about $468 million. Marc Ewing, executive vice president and chief
technology officer, also ended up with a similar amount of money
divided between trusts and his own pocket. Matthew Sulzik, the
president, who joined in November 1998, got a bit less (2,736,248
shares) in his pot, but he was a relative newcomer. The big investors,
Greylock IX Limited Partnership, Benchmark Capital Partners II, and
Intel, split up the big part of the rest of the shares.
1173
Now, what happened to the boys who wrote the code? Did Richard Stallman
get any of it? Did Linus Torvalds? Some of the major developers like
Alan Cox and David Miller already work for Red Hat, so they probably
drew shares out of the employee pool. There are thousands of names,
however, who aren't on anyone's radar screen. They've written many
lines of code for naught.
1174
Red Hat tried to alleviate some of the trouble by allocating 800,000
shares to "directors, officers and employees of Red Hat and to open
source software developers and other persons that Red Hat believes have
contributed to the success of the open source software community and
the growth of Red Hat." This group, occasionally known as the "friends
and family," was a way to reward buddies. Red Hat drew up a list of
major contributors to the open source distribution and sent out
invitations.
1175
"Dear open source community member," began the e-mail letter that Red
Hat sent to about 1,000 people.
1176
In appreciation of your contribution to the open source community, Red
Hat is pleased to offer you this personal, non-transferable,
opportunity. . . . Red Hat couldn't have grown this far without the
ongoing help and support of the open source community, therefore, we
have reserved a portion of the stock in our offering for distribution
online to certain members of the open source community. We invite you
to participate.
1177
Many programmers and developers were touched by the thoughtfulness. The
list probably wasn't long enough or inclusive enough to pull everyone
into the circle, but it did do a good job of spreading the wealth
around. The plan began to backfire, however, when E*Trade began to
parcel out the shares. Everyone who made it onto the list filled out a
form listing their net worth, and E*Trade attempted to decide who was a
sophisticated investor and who wasn't. Some folks who had little money
(perhaps because they spent too much time writing free software) were
locked out.
1178
One contributor, C. Scott Ananian, wrote about his rejection in Salon
magazine, "I filled out the eligibility questionnaire myself. I knew
they were trying to weed out inexperienced investors, so on every
question that related to experience, I asserted the maximum possible. I
knew what I was doing. And it was my money, anyway--I had a God-given
right to risk it on as foolhardy a venture as I liked."
1179
The article drew plenty of flack and murmurs of a class action lawsuit
from the disenfranchised. A discussion broke out on Slashdot, the
hardcore site for nerds. Some defended E*Trade and pointed out that a
Red Hat IPO was not a lock or a guarantee of wealth. Too many
grandmothers had been burned by slick-talking stock salesmen in the
past. E*Trade had to block out the little guys for their own
protection. Stock can go down as well as up.
1180
Steve Gilliard, a "media operative" at the website NetSlaves, wrote,
"If the Red Hat friends and family group were judged by normal
standards, there is no brokerage in the U.S. which would let many of
them buy into an IPO. In many cases, they would be denied a brokerage
account. Poor people are usually encouraged to make other investments,
like paying off Visa and Master Card."
1181
Others saw it as a trick to weed out the pool and make sure that
E*Trade could allocate the shares to its buddies. The more the small
guys were excluded, the more the big guys would get for their funds. In
the end, the complaints reached some ears. More people were able to
sneak in, but the circle was never big enough for all.
1182
1183
Red Hat's big pool of money created more than jealousy in the hearts
and minds of the open source world. Jealousy was an emotional response.
Fear of a new Microsoft was the rational response that came from the
mind. Red Hat's pool of cash was unprecedented in the open source
community. People saw what the pile of money and the stock options did
to Bill Gates. Everyone began to wonder if the same would happen to Red
Hat.
1184
On the face of it, most open source developers have little to worry
about. All the code on the Red Hat disk is covered with a General
Protection License and isn't going to become proprietary. Robert Young
has been very open about his promise to make sure that everything Red
Hat ships falls under the GPL. That includes the distribution tools it
writes in-house.
1185
The GPL is a powerful force that prevents Red Hat from making many
unilateral decisions. There are plenty of distributions that would like
to take over the mantle of the most popular version of Linux. It's not
hard. The source code is all there.
1186
But more savvy insiders whisper about a velvet-gloved version of
Microsoft's "embrace and extend." The company first gains control by
stroking the egos and padding the wallets of the most important
developers.
1187
In time, other Red Hat employees will gradually become the most
important developers. They're paid to work on open source projects all
day. They'll gradually supplant the people who have day jobs. They'll
pick up mindshare. Such a silent coup could guarantee that Red Hat will
continue to receive large influxes of cash from people who buy the
CD-ROMs.
1188
There are parts of this conspiracy theory that are already true. Red
Hat does dominate the United States market for Linux and it controls a
great deal of the mindshare. Their careful growth supported by an
influx of cash ensured a strong position in the marketplace.
1189
In November 1999, Red Hat purchased Cygnus Solutions, the other major
commercial developer of GPL-protected software, which specialized in
maintaining and extending the compiler, GCC. Red Hat had 235 employees
at the time and Cygnus Solutions had 181. That's a huge fraction of the
open source developers under one roof. The Cygnus press release came
with the headline, RED HAT TO ACQUIRE CYGNUS AND CREATE OPEN SOURCE
POWERHOUSE.
1190
To make matters worse, one of the founders of Cygnus, Michael Tiemann,
likes to brag that the open source software prevents competitors from
rising up to threaten Cygnus. The GPL guarantees that the competitors
will also have to publish their source, giving Cygnus a chance to stay
ahead. In this model, any company with the money and stamina to achieve
market dominance isn't going to be knocked down by some kids in a
garage.
1191
Those are scary confluences. Let's imagine that the conspiracy theory
is completely borne out. Let's imagine that all of the other
distributions wither away as corporate and consumer clients rush head
over heels to put Red Hat on their machines. Red Hat becomes the
default in much the same way that Microsoft is the default today. Will
Red Hat have the power that Microsoft has today?
1192
Will they be able to force everyone to have a Red Hat Network logon
button on their desktop? Perhaps. Many people are going to trust Red
Hat to create a good default installation. Getting software to be
loaded by default will give them some power.
1193
Can they squeeze their partners by charging different rates for Linux?
Microsoft is known to offer lower Windows prices to their friends. This
is unlikely. Anyone can just buy a single Red Hat CDROM from a
duplicator like CheapBytes. This power play won't work.
1194
Can they duplicate the code of a rival and give it away in much the
same way that Microsoft created Internet Explorer and "integrated" it
into their browser? You bet they can. They're going to take the best
ideas they can get. If they're open source, they'll get sucked into the
Red Hat orbit. If they're not, then they'll get someone to clone them.
1195
Can they force people to pay a "Red Hat tax" just to upgrade to the
latest software? Not likely. Red Hat is going to be a service company,
and they're going to compete on having the best service for their
customers. Their real competitor will be companies that sell support
contracts like LinuxCare. Service industries are hard work. Every
customer needs perfect care or they'll go somewhere else next time. Red
Hat's honeymoon with the IPO cash will only last so long. Eventually,
they're going to have to earn the money to get a return on the
investment. They're going to be answering a lot of phone calls and
e-mails.
1196
1197
Most of this book frames the entire free source movement as something
new and novel. The notion of giving away free source code is something
that seems strange and counterintuitive. But despite all of the gloss
and excitement about serious folks doing serious work and then just
giving it away like great philanthropists, it's pretty easy to argue
that this has all been done before. The software world is just
rediscovering secrets that the rest of the world learned long ago.
1198
Giving things away isn't a radical idea. People have been generous
since, well, the snake gave Eve that apple. Businesses love to give
things away in the hope of snagging customers. Paper towel
manufacturers give away towel hardware that only accepts paper in a
proprietary size. Food companies give coolers and freezers to stores if
the stores agree not to stock rival brands in them.
1199
In fact, most industries do more than just give away free gifts to lure
customers. Most share ideas, strategies, and plans between competitors
because cooperation lets them all blossom. Stereo companies make
components that interoperate because they adhere to the same standard.
Lawyers, engineers, and doctors are just some of the people who
constantly trade ideas and solutions with each other despite the fact
that they work as competitors. A broad, central, unowned pool of
knowledge benefits everyone in much the same way that it helps the free
software community.
1200
The real question is not "Who do these pseudo-commie pinkos think they
are?" It's "What took the software industry so long to figure this
out?" How did the programmers who are supposedly a bunch of whip-smart,
hard-core libertarians let a bunch of lawyers lead them down a path
that put them in a cubicle farm and prevented them from talking to each
other?
1201
Recipes are one of the closest things to software in the material
world, and many restaurants now share them widely. While chefs once
treated them like industrial secrets, they now frequently give copies
to magazines and newspapers as a form of publicity. The free
advertisement is worth more than the possibility that someone will
start cloning the recipe. The restaurants recognized that they were
selling more than unique food. Ambiance, service, and quality control
are often more in demand than a particular recipe.
1202
When the free software industry succeeds by sharing the source code
now, it's capitalizing on the fact that most people don't want to use
the source code to set up a take-no-prisoners rivalry. Most people just
want to get their work done. The cost of sharing source code is so low
that it doesn't take much gain to make it worth the trouble. One bug
fix or tiny feature could pay for it.
1203
1204
The software industry has been flirting with how to make money off of
the low cost of distributing its product. The concept of shareware
began long before the ideological free software movement as companies
and individual developers began sharing the software as a cheap form of
advertisement. Developers without the capital to start a major
marketing campaign have passed around free versions of their software.
People could try it and if it met their needs, they could pay for it.
Those who didn't like it were honor-bound to erase their version.
1205
Shareware continues to be popular to this day. A few products have made
a large amount of money with this approach, but most have made very
little. Some people, including many of the major companies, distribute
their own crippled version of their product so people can try it.
Crucial functions like the ability to print or save a document to the
disk are usually left out as a strong encouragement to buy the real
version.
1206
Of course, free source products aren't the same thing as shareware
because most shareware products don't come with the source code.
Programmers don't have the ability or the right to modify them to do
what they want. This has always been one of the biggest selling points
to the high-end marketplace that knows how to program.
1207
In fact, free source software is not dirt cheap either. Anyone who's
been around the open software community for a time realizes that you
end up having to pay something for the lunch. Keeping some costs hidden
from the consumer isn't new, and it still hasn't gone away in the free
software world. The costs may not be much and they may be a much better
deal than the proprietary marketplace, but the software still costs
something.
1208
The simplest cost is time. Free software is often not as polished as
many commercial products. If you want to use many of the tools, you
must study manuals and learn to think like a programmer. Some manuals
are quite nice, but many are cursory. This may change as the free
software movement aims to dominate the desktop, but the manuals and
help aren't as polished as the solutions coming out of Microsoft. Of
course, one free software devotee told me by way of apology, "Have you
actually tried using Microsoft's manuals or help? They suck, too."
1209
Even when it is polished, free source software requires time to use.
The more options that are available, the more time it takes to
configure the software. Free source gives tons of options.
1210
The lack of polish isn't usually a problem for programmers, and it's
often not an extra cost either. Programmers often need to learn a
system before they find a way to revise and extend it to do what their
boss wants it to do. Learning the guts of a free software package isn't
much of an extra cost because they would be just trying to learn the
guts of a Microsoft product instead. Plus, the source code makes the
process easier.
1211
Still, most users including the best programmers end up paying a
company like Red Hat, Caldera, or a group like OpenBSD to do some of
the basic research in building a Linux system. All of the distribution
companies charge for a copy of their software and throw in some
support. While the software is technically free, you pay for help to
get it to work.
1212
If the free source code is protected by the GNU General Public License,
then you end up paying again when you're forced to include your changes
with the software you ship. Bundling things up, setting up a server,
writing documentation, and answering users' questions take time. Sure,
it may be fair, good, and nice to give your additions back to the
community, but it can be more of a problem for some companies. Let's
say you have to modify a database to handle some proprietary process,
like a weird way to make a chemical or manufacture a strange widget.
Contributing your source code back into the public domain may reveal
something to a competitor. Most companies won't have this problem, but
being forced to redistribute code always has costs.
1213
Of course, the cost of this is debatable. Tivo, for instance, is a
company that makes a set-top box for recording television content on an
internal hard disk. The average user just sees a fancy, easy-to-use
front end, but underneath, the entire system runs on the Linux
operating system. Tivo released a copy of the stripped-down version of
Linux it ships on its machines on its website, fulfilling its
obligation to the GNU GPL. The only problem I've discovered is that the
web page (www.tivo.com/linux/) is not particularly easy to find from
the home page. If I hadn't known it was there, I wouldn't have found
it.
1214
Of course, companies that adopt free source software also end up paying
in one way or another because they need to hire programmers to keep the
software running. This isn't necessarily an extra cost because they
would have hired Microsoft experts anyway. Some argue that the free
source software is easier to maintain and thus cheaper to use, but
these are difficult arguments to settle.
1215
In each of these ways, the free software community is giving away
something to spark interest and then finding a way to make up the cost
later. Some in the free software community sell support and others get
jobs. Others give back their extensions and bug fixes. A running
business is a working ecology where enough gets reinvested to pay for
the next generation of development. The free source world isn't a
virtual single corporation like the phone company or the cable
business, but it can be thought of in that way. Therefore, the free
software isn't much different from the free toasters at the banks, the
free lollipops at the barber's, or the free drugs from the neighborhood
pusher.
1216
If you want to think bigger, it may be better to see the free software
world as closer to the great socialized resources like the ocean, the
freeway system, or the general utility infrastructure. These treat
everyone equally and provide a common basis for travel and commerce.
1217
Of course, that's the most cynical way that free software is no
different from many of the other industries. There are other ways that
the free source vision is just a return to the way that things used to
be before the software industry mucked them up. The problem is that a
mixture of licensing, copyright, and patent laws have given the
software industry more ways to control their product than virtually any
other industry. The free source movement is more a reaction against
these controls than a brave new experiment.
1218
1219
Comparing the software industry to the car industry is always a popular
game. Normally, the car industry looks a bit poky and slow off the mark
because they haven't been turning out new products that are twice as
fast and twice as efficient as last year's products. But many parts of
the car industry are bright, shining examples of freedom compared to
their software equivalents.
1220
Consider the Saturday afternoon mechanic who likes to change the oil,
put in a new carburetor, swap the spark plugs, and keep the car in
running order. The car guy can do all of these things without asking
the manufacturer for permission. There's nothing illegal about taking
apart an engine or even putting an entirely new, souped-up engine in
your car. The environmental protection laws may prohibit adding engines
that spew pollutants, but the manufacturer is out of the loop. After
all, it's your car. You paid for it.
1221
Software is something completely different. You don't own most of the
software you paid for on your computer. You just own a "license" to use
it. The difference is that the license can be revoked at any time if
you don't follow the rules, and some of the rules can be uncomfortable
or onerous. There's nothing wrong with this mechanism. In the right
hands, it can be very pleasant. The Berkeley Software Distribution
license, for instance, has no real requirements except that you credit
the university for its contributions, and the university just revoked
that requirement. The GNU Public License is much stricter, but only if
you want to change, modify, and distribute the code. In that case,
you're only prevented from keeping these changes a secret. That's not a
big problem for most of us.
1222
Other licenses are even more stricter. One Microsoft license prevents
the programmer from trying to figure out how the software works inside
by saying "LICENSEE may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble
Microsoft Agent." These clauses are popular and found in many software
licenses. The company lawyers argue that they ostensibly prevent people
from stealing the secrets that are bound up in the software.
1223
These licenses have been interpreted in different ways. The video game
maker Accolade, for instance, won its case against the manufacturer
Sega by arguing that reverse engineering was the only way to create a
clone. If companies couldn't clone, there would be no free market. On
the other hand, Connectix lost some of the early court battles when
Sony sued them for creating a software clone of the PlayStation. The
judge decided that Connectix had violated Sony's copyright when they
made a copy to study for reverse engineering. In February 2000, an
appeals court struck down this ruling, freeing Connectix to sell the
emulator again. By the time you read this, the legal landscape will
probably have changed again.
1224
In practice, license clauses like this only hurt the honest programmers
who are trying to deal with a nasty bug. Most people don't want to
steal secrets, they just want to be able to make their software work
correctly. Decompiling or disassembling the code is a good way to
figure out exactly what is going on inside the software. It can save
hours and plenty of grief.
1225
The license even borders on the absurd because the phrase "reverse
engineer" is so ambiguous. It may be possible to argue that just
learning to use a piece of software is reverse engineering it. Learning
how a feature works means learning to predict what it will do. In many
cases, the bugs and the glitches in software mean that the features are
often a bit unpredictable and only a bit of black-box reverse
engineering can teach us how they work. That's not much different from
learning the steps that happen inside. Fiddling with shrink-wrapped
software is like fiddling with a black box.
1226
Imagine that General Motors or Ford sold their cars with such a
donot-reverse-engineer license. They would either weld the hood shut or
add on a special lock and only give the keys to registered dealers who
would sign lots of forms that guaranteed that they would keep the
workings of the cars secret. No one could change the spark plugs, chop
the hood, add a nitro tank, or do anything with the car except drive it
around in a completely boring way. Some lawyers at the car companies
might love to start shipping cars with such a license. Think how much
more they could charge for service!The smart executives might realize
that they were hurting their biggest fans, the people who liked to
tune, tweak, fiddle, and futz with their machines. They would be
stripping away one of the great pleasures of their devices and slowly
but surely turning the cars into commodity items that put the owners in
legal strait-jackets.
1227
Some software companies take the licensing requirements to even greater
extremes. One of the most famous examples is the Microsoft Agent
software, which allows a programmer to create little animated
characters that might give instructions. Some versions of Microsoft
Office, for instance, come with a talking paper clip that points out
new and improved features. Microsoft released this technology to the
general programmer community hoping that people would add the tools to
their software and create their own talking characters.
1228
The software is free and Microsoft posts a number of nice tools for
using the code on their website. They couldn't leave well enough alone,
though, because anyone who wants to use the tool with their code needs
to print out and file a separate license with the Microsoft legal
staff. Many of the clauses are pretty simple and do useful things like
force anyone using the software to try to keep their versions up to
date. But the most insidious one ensures that no one will
1229
"...use the Character Animation Data and Image Files to disparage
Microsoft, its products or services or for promotional goods or for
products which, in Microsoft's sole judgment, may diminish or otherwise
damage Microsoft's goodwill in the SOFTWARE PRODUCT including but not
limited to uses which could be deemed under applicable law to be
obscene or pornographic, uses which are excessively violent, unlawful,
or which purpose is to encourage unlawful activities."
1230
In other words, if you want to make the cute animated cartoon say
something unkind about Microsoft, Microsoft can simply shut you down.
And don't even think about creating a little animated marijuana
cigarette for your Grateful Dead softwarepalooza. It's practically
illegal just to think bad thoughts in the vicinity of a computer
running Microsoft Agent.
1231
Most software licenses are not as bad or as restrictive as the
Microsoft Agent license, but many cause their own share of grief.
Companies continue to try to come up with more restrictive solutions
for combating piracy, and in the end they bother the legitimate users.
People are often buying new computers or upgrading a hard disk, and
both of these acts require making a copy of old software. Companies
that make it too difficult to do these things end up rubbing salt in
the wounds of legitimate users who lose a hard disk.
1232
In this context, the free source world isn't a new flowering of mutual
respect and sharing, it's just a return to the good old days when you
could take apart what was yours. If you bought the software, you can
fiddle with it. This isn't the Age of Aquarius, it is the second coming
of Mayberry R.F.D., Home Improvement, and the Dukes of Hazzard.
1233
1234
This comparison doesn't have to be limited to the car guys in the
garage. Many other professions freely share ideas and operate without
the very restrictive covenants of the software industry. The legal
business is a great example of a world where people are free to beg,
borrow, and steal ideas from others. If someone finds a neat loophole,
they can't patent it or prevent others from exploiting it. Once other
lawyers hear about it, they'll be filing their own lawsuits for their
own clients. 14
14. 1The legal system is not perfect. Too many cases are now filed under
seal, and the courts are too willing to act as private dispute agencies
for big corporations. When the law is locked up in this way, it is not
a great example for the free software world.
1235
Consider the world of tobacco liability. Once one state advanced the
legal opinion that the tobacco companies were liable for the cost of
treating any disease that might emerge from smoking cigarettes, the
other states and plenty of lawyers were able to jump on board. Once
they settled, the lawyers turned their sights on the gun companies. By
the time you read this, they'll probably have moved on to the fat
delivery vehicle manufacturers in the fast-food industry and the stress
induction groups, aka your employer. The exercise reduction industry,
made up of a megalomaniacal consortium of moviemakers, television
producers, and, yes, book writers, must be on someone's
list.15
15. The author recommends that you read this on the Stairmaster or a
stationary bike, but only after checking with a registered doctor and
consulting with a licensed exercise specialist who is thoroughly
familiar with your medical history. These medical specialists will be
able to tune your workout to provide the optimal fitness benefits so
you can live long enough to get Alzheimer's disease.
1236
Free source folks are just as free to share ideas. Many of the rival
Linux and BSD distributions often borrow code from each other. While
they compete for the hearts and minds of buyers, they're forced by the
free source rules to share the code. If someone writes one device
driver for one platform, it is quickly modified for another.
1237
The proprietary software world moves slowly in comparison. They keep
their ideas secret and people spend thousands of lawyer years on
projects just keeping the various licenses straight. Code is shared,
but only after lawyers vet the contracts.
1238
The legal industry is also a good example of how the free sharing of
ideas, techniques, and strategies does not hurt the income of the
practitioners. In fact, lawyers have managed to carve themselves a very
nice slice of the nation's income. Most are not as rich as the lucky
few who beat the tobacco companies, but they do all right.
1239
1240
It would be unfair to the software industry to portray the rest of
society as much more sharing and giving. Most of the other industries
are frantically using the legal system and any other means necessary to
stay ahead of their competitors. It's just part of doing business.
1241
One of the best examples is content production, which is led by
mega-companies like Disney. In recent years, Hollywood has worked hard
to get copyright laws changed so that the copyright lasts 95 years
instead of 75 years. In 1998, Congress passed the Sonny Bono Copyright
Term Extension Act of 1998 (CTEA) that kept works published after 1923
from passing into the public domain until 2019. The industry feels that
this gives them the protection to keep creating new items. Creations
like Mickey Mouse and Snow White will continue to live in the very safe
place controlled by Disney and not fall into the evil hands of the
public domain.
1242
Several Harvard professors, Larry Lessig, Charles Nesson, and Jonathan
Zittrain of the Berkman Center for Internet & Society at Harvard
Law School, and Geoffrey Stewart of the Boston law firm Hale and Dorr
filed a lawsuit contesting the act by pointing out that the
Constitution provides for a "limited" term. Artists, authors, and
creators were given copyright protection, but it was only for a limited
amount of time. Afterward, the society could borrow and use the work
freely.
1243
There's little doubt that the major Hollywood producers recognize the
value of a well-stocked collection of public domain literature. Movies
based on works by William Shakespeare, Henry James, and Jane Austen
continue to roll out of the studios to the welcoming patrons who buy
tickets despite knowing how the story ends. Disney itself built its
movie franchise on shared fables like Sleeping Beauty or Snow White.
Very few of Disney's animated films (The Lion King was one of the first
ones) were created in-house from a clean piece of paper. Most were
market-tested for acceptance by their years in the public domain. Of
course, Disney only pays attention to this fact when they're borrowing
an idea to create their own version, not when they're defending the
copyright of their own creations. They want to take, not give.
1244
The movie industry, like the proprietary software business, seems to
forget just how valuable a shared repository of ideas and solutions can
be. In this context, the free source movement isn't an explosion of
creative brilliance or a renaissance of cooperation, it's just a return
to the good old days when Congress wouldn't slavishly answer the whims
of the content industry. If a theater owner wanted to put on a
Shakespeare play, the text was in the public domain. If someone wanted
to rewrite Jane Austen and create the movie Clueless, they were free to
do so. In the good old days, copyright faded after a limited amount of
time and the public got something back for granting a monopoly to the
artist. In the good old days, the artist got something back, too, when
the monopoly of other artists faded away.
1245
It's not like this brave new world of total copyright protection has
generated superior content. The so-called original movies aren't that
different. All of the action movies begin with some death or explosion
in the first two minutes. They all run through a few car chases that
lead to the dramatic final confrontation. The television world is
filled with 30-minute sitcoms about a bunch of young kids trying to
make it on their own. It's sort of surprising that Hollywood continues
to suggest that the copyright laws actually promote creativity.
1246
It's not hard to believe that we might be better off if some of the
characters were protected by an open source license. Superman and
Batman have both gone through several decades of character morphing as
the artists and writers assigned to the strips change. Of course, that
change occurred under the strict control of the corporation with the
copyright.
1247
The thousands of fan novels and short stories are better examples. Many
fans of movies like Star Trek or Star Wars often write their own
stories using the protected characters without permission. Most of the
time the studios and megalithic corporations holding the copyright look
the other way. The work doesn't make much money and is usually born out
of love for the characters. The lawyers who have the job of defending
the copyrights are often cool enough to let it slide.
1248
Each of these novels provides some insight into the characters and also
the novelist. While not every novelist is as talented as the original
authors, it can still be fun to watch the hands of another mold the
characters and shape his or her destiny. The world of the theater has
always accepted the notion that directors and actors will fiddle with
plays and leave their own marks on them. Perhaps it wouldn't be so bad
if writers could have the same latitude after the original author
enjoyed a short period of exclusivity.
1249
There are many ways in which the free software world is strange and new
to society, but sharing ideas without limitations is not one of them.
Almost all businesses let people tinker and change the products they
buy. The software industry likes to portray itself as a bunch of
libertarians who worship the free market and all of its competition. In
reality, the leading firms are riding a wave of power-grabbing that has
lasted several decades. The firms and their lawyers have consistently
interpreted their rules to allow them to shackle their customers with
stronger and stronger bonds designed to keep them loyal and
everspending.
1250
This is all part of a long progression that affects all industries.
Linus Torvalds explained his view of the evolution when he told the San
Jose Mercury-News, "Regardless of open source, programs will become
really cheap. Any industry goes through three phases. First, there's
the development of features people need. Then there's the
frills-andupgrade phase, when people buy it because it looks cool. Then
there's the everybody-takes-it-for-granted phase. This is when it
becomes a commodity. Well, we're still in the look-cool-and-upgrade
stage. In 10 or 15 years you'll be happy with software that's 5 years
old. Open source is one sign that we're moving in that direction."
1251
In this light, the free software revolution isn't really a revolution
at all. It's just the marketplace responding to the overly greedy
approaches of some software companies. It's just a return to the good
old days when buying something meant that you owned it, not that you
just signed on as a sort of enlightened slave of the system.
1252
1253
Microsoft is an American company. Bill Gates lives in Washington State
and so do most of the programmers under his dominion. The software they
write gets used around the globe in countries big and small, and the
money people pay for the software comes flooding back to the Seattle
area, where it buys huge houses, designer foods, and lots of serious
and very competitive consumption. Through the years, this sort of
economic imperialism has built the great cities of Rome, London, Tokyo,
Barcelona, and many other minor cities. History is just a long series
of epochs when some company comes up with a clever mechanism for moving
the wealth of the world home to its cities. Britain relied on opium for
a while. Rome, it might be said, sold a legal system. Spain trafficked
in pure gold and silver. Microsoft is selling structured information in
one of the most efficient schemes yet.
1254
Of course, these periods of wealth-building invariably come to an
abrupt end when some army, which is invariably described as "ragtag,"
shows up to pillage and plunder. The Mongolian hordes, the Visigoths,
and the Vikings are just a few of the lightweight, lean groups that
appeared over the horizon and beat the standing army of the fat and
complacent society. This was the cycle of boom and doom that built and
trashed empire after dynasty after great society.
1255
Perhaps it's just a coincidence that Linus Torvalds has Viking blood in
him. Although he grew up in Finland, he comes from the minority of the
population for whom Swedish is the native tongue. The famous neutrality
during World War II, the lumbering welfare states, the Nobel Peace
Prize, and the bays filled with hiding Russian submarines give the
impression that the Viking way is just a thing of the past, but maybe
some of the old hack and sack is still left in the bloodlines.
1256
The Linux movement isn't really about nations and it's not really about
war in the old-fashioned sense. It's about nerds building software and
letting other nerds see how cool their code is. It's about empowering
the world of programmers and cutting out the corporate suits. It's
about spending all night coding on wonderful, magnificent software with
massive colonnades, endless plazas, big brass bells, and huge steam
whistles without asking a boss "Mother, may I?" It's very
individualistic and peaceful.
1257
That stirring romantic vision may be moving the boys in the trenches,
but the side effects are beginning to be felt in the world of global
politics. Every time Linux, FreeBSD, or OpenBSD is installed, several
dollars don't go flowing to Seattle. There's a little bit less
available for the Microsoft crowd to spend on mega-mansions, SUVs, and
local taxes. The local library, the local police force, and the local
schools are going to have a bit less local wealth to tax. In essence,
the Linux boys are sacking Seattle without getting out of their chairs
or breaking a sweat. You won't see this battle retold on those cable
channels that traffic in war documentaries, but it's unfolding as we
speak.
1258
The repercussions go deeper. Microsoft is not just a Seattle firm.
Microsoft is an American company and whatever is good for Microsoft is
usually good, at least in some form, for the United States. There may
be some fraternal squabbling between Microsoft and Silicon Valley, but
the United States is doing quite well. The info boom is putting
millions to work and raising trillions in taxes.
1259
The free software revolution undermines this great scheme in two very
insidious ways. The first is subtle. No one officially has much control
over a free software product, and that means that no country can claim
it as its own. If Bill Gates says that the Japanese version of Windows
will require a three-button mouse, then Japan will have to adjust. But
Torvalds, Stallman, and the rest can't do a darn thing about anyone.
People can just reprogram their mouse. If being boss means making
people jump, then no one in the free software world is boss of
anything. Free source code isn't on anyone's side. It's more neutral
than Switzerland was in World War II. The United States can only take
solace in the fact that many of the great free source minds choose to
live in its boundaries.
1260
The second effect is more incendiary. Free software doesn't pay taxes.
In the last several centuries, governments around the world have spent
their days working out schemes to tax every transaction they can find.
First, there were just tariffs on goods crossing borders, then the bold
went after the income, and now the sales tax and the VAT are the
crowning achievement. Along the way, the computer with its selfless
ability to count made this possible. But how do you tax something
that's free? How do you take a slice out of something that costs
nothing?
1261
These are two insidious effects. The main job of governments is to tax
people. Occasionally, one government will lust after the tax revenue of
another and a war will break out that will force people to choose
sides. The GPL and the BSD licenses destroy this tax mechanism, and no
one knows what this will bring.
1262
One of the best places to see this destabilization is in the efforts of
the United States government to regulate the flow of encryption
software around the globe. Open source versions of encryption
technology are oozing through the cracks of a carefully developed
mechanism for restricting the flow of the software. The U.S. government
has tried to keep a lid on the technology behind codes and ciphers
since World War II. Some argue that the United States won World War II
and many of the following wars by a judicious use of eavesdropping.
Codebreakers in England and Poland cracked the German Enigma cipher,
giving the Allies a valuable clue about German plans. The Allies also
poked holes in the Japanese code system and used this to win countless
battles. No one has written a comprehensive history of how
code-breaking shifted the course of the conflicts in Vietnam, Korea, or
the Middle East, but the stories are bound to be compelling.
1263
In recent years, the job of eavesdropping on conversations around the
world has fallen on the National Security Agency, which is loath to
lose the high ground that gave the United States so many victories in
the past. Cheap consumer cryptographic software threatened the agency's
ability to vacuum up bits of intelligence throughout the world, and
something needed to be done. If good scrambling software was built into
every copy of Eudora and Microsoft Word, then many documents would be
virtually unreadable. The United States fought the threat by regulating
the export of all encryption source code. The laws allowed the country
to regulate the export of munitions, and scrambling software was put in
that category.
1264
These regulations have caused an endless amount of grief in Silicon
Valley. The software companies don't want someone telling them what to
write. Clearing some piece of software with a bureaucrat in Washington,
D.C., is a real pain in the neck. It's hard enough to clear it with
your boss. Most of the time, the bureaucrat won't approve decent
encryption software, and that means the U.S. company has a tough
choice: it can either not export its product, or build a substandard
one.
1265
There are branches of the U.S. government that would like to go
further. The Federal Bureau of Investigation continues to worry that
criminals will use the scrambling software to thwart investigations.
The fact that encryption software can also be used by average folks to
protect their money and privacy has presented a difficult challenge to
policy analysts from the FBI. From time to time, the FBI raises the
specter of just banning encryption software outright.
1266
The software industry has lobbied long and hard to lift these
regulations, but they've had limited success. They've pointed out that
much foreign software is as good as if not better than American
encryption software. They've screamed that they were losing sales to
foreign competitors from places like Germany, Australia, and Canada,
competitors who could import their software into the U.S. and compete
against American companies. None of these arguments went very far
because the interests of the U.S. intelligence community always won
when the president had to make a decision.
1267
The free source code world tripped into this debate when a peace
activist named Phil Zimmerman sat down one day and wrote a program he
called Pretty Good Privacy, or simply PGP. Zimmerman's package was
solid, pretty easy to use, and free. To make matters worse for the
government, Zimmerman gave away all of the source code and didn't even
use a BSD or GPL license. It was just out there for all the world to
see.
1268
The free source code had several effects. First, it made it easy for
everyone to learn how to build encryption systems and add the features
to their own software. Somewhere there are probably several programmers
being paid by drug dealers to use PGP's source code to scramble their
data. At least one person trading child pornography was caught using
PGP.
1269
Of course, many legitimate folks embraced it. Network Solutions, the
branch of SAIC, the techno powerhouse, uses digital signatures
generated by PGP to protect the integrity of the Internet's root
server. Many companies use PGP to protect their e-mail and proprietary
documents. Banks continue to explore using tools like PGP to run
transaction networks. Parents use PGP to protect their kids' e-mail
from stalkers.
1270
The free source code also opened the door to scrutiny. Users,
programmers, and other cryptographers took apart the PGP code and
looked for bugs and mistakes. After several years of poking, everyone
pretty much decided that the software was secure and safe.
1271
This type of assurance is important in cryptography. Paul Kocher, an
expert in cryptography who runs Cryptography Research in San Francisco,
explains that free source software is an essential part of developing
cryptography."You need source code to test software, and careful
testing is the only way to eliminate security problems in
crypto-systems," he says. "We need everyone to review the design and
code to look for weaknesses."
1272
Today, security products that come with open source code are the most
trusted in the industry. Private companies like RSA Data Security or
Entrust can brag about the quality of their in-house scientists or the
number of outside contractors who've audited the code, but nothing
compares to letting everyone look over the code.
1273
When Zimmerman launched PGP, however, he knew it was an explicitly
political act designed to create the kind of veil of privacy that
worried the eavesdroppers. He framed his decision, however, in crisp
terms that implicitly gave each person the right to control their
thoughts and words. "It's personal. It's private. And it's no one's
business but yours," he wrote in the introduction to the manual
accompanying the software. "You may be planning a political campaign,
discussing your taxes, or having an illicit affair. Or you may be doing
something that you feel shouldn't be illegal, but is. Whatever it is,
you don't want your private electronic mail (e-mail) or confidential
documents read by anyone else. There's nothing wrong with asserting
your privacy. Privacy is as apple-pie as the Constitution."
1274
Initially, Zimmerman distributed PGP under the GPL, but backed away
from that when he discovered that the GPL didn't give him much control
over improvements. In fact, they proliferated and it made it hard to
keep track of who created them. Today, the source code comes with a
license that is very similar to the BSD license and lets people
circulate the source code as much as they want.
1275
"I place no restraints on your modifying the source code for your own
use," he writes in the accompanying documentation, and then catches
himself."However, do not distribute a modified version of PGP under the
name 'PGP' without first getting permission from me. Please respect
this restriction. PGP's reputation for cryptographic integrity depends
on maintaining strict quality control on PGP's cryptographic algorithms
and protocols."
1276
Zimmerman's laissez-faire attitude, however, doesn't mean that the
software is available with no restrictions. A holding company named
Public Key Partners controlled several fundamental patents, including
the ones created by Ron Rivest, Adi Shamir, and Len Adleman.
Zimmerman's PGP used this algorithm, and technically anyone using the
software was infringing the patent.
1277
While "infringing on a patent" has a certain legal gravitas, its real
effects are hard to quantify. The law grants the patent holders the
right to stop anyone from doing what is spelled out in the patent, but
it only allows them to use a lawsuit to collect damages. In fact,
patent holders can collect triple damages if they can prove that the
infringers knew about the patent. These lawsuits can be quite a hassle
for a big company like Microsoft, because Microsoft is selling a
product and making a profit. Finding a number to multiply by three is
easy to do. But the effects of the lawsuits on relatively poor, bearded
peace activists who aren't making money is harder to judge. What's
three times zero? The lawsuits make even less sense against some guy
who's using PGP in his basement.
1278
Still, the threat of a lawsuit was enough of a cudgel to worry
Zimmerman. The costs, however, put a limit on what PKP could demand. In
the end, the two parties agreed that PGP could be distributed for
non-commercial use if it relied upon a toolkit known as RSAREF made by
PKP's sister company, RSA Data Security. Apparently, this would
encourage people to use RSAREF in their commercial products and act
like some free advertising for the toolkit.
1279
The patent lawsuit, however, was really a minor threat for Zimmerman.
In 1994, the U.S. government started investigating whether Zimmerman
had somehow exported encryption software by making it available on the
Internet for download. While Zimmerman explicitly denounced violating
the laws and took pains to keep the software inside the country, a copy
leaked out. Some suggest it was through a posting on the Net that
inadvertently got routed throughout the world. Was Zimmerman
responsible? A branch of the U.S. Customs launched a criminal
investigation in the Northern District of California to find out.
1280
Of course, determining how the source code got out of the country was a
nearly impossible exercise. Unless Zimmerman confessed or somehow kept
some incriminating evidence around, the prosecutors faced a tough job
painting him as a lawbreaker. The software was available for free to
anyone inside the country, and that meant that everyone had at least an
opportunity to break the law. There were no purchase records or
registration records. No one knew who had PGP on their disk. Maybe
someone carried it across the border after forgetting that the source
code was on a hard disk. Maybe a foreigner deliberately came into the
U.S. and carried it out. Who knows? Zimmerman says it blew across the
border "like dandelion seeds blowing in the wind."
1281
To make matters worse for the forces in the U.S. government that wanted
to curtail PGP, the patent held by RSA wasn't filed abroad due to
different regulations. Foreigners could use the software without care,
and many did. This was the sort of nightmare that worried the parts of
the U.S. intelligence-gathering branch that relied upon wholesale
eavesdropping.
1282
Eventually, the criminal investigation amounted to nothing. No
indictments were announced. No trials began. Soon after the
investigation ended, Zimmerman helped form a company to create
commercial versions of PGP. While the free versions continue to be
available today and are in widespread use among individuals, companies
often turn to PGP for commercial products that come with a license from
PKP. When the RSA patent expires in September 2000, the people will be
free to use PGP again.16
16. The GNU project has already worked around many of these impediments.
Their Privacy Guard package (GNU PG) is released under the GNU license.
1283
Zimmerman's experiences show how free source code turned into a real
thorn in the side of the U.S. government. Businesses can be bought or
at least leaned on. Merchandise needs to flow through stores and stores
have to obey the law. Red tape can ruin everything. But free software
that floats like dandelion seeds can't be controlled. People can give
it to each other and it flows like speech. Suddenly it's not a product
that's being regulated, but the free exchange of ideas between people,
ideas that just happen to be crystallized as a computer program.
1284
Of course, a bureaucracy has never met something it couldn't regulate,
or at least something it couldn't try to regulate. Zimmerman's
experience may have proved to some that governments are just speed
bumps on the infobahn of the future, but others saw it as a challenge.
Until the end of 1999, the U.S. government has tried to tighten up the
restrictions on open source versions of encryption technology floating
around the world. The problem was that many countries around the globe
explicitly exempt open source software from the restrictions, and the
United States has lobbied to tighten these loopholes.
1285
The best place to begin this story may be in the trenches where system
administrators for the U.S. government try to keep out hackers. Theo de
Raadt, the leader of the OpenBSD team, likes to brag that the U.S.
government uses OpenBSD on its secure internal network. The system
designers probably made that choice because OpenBSD has been thoroughly
audited for security holes and bugs by both the OpenBSD team and the
world at large. They want the best code, and it's even free.
1286
"They're running Network Flight Recorder," de Raadt says. "It's a super
sniffing package and an intrusion detection system. They can tell you
if bad traffic happens on your private little network that the firewall
should have stopped. They have OpenBSD running NFR on every network.
They run an IPSEC vpn back to a main network information center where
they look and do traffic analysis."
1287
That is, the departments watch for bad hackers by placing OpenBSD boxes
at judicious points to scan the traffic and look for incriminating
information. These boxes, of course, must remain secure. If they're
compromised, they're worthless. Turning to something like OpenBSD,
which has at least been audited, makes sense.
1288
"They catch a lot of system administrators making mistakes. It's very
much a proactive result. They can see that a sys admin has
misconfigured a firewall," he says.
1289
Normally, this would just be a simple happy story about the government
getting a great value from an open source operating system. They paid
nothing for it and got the results of a widespread, open review looking
for security holes.
1290
De Raadt lives in Canada, not the United States, and he develops
OpenBSD there because the laws on the export of encryption software are
much more lenient. For a time, Canada did not try to control any mass
market software. Recently, it added the requirement that shrinkwrapped
software receive a license, but the country seems willing to grant
licenses quite liberally. Software that falls into the public domain is
not restricted at all. While OpenBSD is not in the public domain, it
does fit that definition as set out by the rules. The software is
distributed with no restrictions or charge. By the end of 1999, senior
officials realized that the stop crypt policy was generating too many
ironic moments.
1291
This is just another example of how free source software throws the
traditional-instincts regulatory system for a loop. Companies sell
products, and products are regulated. Public domain information, on the
other hand, is speech and speech is protected, at least by the U.S.
Constitution. Relying on Canada for network security of the Internet
was too much.
1292
In January 2000, the U.S. government capitulated. After relentless
pressure from the computer industry, the government recognized that
high-quality encryption software like OpenBSD was common throughout the
world. It also recognized that the quality was so good that many within
the United States imported it. The government loosened restrictions and
practically eliminated them for open source software. While many people
are still not happy with the new regulations, open source encryption
software can now flow out of the United States. The distributors need
only notify the U.S. government about where the software is available.
The commercial, proprietary encryption software was not as lucky. The
regulations are now substantially easier on the corporations but they
still require substantial review before an export license is granted.
1293
The difference in treatment probably did not result from any secret
love for Linux or OpenBSD lurking in the hearts of the regulators in
the Bureau of Export Affairs at the Department of Commerce. The
regulators are probably more afraid of losing a lawsuit brought by
Daniel Bernstein. In the latest decision released in May 1999, two out
of three judges on an appeals panel concluded that the U.S.
government's encryption regulations violated Bernstein's rights of free
speech. The government argued that source code is a device not speech.
The case is currently being appealed. The new regulations seem targeted
to specifically address the problems the court found with the current
regulations.
1294
Encryption software is just the beginning of the travails as the
government tries to decide what to do about the free exchange of source
code on the Net. Taxes may be next. While people joke that they would
be glad to pay 10 percent sales tax on the zero dollars they've spent
on GNU software, they're missing some of the deeper philosophical
issues behind taxation. Many states don't officially tax the sale of an
object; they demand the money for the use of it. That means if you buy
a stereo in Europe, you're still supposed to pay some "use tax" when
you turn it on in a state. The states try to use this as a cudgel to
demand sales tax revenue from out-of-state catalog and mail-order
shops, but they haven't gotten very far. But this hasn't stopped them
from trying.
1295
What tax could be due on a piece of free software? Well, the state
could simply look at the software, assign a value to it, and send the
user a bill. Many states do just that with automobiles. You might have
a rusted clunker, but they use the Blue Book value of a car to
determine the tax for the year and each year they send a new bill. This
concept proved to be so annoying to citizens of Virginia that Jim
Gilmore won the election for governor with a mandate to repeal it. But
just because he removed it doesn't mean that others will leave the
issue alone.
1296
If governments ever decide to try to tax free software, the community
might be able to fight off the request by arguing that the tax is
"paid" when the government also uses the free software. If 7 out of 100
Apache servers are located in government offices, then the government
must be getting 7 percent returned as tax.
1297
One of the most difficult problems for people is differentiating
between wealth and money. The free software movement creates wealth
without moving money. The easy flow of digital information makes this
possible. Some folks can turn this into money by selling support or
assisting others, but most of the time the wealth sits happily in the
public domain.
1298
Today, the Internet boom creates a great pool of knowledge and
intellectual wealth for the entire society. Some people have managed to
convert this into money by creating websites or tools and marketing
them successfully, but the vast pool of intellectual wealth remains
open and accessible to all. Who does this belong to? Who can tax this?
Who controls it? The most forward-thinking countries will resist the
urge to tax it, but how many will really be able to keep on resisting?
1299
1300
The writer, P. J. O'Rourke, once pointed out that wealth is a
particularly confusing concept to understand. It had nothing to do with
being born in the right place. Africa is filled with diamonds, gold,
platinum, oil, and thousands of other valuable resources, while Japan
has hardly anything underground except subway tunnels and anthrax from
strange cults. Yet Japan is still far wealthier even after the long
swoon of their postbubble economy.
1301
O'Rourke also pointed out that wealth has nothing to do with raw
brains. The Russians play chess as a national sport while Brentwood is
filled with dim bulbs like the folks we saw during the O. J. Simpson
murder trial. Yet poverty is endemic in Russia, while Brentwood
flourishes. Sure, people wait in line for food in Brentwood like they
did in Soviet Russia, but this is only to get a table at the hottest
new restaurant.
1302
Wealth is a strange commodity, and understanding it keeps economists
busy. Governments need to justify their existence in some way, and
lately people in the United States use their perception of the
"economy" as a measure of how well the government is doing. But many of
their attempts to use numbers to measure wealth and prosperity are
doomed to failure. One year, the economists seem to be frantically
battling deflation, then they turn around and rattle on and on about
inflation. They gave up trying to measure the money supply to follow
inflation and seem, at times, to be flying the economy by the seat of
their pants. Of course, they're not really in charge. One minute you
can't have growth without inflation. The next minute you can. It's all
a bit like ancient days of tribal living when the high priest was
responsible for dreaming up reasons why the volcano did or did not
erupt. Some days the money supply smiles upon us, and on other days,
she is very, very angry.
1303
Wealth in the free software world is an even slippier concept. There's
not even any currency to use to keep score. Let's say we wanted to know
or at least guesstimate whether the free source world was wealthy.
That's not too hard. Most of the guys hacking the code just want to
drink caffeinated beverages, play cool games, and write more code. The
endless stream of faster and faster computer boxes makes this as close
to a perfect world as there could be. To make matters better, new
T-shirts with clever slogans keep appearing. It's a nerd utopia. It's
Shangri-La for folks who dig computers.
1304
Of course, deciding whether or not someone is wealthy is not really an
interesting question of economics. It's more about self-esteem and
happiness. Someone who has simple needs can feel pretty wealthy in a
shack. Spoiled kids will never be happy no matter how big their palace.
There are plenty of content people in the free software world, but
there are also a few who won't be happy until they have source code to
a huge, wonderful, bug-free OS with the most features on the planet.
They want total world domination.
1305
A more intriguing question is whether the free source world is
wealthier than the proprietary source world. This starts to get tricky
because it puts Apples up against oranges and tries to make complicated
comparisons. Bill Gates is incredibly wealthy in many senses of the
word. He's got billions of dollars, a huge house, dozens of cars,
servants, toys, and who knows what else. Even his employees have their
own private jets. All of the trappings of wealth are there. Linus
Torvalds, on the other hand, says he's pretty happy with about $100,000
a year, although several IPOs will probably leave him well off.
Microsoft has thousands of programmers who are paid well to write
millions of lines of code a year. Most open source programmers aren't
paid much to create what they do. If money were a good measure, then
the proprietary source world would win hands-down.
1306
But money is the answer only if you want piles of paper with pictures
of famous Americans on them. Several countries in Latin America
generate huge piles of money from drugs, oil, and other natural
resources, but the countries remain quite poor. The leaders who end up
with most of the money might like the huge disparity, but it has very
distinct limitations. When it comes time for college or medical care,
the very rich start flying up to the United States. Johns Hopkins, a
hospital in Baltimore near where I live, provides wonderful medical
service to the poor who live in the surrounding neighborhood. It also
has a special wing with plush suites for rich people who fly in for
medical treatment. Many are potentates and high government officials
from poor countries around the world.
1307
People in the United States can enjoy the synergies of living near
other well-educated, creative, empowered, and engaged citizens. People
in poor societies can't assume that someone else will design great
roads, build airlines, create cool coffee shops, invent new drugs, or
do anything except get by on the few scraps that slip through the
cracks to the great unwashed poor. The ultrarich in Latin America may
think they're getting a great deal by grabbing all the pie, until they
get sick. Then they turn around and fly to hospitals like Johns
Hopkins, a place where the poor of Baltimore also enjoy quite similar
treatment. Wealth is something very different from cash.
1308
Most folks in the free source world may not have big bank accounts.
Those are just numbers in a computer anyway, and everyone who can
program knows how easy it is to fill a computer with numbers. But the
free source world has good software and the source code that goes along
with it. How many times a day must Bill Gates look at the blue screen
of death that splashes across a Windows computer monitor when the
Windows software crashes? How many times does Torvalds watch Linux
crash? Who's better off? Who's wealthier?
1309
The question might be asked, "Is your software better than it was four
years ago?" That is, does your software do a better job of fetching the
mail, moving the data, processing the words, or spreading the sheets?
Is it more intuitive, more powerful, more stable, more featurerich,
more interesting, more expressive, or just better?
1310
The answers to these questions can't be measured like money. There's no
numerical quotient that can settle any of these questions. There will
always be some folks who are happy with their early-edition DOS word
processor and don't see the need to reinvent the wheel. There are
others who are still unhappy because their desktop machine can't read
their mind.
1311
For the devoted disciples of the open software mantra, the software in
the free source world is infinitely better. Richard Stallman feels that
the GNU code is better than the Microsoft code just because he has the
source code and the freedom to do what he wants with it. The freedom is
more important to him than whatever super-duper feature comes out of
the Microsoft teams. After all, he can add any feature he wants if he
has access to the basic source code. Living without the source code
means waiting like a good peon for the nice masters from the big
corporation to bless us with a bug fix.
1312
There's no question that people like Stallman love life with source
code. A deeper question is whether the free source realm offers a
wealthier lifestyle for the average computer user. Most people aren't
programmers, and most programmers aren't even the hard-core hackers who
love to fiddle with the UNIX kernel. I've rarely used the source code
to Linux, Emacs, or any of the neat tools on the Net, and many times
I've simply recompiled the source code without looking at it. Is this
community still a better deal?
1313
There are many ways of looking at the question. The simplest is to
compare features. It's hard to deny that the free software world has
made great strides in producing something that is easy to use and quite
adaptable. The most current distributions at the time I'm writing this
come with a variety of packages that provide all of the functionality
of Microsoft Windows and more. The editors are good, the browser is
excellent, and the availability of software is wonderful. The basic Red
Hat or Caldera distribution provides a very rich user interface that is
better in many ways than Windows or the Mac. Some of the slightly
specialized products like video software editors and music programs
aren't as rich-looking, but this is bound to change with time. It is
really a very usable world.
1314
Some grouse that comparing features like this isn't fair to the Mac or
Windows world. The GNOME toolkit, they point out, didn't come out of
years of research and development. The start button and the toolbar
look the same because the GNOME developers were merely copying. The
GNU/Linux world didn't create their own OS, they merely cloned all of
the hard commercial research that produced UNIX. It's always easier to
catch up, but pulling ahead is hard. The folks who want to stay on the
cutting edge need to be in the commercial world. It's easy to come up
with a list of commercial products and tools that haven't been cloned
by an open source dude at the time of this writing: streaming video,
vector animation, the full Java API, speech recognition, three
dimensional CAD programs, speech synthesis, and so forth. The list goes
on and on. The hottest innovations will always come from well
capitalized start-ups driven by the carrot of wealth.
1315
Others point out that the free software world has generated more than
its share of innovation. Most of the Internet was built upon
non-proprietary standards developed by companies with Department of
Defense contracts. Stallman's Emacs continues to be one of the great
programs in the world. Many of the projects like Apache are the first
place where new ideas are demonstrated. People who want to mock up a
project find it easier to extend free source software. These ideas are
often reborn as commercial products. While free source users may not
have access to the latest commercial innovations, they have plenty of
their own emerging from the open software world. GNOME isn't just a
Windows clone--it comes with thousands of neat extensions and
improvements that can't be found in Redmond.
1316
Stallman himself says the GNU project improved many pieces of software
when they rewrote them. He says, "We built on their work, to the extent
that we could legally do so (since we could not use any of their code),
but that is the way progress is made. Almost every GNU program that
replaces a piece of Unix includes improvements."
1317
Another way to approach the question is to look at people's behavior.
Some argue that companies like Red Hat or organizations like Debian
prove that people need and want some of the commercial world's
handholding. They can't afford to simply download the code and fiddle
with it. Most people aren't high school students doing time for being
young. They've got jobs, families, and hobbies. They pay because paying
brings continuity, form, structure, and order to the free source world.
Ultimately, these Red Hat users aren't Stallman disciples, they're
commercial sheep who are just as dependent on Red Hat as the Windows
customers are on Microsoft.
1318
The counter-argument is that this insight overlooks a crucial
philosophical difference. The Red Hat customers may be slaves like the
Microsoft customers, but they still have important freedoms. Sure, many
Americans are wage slaves to an employer who pays them as little as
possible, but they do have the freedom to go be wage slaves of another
employer if they choose. Old-fashioned slaves faced the whip and death
if they tried to take that route.
1319
Most Linux users don't need to rewrite the source, but they can still
benefit from the freedom. If everyone has the freedom, then someone
will come along with the ability to do it and if the problem is big
enough, someone probably will. In other words, only one person has to
fly the X-wing fighter down the trench and blow up the Death Star.
1320
Some point out that the free source world is fine-if you've got the
time and the attention to play with it. The source code only helps
those who want to spend the time to engage it. You've got to read it,
study it, and practice it to get any value from it at all. Most of us,
however, just want the software to work. It's like the distinction
between people who relax by watching a baseball game on television and
those who join a league to play. The spectators are largely passive,
waiting for the action to be served up to them. The league players, on
the other hand, don't get anything unless they practice, stretch, push,
and hustle. They need to be fully engaged with the game. All of us like
an occasional competition, but we often need a soft couch, a six-pack,
and the remote control. Free software is a nice opportunity to step up
to the plate, but it's not true refreshment for the masses.
1321
Which is a better world? A polished Disneyland where every action is
scripted, or a pile of Lego blocks waiting for us to give them form? Do
we want to be entertained or do we want to interact? Many free software
folks would point out that free software doesn't preclude you from
settling into the bosom of some corporation for a long winter's nap.
Companies like Caldera and Linuxcare are quite willing to hold your
hand and give you the source code. Many other corporations are coming
around to the same notion. Netscape led the way, and many companies
like Apple and Sun will follow along. Microsoft may even do the same
thing by the time you read this.
1322
Money isn't the same as wealth, and the nature of software emphasizes
some of the ways in which this is true. Once someone puts the hours
into creating software, it costs almost nothing to distribute it to the
world. The only real cost is time because raw computer power and
caffeinated beverages are very inexpensive.
1323
1324
George Gilder laid out the gap between wealth and money in his
influential book Wealth and Poverty. The book emerged in 1981 just
before Ronald Reagan took office, and it became one of the
philosophical touchstones for the early years of the administration. At
the time, Gilder's words were aimed at a world where socialist
economies had largely failed but capitalists had never declared
victory. The Soviet Union was sliding deeper into poverty. Sweden was
heading for some of the highest interest rates imaginable. Yet the
newspapers and colleges of the United States refused to acknowledge the
failure. Gilder wanted to dispel the notion that capitalism and
socialism were locked into some eternal yin/yang battle. In his mind,
efficient markets and decentralized capital allocation were a smashing
success compared to the plodding bureaucracy that was strangling the
Soviet Union.
1325
Although Gilder spoke generally about the nature of wealth, his
insights are particularly good at explaining just why things went so
right for the open software world. "Capitalism begins with giving," he
says, and explains that societies flourish when people are free to put
their money where they hope it will do the best. The investments are
scattered like seeds and only some find a good place to grow. Those
capitalists who are a mixture of smart and lucky gain the most and then
plow their gains back into the society, repeating the process. No one
knows what will succeed, so encouraging the bold risk-takers makes
sense.
1326
Gilder's chapter on gift-giving is especially good at explaining the
success of the free software world. Capitalism, he explains, is not
about greed. It's about giving to people with the implicit knowledge
that they'll return the favor severalfold. He draws heavily on
anthropology and the writings of academics like Claude
Lévi-Strauss to explain how the best societies create capital
through gifts that come with the implicit debt that people give
something back. The competition between people to give better and
better gifts drives society to develop new things that improve
everyone's life.
1327
Gilder and others have seen the roots of capital formation and wealth
creation in this gift-giving. "The unending offerings of entrepreneurs,
investing capital, creating products, building businesses, inventing
jobs,
1328
accumulating inventories--all long before any return is received, all
without assurance that the enterprise will not fail--constitute a
pattern of giving that dwarfs in extent and in essential generosity any
primitive rite of exchange. Giving is the vital impulse and moral
center of capitalism," he writes.
1329
The socialists who've railed against the injustices and brutalities of
market capitalism at work would disagree with the strength of his
statement, but there are plenty of good examples. The American Civil
War was the battle between the northern states where workers were
occasionally chained to looms during their shifts and the southern
states where the workers were always slaves. In the end, the least
cruel society won, in part because of the strength of its industry and
its ability to innovate. Companies that discovered this fact flourished
and those that didn't eventually failed. By the end of the 20th
century, the demand for labor in the United States was so high that
companies were actively competing in offering plush treatment for their
workers.
1330
The free software world, of course, is a perfect example of the
altruistic nature of the potlatch. Software is given away with no
guarantee of any return. People are free to use the software and change
it in any way. The GNU Public License is not much different from the
social glue that forces tribe members to have a larger party the next
year and give back even more. If someone ends up creating something new
or interesting after using GPL code as a foundation, then they become
required to give the code back to the tribe.
1331
Of course, it's hard to get much guidance from Gilder over whether the
GPL is better than the BSD license. He constantly frames investment as
a "gift" to try to deemphasize the greed of capitalism. Of course,
anyone who has been through a mortgage foreclosure or a debt
refinancing knows that the banks don't act as if they've given away a
gift. There are legal solutions for strong-arming the folks who don't
give back enough. He was trying to get readers to forget these tactics
a bit and get them to realize that after all of the arms are broken,
the bank is still left with whatever the loan produced. There were no
ultimate guarantees that all of the money would come back.
1332
Gilder smooths over this with a sharply drawn analogy. Everyone, he
says, has experienced the uncomfortable feeling that comes from getting
a gift that is the wrong size, the wrong style, or just wrong
altogether. "Indeed, it is the very genius of capitalism that it
recognizes the difficulty of successful giving, understands the hard
work and sacrifice entailed in the mandate to help one's fellow men,
and offers a practical way of living a life of effective charity," he
writes. It's not enough to give a man a fish, because teaching him to
fish is a much better gift. A fish farm that hires a man and gives him
stock options may be offering the highest form of giving around.
1333
Gilder does note that the cycle of gifts alone is not enough to build a
strong economy. He suggests that the bigger and bigger piles of
coconuts and whale blubber were all that emerged from the endless
rounds of potlatching. They were great for feasting, but the piles
would rot and go stale before they were consumed. The successful
society reinterpreted the cycle of gifts as investment and dividends,
and the introduction of money made it possible for people to easily
move the returns from one investment to the start of another. This
liquidity lets the cycles be more and more efficient and gives people a
place to store their wealth.
1334
Of course, Gilder admits that money is only a temporary storage device.
It's just a tool for translating the wealth of one sector of the
economy into the wealth of another. It's just a wheelbarrow or an ox
cart. If society doesn't value the contributions of the capitalists,
the transfer will fail. If the roads are too rocky or blocked by too
many toll collectors, the carts won't make the trip.
1335
At first glance, none of this matters to the free software world. The
authors give away their products, and as long as someone pays a minimal
amount for storage the software will not decay. The web is filled with
source code repositories and strongholds that let people store away
their software and let others download it at will. These cost a minimal
amount to keep up and the cost is dropping every day. There's no reason
to believe that the original work of Stallman will be lost to the
disease, pestilence, wear, and decay that have cursed physical objects
like houses, clothes, and food.
1336
But despite the beautiful permanence of software, everyone knows that
it goes bad. Programmers don't use the term "bit rot" for fun. As
operating systems mature and other programs change, the old interfaces
start to slowly break down. One program may depend upon the operating
system to print out a file in response to a command. Then a new version
of the printing code is revved up to add fancier fonts and more colors.
Suddenly the interface doesn't work exactly right. Over time, these
thousands of little changes can ruin the heart of a good program in
much the same way worms can eat the hull of a wooden ship.
1337
The good news is that free source software is well positioned to fix
these problems. Distributing the source code with the software lets
others do their best to keep the software running in a changing
environment. John Gilmore, for instance, says that he now embraces the
GPL because earlier experiments with totally free software created
versions without accompanying source code.
1338
The bad news is that Gilder has a point about capital formation.
Richard Stallman did a great job writing Emacs and GCC, but the
accolades weren't as easy to spend as cash. Stallman was like the guy
with a pile of whale meat in his front yard. He could feast for a bit,
but you can only eat so much whale meat. Stallman could edit all day
and night with Emacs. He could revel in the neat features and cool
Emacs LISP hacks that friends and disciples would contribute back to
the project. But he couldn't translate that pile of whale meat into a
free OS that would let him throw away UNIX and Windows.
1339
While Stallman didn't have monetary capital, he did have plenty of
intellectual capital. By 1991, his GNU project had built many well
respected tools that were among the best in their class. Torvalds had a
great example of what the GPL could do before he chose to protect his
Linux kernel with the license. He also had a great set of tools that
the GNU project created.
1340
The GNU project and the Free Software Foundation were able to raise
money just on the strength of their software. Emacs and GCC opened
doors. People gave money that flowed through to the programmers. While
there was no cash flow from software sales, the project found that it
could still function quite well.
1341
Stallman's reputation also can be worth more than money when it opens
the right doors. He continues to be blessed by the implicit support of
MIT, and many young programmers are proud to contribute their work to
his projects. It's a badge of honor to be associated with either Linux
or the Free Software Foundation. Programmers often list these details
on their résumés, and the facts have weight.
1342
The reputation also helps him start new projects. I could write the
skeleton of a new double-rotating, buzzword-enhanced editor, label it
"PeteMACS," and post it to the Net hoping everyone would love it, fix
it, and extend it. It could happen. But I'm sure that Stallman would
find it much easier to grab the hearts, minds, and spare cycles of
programmers because he's got a great reputation. That may not be as
liquid as money, but it can be better.
1343
The way to transfer wealth from project to project is something that
the free software world doesn't understand well, but it has a good
start. Microsoft struck it rich with DOS and used that money to build
Windows. Now it has been frantically trying to use this cash cow to
create other new businesses. They push MSN, the Microsoft Network, and
hope it will stomp AOL. They've built many content-delivery vehicles
like Slate and MSNBC. They've created data-manipulation businesses like
Travelocity. Bill Gates can simply dream a dream and put 10,000
programmers to work creating it. He has serious intellectual liquidity.
1344
In this sense, the battle between free and proprietary software
development is one between pure giving and strong liquidity. The GPL
world gives with no expectation of return and finds that it often gets
a return of a thousand times back from a grateful world of programmers.
The proprietary world, on the other hand, can take its profits and
redirect them quickly to take on another project. It's a battle of the
speed of easy, unfettered, open source cooperation versus the lightning
speed of money flowing to make things work.
1345
Of course, companies like Red Hat lie in a middle ground. The company
charges money for support and plows this money back into improving the
product. It pays several engineers to devote their time to improving
the entire Linux product. It markets its work well and is able to
charge a premium for what people are able to get for free.
1346
No one knows if the way chosen by companies like Red Hat and Caldera
and groups like the Free Software Foundation is going to be successful
in the long run. Competition can be a very effective way of driving
down the price of a product. Some worry that Red Hat will eventually be
driven out of business by cheap $2 CDs that rip off the latest
distribution. For now, though, the success of these companies shows
that people are willing to pay for hand-holding that works well.
1347
A deeper question is whether the open or proprietary model does a
better job of creating a world where we want to live. Satisfying our
wants is the ultimate measure of a wealthy society. Computers,
cyberspace, and the Internet are rapidly taking up a larger and larger
part of people's time. Television viewership is dropping, often
dramatically, as people turn to life online. The time spent in
cyberspace is going to be important. _1 Stallman wrote in BYTE magazine
in 1986, I'm trying to change the way people approach knowledge and
information in general. I think that to try to own knowledge, to try to
control whether people are allowed to use it, or to try to stop other
people from sharing it, is sabotage. It is an activity that benefits
the person that does it at the cost of impoverishing all of society.
One person gains one dollar by destroying two dollars' worth of wealth.
1348
No one knows what life online will look like in 5 or 10 years. It will
certainly include web pages and e-mail, but no one knows who will pay
how much. The cost structures and the willingness to pay haven't been
sorted out. Some companies are giving away some products so they can
make money with others. Many are frantically giving away everything in
the hope of attracting enough eyeballs to eventually make some money.
1349
The proprietary model rewards risk-takers and gives the smartest,
fastest programmers a pile of capital they can use to play the game
again. It rewards the ones who satisfy our needs and gives them cash
they can use to build newer and bigger models. The distribution of
power is pretty meritocratic, although it can break down when
monopolies are involved.
1350
But the open source solution certainly provides good software to
everyone who wants to bother to try to use it. The free price goes a
long way to spreading its bounty to a wide variety of people. No one is
excluded and no one is locked out of contributing to the commonweal
because they don't have the right pedigree, education, racial heritage,
or hair color. Openness is a powerful tool.
1351
Richard Stallman told me, "Why do you keep talking about 'capital'?
None of this has anything to do with capital. Linus didn't need capital
to develop a kernel, he just wrote it. We used money to hire hackers to
work on the kernel, but describing that as capital is misleading.
1352
"The reason why free software is such a good idea is that developing
software does not really need a lot of money. If we cannot 'raise
capital' the way the proprietary software companies do, that is not
really a problem.
1353
"We do develop a lot of free software. If a theory says we can't, you
have to look for the flaws in the theory."
1354
One of the best ways to illustrate this conundrum is to look at the
experiences of the workers at Hotmail after they were acquired by
Microsoft. Sure, many of them were overjoyed to receive so much for
their share in an organization. Many might even do the same thing again
if they had the choice. Many, though, are frustrated by their new
position as corporate citizens whose main job is augmenting Microsoft's
bottom line.
1355
One Hotmail founder told the PBS Online columnist Robert Cringely, "All
we got was money. There was no recognition, no fun. Microsoft got more
from the deal than we did. They knew nothing about the Internet. MSN
was a failure. We had 10 million users, yet we got no respect at all
from Redmond. Bill Gates specifically said, 'Don't screw-up Hotmail,'
yet that's what they did."
1356
1357
David Henkel-Wallace sat quietly in a chair in a Palo Alto coffee shop
explaining what he did when he worked at the free software firm Cygnus.
He brought his new daughter along in a baby carriage and kept her
parked alongside. Cygnus, of course, is one of the bigger successes in
the free software world. He helped make some real money building and
sustaining the free compiler, GCC, that Richard Stallman built and gave
away. Cygnus managed to make the real money even after they gave away
all of their work.
1358
In the middle of talking about Cygnus and open source, he points to his
child and says, "What I'm really worried about is she'll grow up in a
world where software continues to be as buggy as it is today." Other
parents might be worried about the economy, gangs, guns in schools, or
the amount of sex in films, but Henkel-Wallace wants to make sure that
random software crashes start to disappear.
1359
He's done his part. The open source movement thrives on the GCC
compiler, and Cygnus managed to find a way to make money on the process
of keeping the compiler up to date. The free operating systems like
Linux or FreeBSD are great alternatives for people today. They're
small, fast, and very stable, unlike the best offerings of Microsoft or
Apple. If the open software movement continues to succeed and grow, his
child could grow up into a world where the blue screen of death that
terrorizes Microsoft users is as foreign to them as manual typewriters.
1360
No one knows if the open software world will continue to grow. Some
people are very positive and point out that all the features that made
it possible for the free OSs to bloom are not going away. If anything,
the forces of open exchange and freedom will only accelerate as more
people are drawn into the mix. More people mean more bug fixes, which
means better software.
1361
Others are not so certain, and this group includes many of the people
who are deeply caught up in the world of open source. Henkel-Wallace,
for instance, isn't so sure that the source code makes much difference
when 99 percent of the people don't program. Sure, Cygnus had great
success sharing source code with the programmers who used GCC, but all
of those guys knew how to read the code. What difference will the
source code make to the average user who just wants to read his e-mail?
Someone who can't read the source code isn't going to contribute much
back to the project and certainly isn't going to put much value in
getting it. A proprietary company like Microsoft may be able to
maintain a broad base of loyalty just by offering better hand-holding
for the folks who can't program.
1362
Free software stands at an interesting crossroads as this book is being
written. It won over a few hackers in garages in the early 1990s. By
the mid-1990s, webmasters embraced it as a perfectly good option. Now
everyone wonders whether it will conquer the desktop in the next
century.
1363
It's always tempting for an author to take the classic TV news gambit
and end the story with the earnest punt phrase, "Whether this will
happen remains to be seen. "That may be the most fair way to approach
reporting the news, but it's not as much fun. I'm going to boldly
predict that open source software will win the long-term war against
proprietary companies, but it will be a bloody war and it will be more
costly than people expect. Over the next several years, lawyers will
spend hours arguing cases; people will spend time in jail; and fortunes
will be lost to the struggle.
1364
While it seems difficult to believe, some people have already spent
time in jail for their part in the free software revolution. Kevin
Mitnick was arrested in 1995 amid accusations that he stole millions if
not billions of dollars' worth of source code. There was no trial, nor
even a bail hearing. Finally, after almost five years in prison,
Mitnick pled guilty to some charges and received a sentence that was
only a few months longer than the time he served while waiting for a
trial. Mitnick was accused of stealing millions of dollars from
companies by breaking into computers and stealing copies of their
source code.
1365
In the statement he made following his release, he said, ". . . my
crimes were simple crimes of trespass. I've acknowledged since my
arrest in February 1995 that the actions I took were illegal, and that
I committed invasions of privacy--I even offered to plead guilty to my
crimes soon after my arrest."
1366
He continued, "The fact of the matter is that I never deprived the
companies involved in this case of anything. I never committed fraud
against these companies. And there is not a single piece of evidence
suggesting that I did so."
1367
This trespass, of course, would be breaking the rules. The irony is
that in 1999, Sun announced that it was sharing its source code with
the world. They begged everyone to look at it and probe it for
weaknesses. The tide of opinion changed and Sun changed with it.
1368
Of course, breaking into a company's computer system will always be
bad, but it's hard to view Mitnick's alleged crimes as a terrible
thing. Now that source code is largely free and everyone digs public
sharing, he begins to look more like a moonshine manufacturer during
Prohibition. The free source revolution has given him a rakish charm.
Who knows if he deserves it, but the zeitgeist has changed.
1369
There are more arrests on the way. In January 2000, a young Norwegian
man was detained by the Norwegian police who wanted to understand his
part in the development of software to unscramble the video data placed
on DVD disks. Motion picture producers who released their movies in
this format were worried that a tool known as DeCSS, which was floating
around the Internet, would make it easier for pirates to make
unlicensed copies of their movies.
1370
The man, Jan Johansen, did not write the tool, but merely helped polish
and circulate it on the Net. News reports suggest an anonymous German
programmer did the actual heavy lifting.
1371
Still, Johansen made a great target for the police, who never
officially arrested him, although they did take him in for questioning.
1372
At this writing, it's not clear if Johansen officially broke any laws.
Some argue that he violated the basic strictures against breaking and
entering. Others argue that he circulated trade secrets that were not
legimately obtained.
1373
Still others see the motion picture industry's response as an effort to
control the distribution of movies and the machines that display them.
A pirate doesn't need to use the DeCSS tool to unlock the data on a DVD
disk. They just make a verbatim copy of the disk without bothering with
the encryption. That leads others to suspect that the true motive is to
sharply limit the companies that produce machines that can display DVD
movies.
1374
One group that is locked out of the fray is the Linux community. While
software for playing DVD movies exists for Macintoshes and PCs, there's
none for Linux. DeCSS should not be seen as a hacker's tool, but merely
a device that allows Linux users to watch the legitimate copies of the
DVDs that they bought. Locking out Linux is like locking in Apple and
Microsoft.
1375
The battle between the motion picture community and the Linux world is
just heating up as I write this. There will be more lawsuits and
prehaps more jail time ahead for the developers who produced DeCSS and
the people who shared it through their websites.
1376
Most of the battles are not so dramatic. They're largely technical, and
the free source world should win these easily. Open source solutions
haven't had the same sophisticated graphical interface as Apple or
Windows products. Most of the programmers who enjoy Linux or the
various versions of BSD don't need the graphical interface and may not
care about it. The good news is that projects like KDE and GNOME are
great tools already. The open source world must continue to tackle this
area and fight to produce something that the average guy can use.
1377
The good news is that open source software usually wins most technical
battles. The free versions of UNIX are already much more stable than
the products coming from Microsoft and Apple, and it seems unlikely
that this will change. The latest version of Apple's OS has free
versions of BSD in its core. That battle is won. Microsoft's version of
NT can beat these free OSs in some extreme cases, but these are getting
to be rarer by the day. Sun's Solaris is still superior in some ways,
but the company is sharing the source code with its users in a way that
emulates the open source world. More attention means more programmers
and more bug fixes. Technical struggles are easy for open source to
win.
1378
Microsoft's greatest asset is the installed base of Windows, and it
will try to use this to the best of its ability to defeat Linux. At
this writing, Microsoft is rolling out a new version of the Domain Name
Server (DNS), which acts like a telephone book for the Internet. In the
past, many of the DNS machines were UNIX boxes because UNIX helped
define the Internet. Windows 2000 includes new extensions to DNS that
practically force offices to switch over to Windows machines to run
DNS. Windows 2000 just won't work as well with an old Linux or UNIX box
running DNS.
1379
This is a typical strategy for Microsoft and one that is difficult, but
not impossible, for open source projects to thwart. If the cost of
these new servers is great enough, some group of managers is going to
create its own open source clone of the modified DNS server. This has
happened time and time again, but not always with great success. Linux
boxes come with Samba, a program that lets Linux machines act as file
servers. It works well and is widely used. Another project, WINE,
started with the grand design of cloning all of the much more
complicated Windows API used by programmers. It is a wonderful project,
but it is far from finished. The size and complexity make a big
difference.
1380
Despite these tactics, Microsoft (and other proprietary companies) will
probably lose their quest to dominate the standards on the Internet.
They can only devote a few programmers to each monopolistic grab. The
free software world has many programmers willing to undertake projects.
The numbers are now great enough that the cloners should be able to
handle anything Microsoft sends its way.
1381
The real battles will be political and legal. While the computer world
seems to move at a high speed with lots of constant turnover, there's
plenty of inertia built into the marketplace. Many people were rather
surprised to find that there was plenty of COBOL, FORTRAN, and other
old software happily running along without any idea of how to store a
date with more than two digits. While Y2K incidents fell far short of
the media's hype, the number of systems that required reprogramming was
still much larger than conventional wisdom predicted. IBM continues to
sell mainframes to customers who started buying mainframes in the
1960s. Once people choose one brand or product or computer
architecture, they often stay with it forever.
1382
This is bad news for the people who expect the free OSs to take over
the desktop in the next 5 or 10 years. Corporate managers who keep the
machines on people's desktops hate change. Change means reeducation.
Change means installing new software throughout the plant. Change means
teaching folks a new set of commands for running their word processors.
Change means work. People who manage the computer networks in offices
get graded on the number of glitches that stop workflow. Why abandon
Microsoft now?
1383
If Microsoft has such an emotional stranglehold on the desktop and the
computer industry takes forever to change, will free software ever grow
beyond the 10 million or so desktops owned by programmers and their
friends?
1384
Its strongest lever will be price. Freedom is great, but corporations
respond better to a cost that is close to, if not exactly, zero. Big
companies like Microsoft are enormous cash engines. They need a huge
influx of cash to pay the workers, and they can't let their stock price
slip. Microsoft's revenues increased with a precision that is rare in
corporate America. Some stock analysts joke that the stock price
suggests that Microsoft's revenues will grow faster than 10 percent
forever. In the past, the company accomplished this by absorbing more
and more of the market while finding a way to charge more and more for
the software they supply. Businesses that lived quite well with Windows
95 are now running Windows NT. Businesses that ran NT are now using
special service packs that handle network management and data
functions. The budget for computers just keeps going up, despite the
fact that hardware costs go down.
1385
Something has to give. It's hard to know how much of a lever the price
will be. If the revenue at Microsoft stops growing, then the company's
stock price could take a sharp dive. The company manages continually to
produce greater and greater revenues each quarter with smooth
precision. The expectation of the growth is built into the price. Any
hiccup could bring the price tumbling down.
1386
The biggest question is how much people are willing to pay to continue
to use Microsoft products. Retooling an office is an expensive
proposition. The cost of buying new computers and software is often
smaller than the cost of reeducation. While the free software world is
much cheaper, shifting is not an easy proposition. Only time will tell
how much people are willing to pay for their reluctance to change.
1387
The first cracks are already obvious. Microsoft lost the server market
to Apache and Linux on the basis of price and performance. Web server
managers are educated computer users who can make their own decisions
without having to worry about the need to train others. Hidden
computers like this are easy targets, and the free software world will
gobble many of them up. More users mean more bug fixes and propagations
of better code.
1388
The second crack in Microsoft's armor will be appliance computers. Most
people want to browse the web and exchange some e-mail. The basic
distribution from Red Hat or FreeBSD is good enough. Many people are
experimenting with creating computers that are defined by the job they
do, not the operating system or the computer chip. Free source packages
should have no trouble winning many battles in this arena. The price is
right and the manufacturers have to hire the programmers anyway.
1389
The third breach will be young kids. They have no previous allegiances
and are eager to learn new computer technology. Microsoft may ask
"Where do you want to go today?" but they don't want to talk with
someone whose answer is "The guts of your OS."The best and brightest
13-year-olds are already the biggest fans of free software. They love
the power and the complete access.
1390
The fourth crack will be the large installations in businesses that are
interested in competitive bidding. Microsoft charges a bundle for each
seat in a company, and anyone bidding for these contracts will be able
to charge much less if they ship a free OS. It's not uncommon for a
company to pay more than a million dollars to Microsoft for license
fees. There's plenty of room for price competition when the bill gets
that high. Companies that don't want to change will be hard to move
from Windows, but ones that are price-sensitive will be moved.
1391
Of course, free software really isn't free. A variety of companies
offering Linux support need to charge something to pay their bills.
Distributions like Red Hat or FreeBSD may not cost much, but they often
need some customization and hand-holding. Is a business just trading
one bill for another? Won't Linux support end up costing the same thing
as Microsoft's product?
1392
Many don't think so. Microsoft currently wastes billions of dollars a
year expanding its business in unproductive ways that don't yield new
profits. It spent millions writing a free web browser to compete with
Netscape's and then they just gave it away. They probably gave up
millions of dollars and untold bargaining chips when they twisted the
arms of competitors into shunning Netscape. The company's successful
products pay for these excursions. At the very least, a free OS
operation would avoid these costs.
1393
Free OS systems are inherently cheaper to run. If you have the source,
you might be able to debug the problem yourself. You probably can't,
but it doesn't hurt to try. Companies running Microsoft products can't
even try. The free flow of information will help keep costs down.
1394
Of course, there are also hard numbers. An article in Wired by Andrew
Leonard comes with numbers originally developed by the Gartner Group. A
25-person office would cost $21,453 to outfit with Microsoft products
and $5,544.70 to outfit with Linux. This estimate is a bit
conservative. Most of the Linux cost is debatable because it includes
almost $3,000 for 10 service calls to a Linux consultant and about
$2,500 for Applixware, an office suite that does much of the same job
as Microsoft Office. A truly cheap and technically hip office could
make do with the editor built into Netscape and one of the free
spreadsheets available for Linux. It's not hard to imagine someone
doing the same job for about $3, which is the cost of a cheap knockoff
of Red Hat's latest distribution.
1395
Of course, it's important to realize that free software still costs
money to support. But so does Microsoft's. The proprietary software
companies also charge to answer questions and provide reliable
information. It's not clear that Linux support is any more expensive to
offer.
1396
Also, many offices large and small keep computer technicians on hand.
There's no reason to believe that Linux technicians will be any more or
less expensive than Microsoft technicians. Both answer questions. Both
keep the systems running. At least the Linux tech can look at the
source code.
1397
The average home user and small business user will be the last to go.
1398
These users will be the most loyal to Microsoft because they will find
it harder than anyone else to move. They can't afford to hire their own
Linux gurus to redo the office, and they don't have the time to teach
themselves.
1399
These are the main weaknesses for Microsoft, and the company is already
taking them seriously. I think many underestimate how bloody the battle
is about to become. If free source software is able to stop and even
reverse revenue growth for Microsoft, there are going to be some very
rich people with deep pockets who feel threatened. Microsoft is
probably going to turn to the same legal system that gave it such grief
and find some wedge to drive into the Linux community. Their biggest
weapon will be patents and copyright to stop the cloners.
1400
Any legal battle will be an interesting fight. On the one hand, the
free software community is diverse and spread out among many different
entities. There's no central office and no one source that could be
brought down. This means Microsoft would fight a war on many fronts,
and this is something that's emotionally and intellectually taxing for
anyone, no matter how rich or powerful.
1401
On the other hand, the free software community has no central reservoir
of money or strength. Each small group could be crippled, one by one,
by a nasty lawsuit. Groups like OpenBSD are always looking for
donations. The Free Software Foundation has some great depth and
affection, but its budget is a tiny fraction of Sun's or Microsoft's.
Legal bills are real, and lawyers have a way of making them blossom.
There may be hundreds of different targets for Microsoft, but many of
them won't take much firepower to knock out.
1402
The free software community is not without some deep pockets itself.
Many of the traditional hardware companies like IBM, Compaq, Gateway,
Sun, Hewlett-Packard, and Apple can make money by selling either
hardware or software. They've been hurt in recent years by Microsoft's
relentless domination of the desktop. Microsoft negotiated hard
contracts with each of the companies that controlled what the user saw.
The PC manufacturers received little ability to customize their
product. Microsoft turned them into commodity manufacturers and
stripped away their control. Each of these companies should see great
potential in moving to a free OS and adopting it. There is no extra
cost, no strange meetings, no veiled threats, no arm-twisting.
1403
Suddenly, brands like Hewlett-Packard or IBM can mean something when
they're slapped on a PC. Any goofball in a garage can put a circuit
board in a box and slap on Microsoft Windows. A big company like HP or
IBM could do extra work to make sure the Linux distribution on the box
worked well with the components and provided a glitch-free existence
for the user.
1404
The hardware companies will be powerful allies for the free software
realm because the companies will be the ones who benefit economically
the most from the free software licenses. When all of the software is
free, no one controls it and this strips away many of Microsoft's
traditional ways of applying leverage. Microsoft, for instance, knocked
the legs out from underneath Netscape by giving away Internet Explorer
for free. Now the free software world is using the same strategy
against Microsoft. It's hard for them to undercut free for most users.
1405
The university system is a less stable ally. While the notion of free
exchange of information is still floating around many of the nation's
campuses, the places are frighteningly corporate and profit-minded.
Microsoft has plenty of cash at its disposal and it hasn't been shy
about spreading it around places like MIT, Harvard, and Stanford. The
computer science departments on those campuses are the recipients of
brand-new buildings compliments of Bill Gates. These gifts are hard to
ignore.
1406
Microsoft will probably avoid a direct confrontation with the academic
tradition of the institutions and choose to cut their prices as low as
necessary to dominate the desktops. Universities will probably be given
"free," tax-deductible donations of software whenever they stray far
from the Microsoft-endorsed solution. Lab managers and people who make
decisions about the computing infrastructure of the university will
probably get neat "consulting" contracts from Microsoft or its buddies.
This will probably not mean total domination, but it will buy a
surprisingly large amount of obedience.
1407
Despite these gifts, free software will continue to grow on the
campuses. Students often have little cash and Microsoft doesn't get any
great tax deduction by giving gifts to individual students (that's
income). The smartest kids in the dorms will continue to run Linux.
Many labs do cutting-edge work that requires customized software. These
groups will naturally be attracted to free source code because it makes
their life easier. It will be difficult for Microsoft to counteract the
very real attraction of free software.
1408
Of course, Microsoft is not without its own arms. Microsoft still has
patent law on its side, and this may prove to be a very serious weapon.
The law allows the patent holder the exclusive right to determine who
uses an idea or invention over the course of the patent, which is now
20 years from the first filing date. That means the patent holder can
sue anyone who makes a product that uses the invention. It also means
that the patent holder can sue someone who simply cobbles up the
invention in his basement and uses the idea without paying anything to
anyone. This means that even someone who distributes the software for
free or uses the software can be liable for damages.
1409
In the past, many distrusted the idea of software patents because the
patent system wasn't supposed to allow you to lay claim to the laws of
nature. This interpretation fell by the wayside as patent lawyers
argued successfully that software combined with a computer was a
separate machine and machines were eligible for protection.
1410
Today, it is quite easy to get patent protection for new ideas on how
to structure a computer network, an operating system, or a software
tool. The only requirement is that they're new and nonobvious.
Microsoft has plenty of these.
1411
If things go perfectly for Microsoft, the company will be able to pull
out one or two patents from its huge portfolio and use these to sue Red
Hat, Walnut Creek, and a few of the other major distributors. Ideally,
this patent would cover some crucial part of the Linux or BSD operating
system. After the first few legal bills started arriving on the desk of
the Red Hat or Walnut Creek CEO, the companies would have to settle by
quitting the business. Eventually, all of the distributors of Linux
would crumble and return to the small camps in the hills to lick their
wounds. At least, that's probably the dream of some of Microsoft's
greatest legal soldiers.
1412
This maneuver is far from a lock for Microsoft because the free
software world has a number of good defenses. The first is that the
Linux and BSD world do a good job of publicizing their advances. Any
patent holder must file the patent before someone else publishes their
ideas. The Linux discussion groups and source distributions are a
pretty good public forum. The ideas and patches often circulate
publicly long before they make their way into a stable version of the
kernel. That means that the patent holders will need to be much farther
ahead than the free software world.
1413
Linux and the free software world are often the cradle of new ideas.
University students use open source software all the time. It's much
easier to do way cool things if you've got access to the source. Sure,
Microsoft has some smart researchers with great funding, but can they
compete with all the students?
1414
Microsoft's ability to dominate the patent world may be hurt by the
nature of the game. Filing the application first or publishing an idea
first is all that matters in the patent world. Producing a real product
is hard work that is helped by the cash supply of Microsoft. Coming up
with ideas and circulating them is much easier than building real tools
that people can use.
1415
The second defense is adaptability. The free software distributions can
simply strip out the offending code. The Linux and BSD disks are very
modular because they come from a variety of different sources. The
different layers and tools come from different authors, so they are not
highly integrated. This makes it possible to remove one part without
ruining the entire system.
1416
Stallman's GNU project has been dealing with patents for a long time
and has some experience programming around them. The GNU Zip program,
for instance, was written to avoid the patents on the Lempel-Ziv
compression algorithm claimed by UNISYS and IBM. The software is
well-written and it works as well as, if not better than, the algorithm
it replaces. Now it's pretty standard on the web and very popular
because it is open source and patent-free. It's the politically correct
compression algorithm to use because it's open to everyone.
1417
It will be pretty difficult for a company like Microsoft to find a
patent that will allow it to deal a fatal blow to either the Linux or
BSD distributions. The groups will just clip out the offending code and
then work around it.
1418
Microsoft's greatest hope is to lock up the next generation of
computing with patents. New technologies like streaming multimedia or
Internet audio are still up for grabs. While people have been studying
these topics in universities for some time, the Linux community is
further behind. Microsoft will try to dominate these areas with crucial
patents that affect how operating systems deal with this kind of data.
Their success at this is hard to predict. In any event, while they may
be able to cripple the adoption of some new technologies like streaming
multimedia, they won't be able to smash the entire world.
1419
The third and greatest defense for the free source ideology is a
loophole in the patent law that may also help many people in the free
software world. It is not illegal to use a patented idea if you're in
the process of doing some research on how to improve the state of the
art in that area. The loophole is very narrow, but many users of free
software might fall within it. All of the distributions come with
source code, and many of the current users are programmers
experimenting with the code. Most of these programmers give their work
back to the project and this makes most of their work pretty
noncommercial. The loophole probably wouldn't protect the corporations
that are using free software simply because it is cheap, but it would
still be large enough to allow innovation to continue. A non-commercial
community built up around research could still thrive even if Microsoft
manages to come up with some patents that are very powerful.
1420
The world of patents can still constrain the world of free software.
Many companies work hard on developing new technology and then rely
upon patents to guarantee them a return on investment. These companies
have trouble working well with the free software movement because
there's no revenue stream to use. A company like Adobe can integrate
some neat new streaming technology or compression algorithm and add the
cost of a patent license to the price of the product. A free software
tool can't.
1421
This does not preclude the free software world from using some ideas or
software. There's no reason why Linux can't run proprietary application
software that costs money. Perhaps people will sell licenses for some
distributions and patches. Still, the users must shift mental gears
when they encounter these packages.
1422
There are no easy solutions to patent problems. The best news is that
proprietary, patented technology rarely comes to dominate the
marketplace. There are often ways to work around solutions, and other
engineers are great at finding them. Sure, there will be the occasional
brilliant lightbulb, transistor, radio, or other solution that is
protected by a broad patent, but these will be relatively rare.
1423
There are a few things that the open source community can do to protect
themselves against patents. Right now, many of the efforts at
developing open source solutions come after technology emerges. For
instance, developing drivers for DVD disks is one of the current
challenges at the time that I'm writing this chapter even though the
technology has been shipping with many midpriced computers for about a
year.
1424
There is no reason why some ivory-tower, blue-sky research can't take
place in a patent-free world of open source. Many companies already
allow their researchers to attend conferences and present papers on
their open work and classify this as "precompetitive" research.
Standards like JPEG or MPEG emerge from committees that pledge not to
patent their work. There is no reason why these loose research groups
can't be organized around a quasi-BSD or GNU license that forces
development to be kept in the open.
1425
These research groups will probably be poorly funded but much more
agile than the corporate teams or even the academic teams. They might
be organized around a public newsgroup or mailing list that is
organized for the purpose of publicly disclosing ideas. Once they're
officially disclosed, no patents can be issued on them. Many companies
like IBM and Xerox publish paper journals for defensive purposes.
1426
Still, the debate about patents will be one that will confound the
entire software industry for some time. Many for-profit, proprietary
firms are thrown for a loop by some of the patents granted to their
competitors. The open source world will have plenty of allies who want
to remake the system.
1427
The patents are probably the most potent legal tool that proprietary
software companies can use to threaten the open source world. There is
no doubt that the companies will use it to fend off low-rent
competition.
1428
One of the biggest challenges for the free software community will be
developing the leadership to undertake these battles. It is one thing
to mess around in a garage with your buddies and hang out in some
virtual he-man/Microsoft-haters clubhouse cooking up neat code. It's a
very different challenge to actually achieve the world domination that
the Linux world muses about. When I started writing the book, I thought
that an anthem for the free software movement might be Spinal Tap's
"Flower People." Now I think it's going to be Buffalo Springfield's
"For What It's Worth," which warns, "There's something happening here /
What it is ain't exactly clear."
1429
Tim O'Reilly emphasizes this point. When asked about some of the legal
battles, he said, "There's definitely going to be a war over this
stuff. When I look back at previous revolutions, I realize how violent
they became. They threatened to burn Galileo at the stake. They said
'Take it back,' and he backed down. But it didn't make any difference
in the end. But just because there's a backlash doesn't mean that open
source won't win in the long run."
1430
Companies like Microsoft don't let markets and turf just slip away.
They have a large budget for marketing their software. They know how to
generate positive press and plenty of fear in the hearts of managers
who must make decisions. They understand the value of intellectual
property, and they aren't afraid of dispatching teams of lawyers to
ensure that their markets remain defended.
1431
The open source community, however, is not without a wide variety of
strengths, although it may not be aware of them. In fact, this diffuse
power and lack of self-awareness and organization is one of its
greatest strengths. There is no powerful leadership telling the open
source community "Thou shalt adopt these libraries and write to this
API." The people in the trenches are testing code, proposing solutions,
and getting their hands dirty while making decisions. The realm is not
a juggernaut, a bandwagon, a dreadnought, or an unstoppable freight
train roaring down the track. It's creeping kudzu, an algae bloom, a
teenage fad, and a rising tide mixed together.
1432
The strength of the free price shouldn't be underestimated. While the
cost isn't really nothing after you add up the price of paying Red Hat,
Slackware, SuSE, Debian, or someone else to provide support, it's still
much cheaper than the proprietary solutions on the market. Price isn't
the only thing on people's minds, but it will always be an important
one.
1433
In the end, though, I think the free software world will flourish
because of the ideals it embraces. The principles of open debate, broad
circulation, easy access, and complete disclosure are like catnip to
kids who crackle with intelligence. Why would anyone want to work in a
corporate cubicle with a Dilbert boss when you can spend all night
hacking on the coolest tools? Why would you want to join some endless
corporate hierarchy when you can dive in and be judged on the value of
your code? For these reasons, the free software world can always count
on recruiting the best and the brightest.
1434
This process will continue because the Dilbert-grade bosses aren't so
dumb. I know more than a few engineers and early employees at startup
firms who received very small stock allowances at IPO time. One had
written three of the six systems that were crucial to the company's
success on the web. Yet he got less than 1 percent of the shares
allocated to the new CEO who had just joined the company. The greed of
the non-programming money changers who plumb the venture capital waters
will continue to poison the experience of the programmers and drive
many to the world of free software. If they're not going to get
anything, they might as well keep access to the code they write.
1435
The open source ideals are also strangely empowering because they force
everyone to give up their will to power and control. Even if Richard
Stallman, Linus Torvalds, Eric Raymond, and everyone else in the free
software world decides that you're a scumbag who should be exiled to
Siberia, they can't take away the code from you. That freedom is a very
powerful drug.
1436
The free software movement is rediscovering the same notions that drove
the American colonists to rebel against the forces of English
oppression. The same words that flowed through the pens of Thomas
Paine, Thomas Jefferson, and Benjamin Franklin are just as important
today. The free software movement certifies that we are all created
equal, with the same rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of
bug-free code. This great nation took many years to evolve and took
many bad detours along the way, but in the end, the United States tends
to do the right thing.
1437
The free software movement has many flaws, blemishes, and weaknesses,
but I believe that it will also flourish over the years. It will take
wrong turns and encounter great obstacles, but in the end the devotion
to liberty, fraternity, and equality will lead it to make the right
decisions and will outstrip all of its proprietary competitors.
1438
In the end, the lure of the complete freedom to change, revise, extend,
and improve the source code of a project is a powerful drug that
creative people can't resist. Shrink-wrapped software's ease-of-use and
prepackaged convenience are quite valuable for many people, but its
world is static and slow.
1439
In the end, the power to write code and change it without hiring a team
of lawyers to parse agreements between companies ensures that the free
software world will gradually win. Corporate organization provides
money and stability, but in technology the race is usually won by the
swiftest.
1440
In the end, free software creates wealth, not cash, and wealth is much
better than cash. You can't eat currency and you can't build a car with
gold. Free software does things and accomplishes tasks without crashing
into the blue screen of death. It empowers people. People who create it
and share it are building real infrastructure that everyone can use.
The corporations can try to control it with intellectual property laws.
They can buy people, hornswoggle judges, and co-opt politicians, but
they can't offer more than money.
1441
In the end, information wants to be free. Corporations want to believe
that software is a manufactured good like a car or a toaster. They want
to pretend it is something that can be consumed only once. In reality,
it is much closer to a joke, an idea, or gossip. Who's managed to
control those?
1442
For all of these reasons, this grand free-for-all, this great swapfest
of software, this wonderful nonstop slumber party of cooperative
knowledge creation, this incredible science project on steroids will
grow in strange leaps and unexpected bounds until it swallows the
world. There will be battles, there will be armies, there will be
spies, there will be snakes, there will be court cases, there will be
laws, there will be martyrs, there will be heroes, and there will be
traitors. But in the end, information just wants to be free. That's
what we love about it.
1443
1444
Apache License A close cousin of the BSD License. The software
comes with few restrictions, and none prevent you from taking a copy of
Apache, modifying it, and selling binary versions. The only restriction
is that you can't call it Apache. For instance, C2Net markets a
derivative of Apache known as Stronghold.
1445
AppleScript A text language that can be used to control the
visual interface of the Macintosh. It essentially says things like
"Open that folder and double click on Adobe Photoshop to start it up.
Then open the file named 'Pete's Dog's Picture.'" architecture Computer
scientists use the word "architecture" to describe the high-level,
strategic planning of a system. A computer architect may decide, for
instance, that a new system should come with three multiplier circuits
but not four after analyzing the sequence of arithmetic operations that
a computer will likely be called upon to execute. If there are often
three multiplications that could be done concurrently, then installing
three multiplier circuits would increase efficiency. Adding a fourth,
however, would be a waste of effort if there were few occasions to use
it. In most cases, the term "computer architect" applies only to
hardware engineers. All sufficiently complicated software projects,
however, have an architect who makes the initial design decisions.
1446
Artistic License A license created to protect the original PERL
language. Some users dislike the license because it is too complex and
filled with loopholes. Bruce Perens writes, "The Artistic License
requires you to make modifications free, but then gives you a loophole
(in Section 7) that allows you to take modifications private or even
place parts of the Artistic-licensed program in the public domain!"
1447
BeOS An operating system created by the Be, a company run by
exApple executive Jean Louis Gassée.
1448
BSD An abbreviation for Berkeley Software Distribution, a
package first released by Bill Joy in the 1970s. The term has come to
mean both a class of UNIX that was part of the distribution and also
the license that protects this software. There are several free
versions of BSD UNIX that are well-accepted and well-supported by the
free source software community. OpenBSD, NetBSD, and FreeBSD are three
of them. Many commercial versions of UNIX, like Sun's Solaris and
NeXT's OS, can trace their roots to this distribution. The BSD was
originally protected by a license that allowed anyone to freely copy
and modify the source code as long as they gave some credit to the
University of California at Berkeley. Unlike the GNU GPL, the license
does not require the user to release the source code to any
modifications.
1449
BSD License The original license for BSD software. It placed few
restrictions on what you did with the code. The important terms forced
you to keep the copyright intact and credit the University of
California at Berkeley when you advertise a product. The requirement to
include credit is now removed because people realized that they often
needed to publish hundreds of acknowledgments for a single CD-ROM.
Berkeley removed the term in the hopes that it would set a good example
for the rest of the community.
1450
copyleft Another term that is sometimes used as a synonym for
the GNU General Public License.
1451
Debian Free Software Guidelines See Open Source.
(www.debian.org)
1452
driver Most computers are designed to work with optional devices
like modems, disk drives, printers, cameras, and keyboards. A driver is
a piece of software that translates the signals sent by the device into
a set of signals that can be understood by the operating system. Most
operating systems are designed to be modular, so these drivers can be
added as an afterthought whenever a user connects a new device. They
are usually designed to have a standard structure so other software
will work with them. The driver for each mouse, for instance,
translates the signals from the mouse into a standard description that
includes the position of the mouse and its direction. Drivers are an
important point of debate in the free software community because
volunteers must often create the drivers. Most manufacturers write the
drivers for Windows computers because these customers make up the bulk
of their sales. The manufacturers often avoid creating drivers for
Linux or BSD systems because they perceive the market to be small. Some
manufacturers also cite the GNU GPL as an impediment because they feel
that releasing the source code to their drivers publishes important
competitive information.
1453
FreeBSD The most popular version of BSD. The development team,
led by Jordan Hubbard, works hard to provide an easy-to-use tool for
computers running the Intel x86 architecture. In recent years, they've
tried to branch out into other lines. (www.freebsd.org)
1454
Free Software Foundation An organization set up by Richard
Stallman to raise money for the creation of new free software. Stallman
donates his time to the organization and takes no salary. The money is
spent on hiring programmers to create new free software.
1455
GIMP The GNU Image Manipulation Program, which can manipulate
image files in much the same way as Adobe Photoshop. (www.gimp.org)
1456
GNOME The GNU Network Object Model Environment, which might be
summarized as "All of the functionality of Microsoft Windows for
Linux." It's actually more. There are many enhancements that make the
tool easier to use and more flexible than the prototype from Redmond.
See also KDE, another package that accomplishes much of the same.
(www.gnome.org)
1457
GNU A recursive acronym that stands for "GNU is Not UNIX." The
project was started by Richard Stallman in the 1980s to fight against
the tide of proprietary software. The project began with several very
nice programs like GNU Emacs and GCC, the C compiler that was protected
by Stallman's GNU General Purpose License. It has since grown to issue
software packages that handle many different tasks from games (GNU
Chess) to privacy (GNU Privacy Guard). See also GPL and Free Software
Foundation (www.gnu.org). Its main goal is to produce a free operating
system that provides a user with the ability to do everything they want
with software that comes with the source code.
1458
GNU/Linux The name some people use for Linux as a way of giving
credit to the GNU project for its leadership and contribution of code.
1459
GPL An abbreviation that stands for "General Purpose License."
This license was first written by Richard Stallman to control the usage
of software created by the GNU project. A user is free to read and
modify the source code of a GPL-protected package, but the user must
agree to distribute any changes or improvements if they distribute the
software at all. Stallman views the license as a way to force people to
share their own improvements and contribute back to the project if they
benefit from the project's hard work. See also BSD.
1460
higher-level languages Modern computer programmers almost always
write their software in languages like C, Java, Pascal, or Lisp, which
are known as higher-level languages. The word "higher" is a modifier
that measures the amount of abstraction available to a programmer. A
high-level language might let a programmer say, "Add variable revenues
to variable losses to computer profits." A high-level language would be
able to figure out just where to find the information about the profits
and the losses. A low-level programming language would require the
software author to point directly to a location in the memory where the
data could be found.
1461
KDE The K desktop environment is another toolkit that offers
much of the same functionality as Windows. It is controversial because
it originally used some proprietary software and some users needed a
license. See also GNOME, a similar package that is distributed under
the GNU GPL. (www.kde.org)
1462
kernel The core of an OS responsible for juggling the different
tasks and balancing all of the demands. Imagine a short-order cook who
scrambles eggs, toasts bread, chops food, and somehow manages to get an
order out in a few minutes. A kernel in an OS juggles the requests to
send information to a printer, display a picture on the screen, get
data from a website, and a thousand other tasks.
1463
Linux The name given to the core of the operating system started
by Linus Torvalds in 1991. The word is now generally used to refer to
an entire bundle of free software packages that work together. Red Hat
Linux, for instance, is a large bundle of software including packages
written by many other unrelated projects.
1464
Mozilla Public License A cousin of the Netscape Public License
that was created to protect the public contributions to the source tree
of the Mozilla project. Netscape cannot relicense the modifications to
code protected by the MPL, but they can do it to the NPL. See also
Netscape Public License.
1465
NetBSD One of the original free distributions of BSD. The team
focuses on making sure that the software works well on a wide variety
of hardware platforms, including relatively rare ones like the Amiga.
(www.netbsd.org)
1466
Netscape Public License A license created by Netscape when the
company decided to release their browser as open source. The license is
similar to the BSD License, but it provides special features to
Netscape. They're allowed to take snapshots of the open source code and
turn them back into a private, proprietary project again. Bruce Perens,
one of the unpaid consultants who helped Netscape draft the license,
says that the provision was included because Netscape had special
contracts with companies to provide a proprietary tool. See also
Mozilla Public License.
1467
OpenBSD One of the three major versions of BSD available. The
development team, led by Theo de Raadt, aims to provide the best
possible security by examining the source code in detail and looking
for potential holes. (www.openbsd.org) open source A broad term used by
the Open Source Initiative (www.opensource.org) to embrace software
developed and released under the GNU General Public License, the BSD
license, the Artistic License, the X Consortium, and the Netscape
License. It includes software licenses that put few restrictions on the
redistribution of source code. The Open Source Initiative's definition
was adapted from the Debian Free Software Guidelines. The OSI's
definition includes 10 criteria, which range from insisting that the
software and the source code must be freely redistributable to
insisting that the license not discriminate.
1468
Open Source Initiative A group created by Eric Raymond, Sam
Ockman, Bruce Perens, Larry Augustin, and more than a few others. The
group checks licenses to see if they match their definition of open
source. If the license fits, then it can wear the term "certified by
the OSI."
1469
Symmetric Multi-Processing Much of the recent work in operating
system design is focused on finding efficient ways to run multiple
programs simultaneously on multiple CPU chips. This job is relatively
straightforward if the different pieces of software run independently
of each other. The complexity grows substantially if the CPUs must
exchange information to coordinate their progress. The kernel must
orchestrate the shuffle of information so that each CPU has enough
information to continue its work with a minimum amount of waiting time.
Finding a good way to accomplish this SMP is important because many of
the new machines appearing after 2000 may come with multiple
processors.
1470
UNIX An operating system created at AT&T Bell Labs by Ken
Thompson and Dennis Ritchie. The system was originally designed to
support multiple users on a variety of different hardware platforms.
Most programs written for the system accept ASCII text and spit out
ASCII text, which makes it easy to chain them together. The original
name was "unics," which was a pun on the then-popular system known as
Multics.
1471
1472
Abelson, Reed. "Among U.S. Donations, Tons of Worthless Drugs."
New York Times, June 29, 1999.
1473
Ananian, C. Scott. "A Linux Lament: As Red Hat Prepares to Go
Public, One Linux Hacker's Dreams of IPO Glory Are Crushed by the Man."
Salon magazine, July 30, 1999.
1474
Aragon, Lawrence, and Matthew A. De Bellis. "Our Lunch With
Linus: (Almost) Everything You Need to Know About the World's Hottest
Programmer." VAR Business, April 12, 1999.
1475
Betz, David, and Jon Edwards. "GNU's NOT UNIX." BYTE, July 1986.
1476
Brinkley, Joel. "Microsoft Witness Attacked for Contradictory
Opinions." New York Times, January 15, 1999.
1477
Bronson, Po. "Manager's Journal Silicon Valley Searches for an
Image."Wall Street Journal, June 8, 1998.
1478
Brown, Zack. "The 'Linux' vs. 'GNU/Linux' Debate." Kernel
Traffic, April 13, 1999.
1479
Caravita, Giuseppe. "Telecommunications, Technology, and
Science." Il Sole 24 Ore, March 5, 1999.
1480
Chalmers, Rachel. "Challenges Ahead for the Linux Standards
Base."LinuxWorld, April 1999.
1481
Coates, James. "A Rebellious Reaction to the Linux
Revolution."Chicago Tribune, April 25, 1999.
1482
Cox, Alan. "Editorial." Freshmeat, July 18, 1999.
1483
Cringely, Robert X. "Be Careful What You Wish For: Why Being
Acquired by Microsoft Makes Hardly Anyone Happy in the Long Run." PBS
Online, August 27, 1999.
1484
D'Amico, Mary Lisbeth. "German Division of Microsoft Protests
'Where Do You Want to Go Tomorrow' Slogan: Linux Site Holds Contest for
New Slogan While Case Is Pending." LinuxWorld, April 13, 1999.
1485
Diamond, David. "Linus the Liberator." San Jose Mercury News.
1486
DiBona, Chris, Sam Ockman, and Mark Stone. Open Sources:Voices
from the Open Source Revolution. San Francisco: O'Reilly, 1999.
1487
Freeman, Derek. Margaret Mead and Samoa: The Making and Unmaking
of an Anthropological Myth. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press,
1988.
1488
Gilder, George. Wealth and Poverty. Institute for Contemporary
Studies. San Fransisco: CA, 1981.
1489
Gleick, James. "Control Freaks." New York Times, July 19, 1998.
1490
"Interview with Linus Torvalds." FatBrain.com, May 1999.
1491
Jelinek, Jakub. "Re: Mach64 Problems in UltraPenguin 1.1.9."
Linux Weekly News, April 27, 1999.
1492
Johnson, Richard B., and Chris Wedgwood. "Segfault in syslogd
[problem shown]." April 1999.
1493
Joy, Bill. "Talk to Stanford EE 380 Students." November 1999.
1494
Kahn, David. The Codebreakers. New York: Macmillan, 1967.
1495
Kahney, Leander. "Open-Source Gurus Trade Jabs." Wired News,
April 10, 1999.
1496
Kidd, Eric. "Why You Might Want to Use the Library GPL for Your
Next Library." Linux Gazette, March 1999.
1497
Kohn, Alfie. "Studies Find Reward Often No Motivator; Creativity
and Intrinsic Interest Diminish If Task Is Done for Gain." Boston
Globe, January 19, 1987.
1498
Leonard, Andrew. "Open Season: Why an Industry of Cutthroat
Competition Is Suddenly Deciding Good Karma Is Great Business." Wired
News, May 1999.
1499
Linksvayer, Mike. "Choice of the GNU Generation." Meta Magazine.
1500
"Linux Beat Windows NT Handily in an Oracle Performance
Benchmark." Linux Weekly News, April 29, 1999.
1501
Liston, Robert. The Pueblo Surrender: A Covert Action by the
National Security Agency. New York: Evans, 1988.
1502
Little, Darnell. "Comdex Q&A: Linus Torvalds on the Battle
Against Microsoft." Chicago Tribune April 19, 1999.
1503
Lohr, Steve. "Tiny Software Maker Takes Aim at Microsoft in
Court." New York Times, May 31, 1999.
1504
Mauss, Marcel. "Gift: The Form and Reason for Exchange in
Archaic Societies," trans. W. D. Halls. New York: W.W. Norton &
Company (of reissue in US), 1950.
1505
McKusick, Marshall Kirk. "Twenty Years of Berkeley Unix." In
Open Sources: Voices from the Open Source Revolution. San Francisco:
O'Reilly, 1999.
1506
McKusick, Marshall Kirk, Keith Bostic, and Michael J. Karels,
eds. The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operating System
1507
McMillan, Robert, and Nora Mikes. "After the 'Sweet Sixteen':
Linus Torvalds's Take on the State of Linux." LinuxWorld, March 1999.
1508
Metcalfe, Bob. "Linux's '60s Technology: Open-Sores Ideology
Won't Beat W2K, but What Will?" June 19, 1999.
1509
Nolan, Chris. "Microsoft Antitrust: the Gassée Factor: U.S.
Reportedly Looks into Obstacles for Be Operating System." San Jose
Mercury News, February 11, 1999.
1510
Oakes, Chris. "Netscape Browser Guru: We Failed." Wired News,
April 2, 1999.
1511
Ousterhout, John. "Free Software Needs Profit." Dr. Dobb's
Journal website, 1999.
1512
Perens, Bruce, Wichert Akkerman, and Ian Jackson. "The Apple
Public Source License--Our Concerns." March 1999.
1513
Picarille, Lisa, and Malcolm Maclachlan. "Apple Defends Open
Source Initiative." March 24, 1999.
1514
Raymond, Eric. The Cathedral and the Bazaar:Musings on Linux and
Open Source by an Accidental Revolutionary. San Francisco: O'Reilly,
1999.
1515
Reilly, Patrick. "Nader's Microsoft Agenda: Progressive
Nonprofit Plan for 'Free' Software." Capital Research Center, April 1,
1999.
1516
Rubini, Alessandro. "Tour of the Linux Kernel Source." Linux
Documentation Project.
1517
Rusling, David A. "The Linux Kernel."
1518
Schmalensee, Richard. "Direct Testimony in the Microsoft
Anti-Trust Case of 1999."
1519
Schulman, Andrew. Unauthorized Windows 95. Foster City, CA: IDG
Books, 1995.
1520
Searles, Doc. "It's an Industry." Linux Journal, May 21, 1999.
1521
Slind-Flor, Victoria. "Linux May Alter IP Legal Landscape: Some
Predict More Contract Work if Alternative to Windows Catches On."
National Law Journal, March 12, 1999.
1522
Stallman, Richard. "The GNU Manifesto." 1984.
1523
Thompson, Ken, and Dennis Ritchie. "The UNIX Time-Sharing
System." Communications of the ACM, 1974.
1524
Thygeson, Gordon. Apple T-Shirts: A Yearbook of History at Apple
Computer. Cupertino, CA: Pomo Publishing, 1998
1525
Torvalds, Linus. "Linus Torvalds: Leader of the Revolution."
Transcript of Chat with Linus Torvalds, creator of the Linux OS.
ABCNews.com.
1526
Valloppillil, Vinod. "Open Source Software: A (New?) Development
Methodology." Microsoft, Redmond, WA, August 1998.
1527
Wayner, Peter. "If SB266 Wants Plaintext, Give Them Plaintext .
. . ," Risks Digest, May 23, 1991.
1528
Whitenger, Dave. "Words of a Maddog." Linux Today, April 19,
1999.
1529
"Web and File Server Comparison: Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0 and
Red Hat Linux 5.2 Upgraded to the Linux 2.2.2 Kernel." Mindcraft,
April 13, 1999.
1530
Williams, Sam. "Linus Has Left the Building." Upside, May 5,
1999.
1531
Williams, Riley. "Linux Kernel Vertsion History."
1532
Zawinski, Jamie. "Resignation and Postmortem."
1533
1534
Disappearing Cryptography, Information Hiding: Steganography &
Watermarking
Disappearing Cryptography, Information Hiding: Steganography &
Watermarking, 2nd ed. by Peter Wayner ISBN 1-55860-769-2 $44.95
1535
To order, visit: <
1536
Disappearing Cryptography, Second Edition describes how to take words,
sounds, or images and hide them in digital data so they look like other
words, sounds, or images. When used properly, this powerful technique
makes it almost impossible to trace the author and the recipient of a
message. Conversations can be submerged in the flow of information
through the Internet so that no one can know if a conversation exists
at all.
1537
This full revision of the best-selling first edition describes a number
of different techniques to hide information. These include encryption,
making data incomprehensible; steganography, embedding information into
video, audio, or graphics files; watermarking, hiding data in the noise
of image or sound files; mimicry, "dressing up" data and making it
appear to be other data, and more.
1538
The second edition also includes an expanded discussion on hiding
information with spread-spectrum algorithms, shuffling tricks, and
synthetic worlds. Each chapter is divided into sections, first
providing an introduction and high-level summary for those who want to
understand the concepts without wading through technical explanations,
and then presenting greater detail for those who want to write their
own programs. To encourage exploration, the author's Web site
www.wayner.org/books/discrypt2/ contains implementations for hiding
information in lists, sentences, and images.
1539
"Disappearing Cryptography is a witty and entertaining look at the
world of information hiding. Peter Wayner provides an intuitive
perspective of the many techniques, applications, and research
directions in the area of steganography. The sheer breadth of topics is
outstanding and makes this book truly unique. A must read for those who
would like to begin learning about information hiding." --Deepa Kundur,
University of Toronto
1540
"An excellent introduction for private individuals, businesses, and
governments who need to under- stand the complex technologies and their
effects on protecting privacy, intellectual property and other
interests." - David Banisar, Research Fellow, Harvard Information
Infrastructure Project, & Deputy Director, Privacy International.
1541
Translucent Databases
Translucent Databases, a new book by Peter Wayner, comes with more than
two dozen examples in Java and SQL code. The book comes with a
royalty-free license to use the code for your own projects in any way
you wish.
1542
Do you have personal information in your database?
1543
Do you keep les on your customers, your employees, or anyone else?
1544
Do you need to worry about European laws restricting the information
you keep?
1545
Do you keep copies of credit card numbers, social security numbers, or
other informa- tion that might be useful to identity thieves or
insurance fraudsters?
1546
Do you deal with medical records or personal secrets?
1547
Most database administrators spend some of each day worrying about the
information they keep. Some spend all of their time. Caring for
information can be a dangerous responsibility.
1548
This new book, Translucent Databases, describes a different attitude
toward protecting the information. Most databases provide elaborate
control mechanisms for letting the right people in to see the right
records. These tools are well designed and thoroughly tested, but they
can only provide so much support. If someone breaks into the operating
system itself, all of the data on the hard disk is unveiled. If a
clerk, a supervisor, or a system administrator decides to turn traitor,
there's nothing anyone can do.
1549
Translucent databases provide better, deeper protection by scrambling
the data with encryption algorithms. The solutions use the minimal
amount of encryption to ensure that the database is still functional.
In the best applications, the personal and sensitive information is
protected but the database still delivers the information.
1550
Order today at <
1551
Endnotes
1552
1553
Metadata
Manifest